‘Must see’ videos that explain the latest dystopian events

This post presents links to the latest videos that explain recent events driving our world towards totalitarianism, genocide and a dystopian future, but other events that project a future where ‘good’ beats ‘evil’.

7 June 2024:  This 7-minute interview describes the incredible success of the new President of El Salvador who genuinely represent the people of El Salvador.  At the end of Tucker Carlson’s interview, the President states the first item on his 3-part plan is to “seek God’s  wisdom”.     President of El Salvador just told Tucker that MS-13 participates in Satanic child sacrifice rituals | SOTN: Alternative News, Analysis & Commentary (stateofthenation.co)

=============================

4 April 2024. THE INDOCTRINATED BRAIN – TUCKER CARLSON INTERVIEWS – DR. MICHAEL NEHLS. A 45-minutes video The Indoctrinated Brain – Tucker Carlson Interviews – Dr. Michael Nehls (bitchute.com). This is a must-view interview covering subjects including neuroinflammation, the mental immune system, new nerve cells, brain fog, the need for a high level of Vitamin D, maintaining your Lithium level and Nehls’ Unified Theory of Alzheimer’s.  The book introduction on Amazon (his book The Indoctrinated Brain is available on Kindle) explains:  Global War on the Human Brain. Throughout the world, mental capacity is declining, especially among young people, while depression rates are rising dramatically. Meanwhile, one in forty men and women suffers from Alzheimer’s, and the age of onset is falling rapidly. But the causes are not being eliminated, quite the opposite. Can this just be coincidence? The Indoctrinated Brain introduces a largely unknown, powerful neurobiological mechanism whose externally induced dysfunction underlies these catastrophic developments. 
Michael Nehls, medical doctor and internationally renowned molecular geneticist, lays out a shattering chain of circumstantial evidence indicating that behind these numerous negative influences lies a targeted, masterfully executed attack on our individuality. He points out how the raging wars against viruses, climate change, or over national borders are—more likely intended than not—fundamentally providing the platform for such an offensive against the human brain that is steadily changing our being and is aimed at depriving us of our ability to think for ourselves. 
But it is not too late. By exposing these brain-damaging processes and describing countermeasures that anyone can take, Nehls brings light and hope to this fateful chapter in human history. Nothing less will be decided than the question of whether our species can retain its humanity and its creative power or whether it will lose them irretrievably.

29 March 2024.   London Real interviews Dr Steven Greer about a wide range of technologies, politics and secrecy surrounding space vehicles, free energy (zero point energy), anti-gravity and related aspects.  How most of the highest level politicians are not ‘read in’ (informed) about what these highly secretive corporations are doing and have been doing for the last 80 years, and how Ben Rich, head of the Lockheed Skunkworks said on his deathbed ‘we’ve been able to return ET home for decades’. Dr Greer is amongst the most credible people  in the world on these subjects:  The Truth About UFOs, Alien Technology & Extraterrestrial Contact – Dr Steven Greer (youtube.com)

27 March 2024.  A 23-minute interview with Colonel Douglas MacGregor, one of the most credible sources with regard to the war in Ukraine, updates the terror attack by heavily armed gunmen on the Crocus City Hall concert venue last Friday night. Claimed to have been carried out by Islamic State, overwhelming evidence shows the attackers were just mercenaries acting on behalf of Ukrainian forces that are, in turn, controlled by the CIA and UK’s MI6.  Col Doug MacGregor update on terrorism in Russia – www.cairnsnews.org

11 March 2024.  A must-see interview with Benjamin Fulford by Nino when Ben explains several world-changing events that are expected to occur shortly, quite likely starting March 15 with a massive earthquake off the California coast or even on land that will wipe out much of the Silicon Valley IT companies.  A total change to a new financial structure is expected too, possibly starting 15 March.  This aligns with expectations for a Quantum Financial System including a debt jubilee, a new Internet system and gold/asset-backed currencies replacing all fiat currencies.  Benjamin Fulford California Earthquake Nino Interview – Weekly Geo-Political News and Analysis

7 March 2024.    Interview by Clayton Morris, Redacted, with George Galloway who sensationally won a by-election in Britain, beating both the government and opposition parties by unheard-of margins.  Even the second place was taken by a virtually unknown.  This reinforces that the great majority of British people no longer support the two major parties in their drives for war against Russia, support for Israel and push for toxic injections.  GEORGE GALLOWAY WINS BACK PARLIAMANT SEAT—SENDS CRUSHING BLOW TO WEF RATS IN UK | SOTN: Alternative News, Analysis & Commentary (stateofthenation.co)

5 March 2024.  Scott Ritter and Judge Napolitano discuss NATO, Germany, France and the UK’s involvement in Ukraine and the ethics of targeting civilian infrastructure. In particular, they discuss the sensational revelation discussed in a meeting leaked to and revealed by Russia of German military discussing attacking the Crimean bridge with German missiles – a clear act of war as well as terrorism. A must-listen episode for anyone following the Ukraine and Israel crises. (302) Scott Ritter: How close are we to global confrontation? – YouTube

1 March 2024.  Another Tucker Carlson interview – this time a critical salutary 45-minute interview with a lady who grew up through the Mao Chinese Cultural Revolution.  She describes how the US (she does not describe the similar conditions evident in many other Western countries) started being indoctrinated from the 1960s gradually towards a cultural revolution based on Communist/Marxist principles and methods.  Similar to China the drive is from the top elitist intent on grabbing power through subtle indoctrination and deleting history. This is a very scary video.  The full details are in her book referred to in the video.  Tucker Carlson on X: “Ep. 77 The Cultural Revolution is here. Just ask Xi Van Fleet. She’s lived it twice. https://t.co/5xFS0T5hA9” / X (twitter.com)  and Tucker Carlson On ‘X’ – Episode 77 (Video) (rumormillnews.com)

22 February 2024. Tucker Carlson is interviewed at a Middle East conference about his interview with President Putin and related factors, including the lack of democracy in the US.  His Putin interview was seen by over 200 million within 48 hours. Tucker Carlson: “I’m Exposing the Whole Thing, Even if it Gets Me Killed” | Alternative | Before It’s News (beforeitsnews.com)

10 February 2024.  Scott Ritter visited Russia in May 2023 and at Christmas and secured a unique 2-hour interview with Russian President Vladimir Putin.  Ritter is a highly-qualified ex-military professional and is amongst a handful of people who understand Russia and the Russian soul. Putin and his Foreign Minister Lavrov are now recognised by many countries as the two leading diplomats in the world today.  If one looks around we can see that the US and West have no equals. This 6-minute video explains the massive importance of this interview and should be compulsory listening, as well as the interview itself, for all people who have any interest in how our world can and should evolve, in particular every politician. https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Bf1X4spqmNg  . Interview transcript PDF: Carlson and Putin Interview

10 February 2024. As background to the Carlson/Putin video it is important to recall the advent of the extreme US plan to achieve world dominance with the Project for the New American Century. This was released in September 2020 – exactly one year before the Twin Towers destruction 911 which was forecasted in the wording of the plan.  The plan included taking out 7 countries in 5 years.   The Desperate Failing Plan for a New American Century (rumble.com)

9 February 2024. The long-awaited interview – Tucker Carlson interviews Russian President Putin, 2 hours.  Anyone who listens to this with an open mind and without past prejudice should view President Putin as one of the best leaders in the world in company with Singapore’s Lee Kuan Yew.  No doubt those with typical Western indoctrination will be very negative. Exclusive: Tucker Carlson Interviews Vladimir Putin (youtube.com) .

8 February 2024.  US ex-military expert Scott Ritter says ‘The+ former Fox News talk show host-turned independent media phenomenon, Tucker Carlson, is in Moscow, where he has committed the mortal sin of interviewing Russian President Vladimir Putin. The interview is scheduled to air at 6 pm eastern time on Thursday, February 8. Let there be no doubt—Tucker Carlson has pulled off one of the most memorable journalistic accomplishments in modern history, and when the interview does air, it will—literally and figuratively—break the internet.  Tucker Madness is Good for America – petersenior42@gmail.com – Gmail (google.com)

7 February 2024.  US highest-rating media host Tucker Carlson has been in Moscow for at least 4 days, sparking rumours that he planned to interview the Russian president. He confirmed his intention in the video, which has received over 260,000 likes.  Carlson said “Western governments, by contrast, will certainly do their best to censor this video on other less principled platforms, because that’s what they do – they are afraid of information they can’t control,” encouraging Americans to watch the interview in order to educate themselves on the “history-altering developments” unfolding in Russia and Ukraine.

  1. Carlson reveals Musk’s Putin interview pledge — RT World News
  2. Tucker Carlson Explains Why He Is Interviewing Putin: “Most Americans Are Not Informed… We’re Here Because We Love The US” | ZeroHedge
  3. Tucker drops BOMBSHELL about his Putin interview, NSA is PISSED | Redacted with Clayton Morris 2024 | Prophecy | Before It’s News (beforeitsnews.com)

24 January 2024. Tucker Carlson interviews Ed Dowd about Covid: ‘We have a national security crisis: the employed of our country are dropping dead and getting disabled at a rate that is beyond the general population’. Edward Dowd: “Something HORRIBLE Is Going On but No One Wants To Talk About It” | EU | Before It’s News (beforeitsnews.com)

24 January 2024. This 13-min video contrasts the philosophical views of Vladimir Putin, a defender of social values, v. the morally corrupt New World Order: – Russia Wipes out Ukrainian Air Defense Positions in Odessa With Soviet P-35B Missiles – Source | VT Foreign Policy

17 January 2024.  Kerry Cassidy interviews the maker of a film that describes in great detail how the John F Kennedy assassination was a fake – JFK was not assassinated but actually faked his own death.  Many examples are described such as the ‘squib’  used – a packet that contains fake blood that Jackie Kennedy leant forward to retrieve after the faked gunshots (that did not feature on the recording of the event).  New Kerry Cassidy & Jay Weidner: What’s Coming Next – January Current Events 1/16/2Q24 | Prophecy | Before It’s News (beforeitsnews.com)

12 November 2023. Patriot Underground interviews SGAnon who explains a wide range of events, plans and expectations regarding the world-wide battle between Evil and Good, including aspects of the Deep State: New SG Anon & Patriot Underground: Critical Update – Sleeper Activation, White Hat & DS Infiltration & Geopolitical Maneuvering, Underground War, De-Dollarization | Prophecy | Before It’s News (beforeitsnews.com)

8 December 2023.  An amazing 91-minute interview in which Tucker Carlson agrees fully with most of Alex Jones’ revelations. Jones offered insight into the encroaching New World Order, which he explained was a globalist scheme to merge world governments and essentially desecrate American sovereignty. His comments centered on putting the puzzle pieces of U.S. federal corruption together with power players like the United Nations and how Americans’ own bodies have been put in jeopardy by things like the sinister prospective Pandemic Treaty. Jones also explained how many major events he forecasted correctly such as 911.  Watched by many millions to date on numerous alternative news channels – but not, of course, on any MSM: Tucker Carlson’s interview with Alex Jones goes viral (rsbnetwork.com)

11 November 2023. Scott Ritter explained the realities of the Israel/Hamas situation covering aspects that no one else has either realised or presented. This is a must-see.  Scott Ritter: “Why Israel is FINISHED! Prepare for MILLIONS to LEAVE to the WEST!” – YouTube

13 October 2023.  This hour-long video presentation by Matthew Ehret is by far the most comprehensive and accurate account of the current situation and past history of and surrounding Israel.  The supplementary reading adds much worthy material to the main video. Understanding the Geopolitical Dynamics Shaping the Middle East (From Khazaria to Present) (rumble.com)

9 October 2023. This 42-minute video presents David Icke’s explanations of what is happening with the war in Israel, how it came about and the overall rationale.  This is essential viewing and totally different – of course – from the ‘official’ story. David Icke – what’s REALLY happening in Israel – David Icke

A wider context is present in parts one and two of Reiner Fuellmich’s interviews with David Icke – all essential viewing: New Dr. Reiner Fuellmich & David Icke – The Real Dangers – Part 1 and Part 2 | Prophecy | Before It’s News (beforeitsnews.com)

30 August 2023. Numerous articles and videos present compelling evidence that the horrendous destruction of Lahaina on the Hawaiin Island of Maui was not a natural fire, rather it was a pre-planned attack using Directed Energy Weapons (DEW) and other means to ruin this quaint village and ensure as many people as possible died. At this time over 1,000 are still not accounted for. The following articles and videos present the evidence:

A comprehensive overview of a wide range of related factors by Kerry Cassidy.  Kerry is a very knowledgeable psych who has interviewed a huge number of credible ‘whistle-blowers’ over 18+ years.  Her views are very controversial but history has recorded she is invariably correct.  Starts at the 14-minute point: KERRY’S UPDATE: MOROCCO TRIP SAGA & US UPDATE, MAUI, WHITE HATS – PROJECT CAMELOT PORTAL

Another view showing the weird black fence being erected around  Lahaina –  Thoughts on our circumstances…: What the hell is going on in Maui and specifically in Lahaina? (abeldanger.blogspot.com)

This is one of the best summaries of the Lahaina horror story.  There is much more on Dave Hodges thecommonsenseshow.com including how Lahaina is one of the key US military surveillance and weapons bases. STUNNING REVELATIONS EMERGING FROM MAUI! | The Common Sense Show. Drone Footage the day after https://youtu.be/7PSYNqZqAVs – note, in particular, the numerous examples of untouched buildings and areas, eg 2 churches, many millionaire mansions and a plush new housing area, surrounded by devastation, including cars that resemble the streets of ‘toasted’ cars after 911 (eg the aluminium wheels melted). None of this can possibly happen naturally. Survivor’s Story, interesting comments https://www.youtube.com/live/FWAQOn3s9fw?feature=share. (32) Shocking Eye Witness of Lahaina Maui Fire from Front Street Police Blocked Off the Exits – Yo NB check the many videos noted on the right of the screen. https://wattsupwiththat.com/2023/08/16/the-real-cause-of-the-maui-wildfire-disaster/uTube – Whilst accurate, this clearly is just one element, as shown in many other videos, but NOT the whole story as suggested. Aloha DEW: Lahaina, Maui Hit by Directed Energy Weapons – Video #20 (rumble.com).   A broad cover of aspects that made no sense, and dodgy answered from officials – BURNED ALIVE! Elon Musk Demands Prosecution for Maui Massacre (Video) | SOTN: Alternative News, Analysis & Commentary (stateofthenation.co) .   Another comprehensive summary on SOTN: OPERATION MAUI DEW (video) | SOTN: Alternative News, Analysis & Commentary (stateofthenation.co)

============================

23 August 2023. Tucker Carlson interviews Colonel Douglas MacGregor about the war in Ukraine and relates this to the lies told by Western politicians and media on the subject.  They also cover the horrendous corruption in the US. But more citizens are at long last waking up.  (32) Tucker Carlson Talks To Colonel Douglas Macgregor About The Ukraine War – YouTube

30 July 2023 Col Douglas MacGregor explains how and why the US governments and military-industrial complex have been trying to change the world into a Marxist utopia for over half a century, and why they are currently trying to use Ukraine as a puppet to proxy to beat Russia into submission.  This is failing catastrophically, as all will realise very shortly.   (16) Douglas Macgregor: Russian Army DISBANDED! – YouTube

26/27 July 2023. This is one assessment of the attempted coup in Russia.  No doubt orchestrated by the UK MI6 and US CIA together with the Ukrainian Neo-Nazi government and oligarchs.  President Putin will overcome: Civil War in Russia? Wagner Troops Rebellion – Scott Ritter w/ Judge Napolitano (Video) (rumormillnews.com) .

Col Douglas Macgregor has a somewhat different view.  He thinks Prigozhin was trying to warn Putin that he needed to take more and firmer action and the apparent insurrection was not for real. They both agree only about 4,000 of Prigozhin’s men were marching towards Moscow and they all rapidly changed their minds. (22) Douglas Macgregor – The Offensive Will Continue. – YouTube

However, the most likely story is this – hilarious! It’s in major media that US authorities ‘knew in advance’ about the Russian ‘coup’ events, and were briefing some Congresspeople on it the week before. https://www.zerohedge.com/geopolitical/us-intelligence-knew-days-advance-wagner-rebellion-briefed-congress Prigozhin’s Wagner was regularly receiving Ukraine troops who were surrendering. It is a common suggestion now, that under a ‘white flag’, Prigozhin was approached by Western intelligence services, and offered more than a billion dollars in cash, to run a coup against Moscow, with the majority paid when Wagner was halfway to Moscow. The suggestion goes on to say, that Prigozhin informed his old friend Putin, and after the money was delivered, the ‘coup’ was called off … and Prigozhin & Putin have split the money.

=======================

15 June 2023. The world-famous investigator of all things to do with UFOs, in particular the appalling cover-ups and illegal technology developments by military industrial corporations, are exposed in this compelling  300-hour press conference. In the second, video Redacted host Clayton Morris provides a summary of the key points including the failed experiment in Antarctica that caused the massive earthquake in Christchurch, New Zealand.  (17) Monday, June 12, 2023! Dr. Greer’s Groundbreaking National Press Club Event! FREE to Watch! – YouTube .

Breaking! UFO Whistleblowers Drop Bombshell on D.C.! – Redacted News | Military | Before It’s News (beforeitsnews.com)

=======================

6 June 2023. The reality of the so-called Tiananmen Square massacre together with one of the most comprehensive and accurate backgrounds – ‘The new century of serfs and lords’. The deep state of China is mapped out around disgraced Communist Party chairman Zhao Ziyang and his nest of technocratic fifth columnists who tried to turn China into a slave colony under the thumb of the Trilateral Commission, CIA and other social engineers. Several of the  Tiananmen aspects were revealed by Julian Assange. The Tiananmen Square Hoax: Massacre or Failed Color Revolution? – Truth Comes to Light

==========================

5 June 2023. The most recent and best analysis demonstrating that the Japanese Hiroshima and Nagasaki bombs were not atomic or nuclear, but an appalling deception by the US:   (11) How to Fake the Atomic Bombs – by Sasha Latypova (substack.com)

===========================

22 May 2023. A very informative 27-minute interview with Juan O’ Savin (many people think he is John F Kennedy Jnr. who did not die in an air accident in 1999).  Juan clearly has an exceptional knowledge of world affairs, in particular the US, with respect to the appalling amount of corruption as well as the giant strides the Patriots are taking to remove this evil. Juan O’ Savin: HUGE Intel May 21 – Tribunals, Tribunals, Tribunals! (Video) | Alternative | Before It’s News (beforeitsnews.com)

=============================

20 May 2023. Here’s the full video of Dr David Martin’s recent testimony before EU Parliament about the history of bioweapons experiments using coronaviruses going back as far as 1965 and how COVID is but the latest episode in the long, premeditated march towards the lockdowns and the forced injections that were deployed against humanity: Dr David Martin to EU Parliament: Corona Virus Is a Bioweapon & Greatest Crime Against Humanity in World History – Forbidden Knowledge TV

==========================

11 May 2023.  Dr Scott Bennett is one of the most knowledgeable and credible specialists on US and related matters concerning politics, military and treasonous activities. Many articles explaining a wide range of past and current events are covered on the website Dr Bennett contributes to this excellent website: Welcome to Global Freedom TV!

This video present Scott Bennett’s recent views on the massive battle between the New World Order, Kadashian Mafia, US Democrats, UN, WHO and others against the forces for good (Patriots, White Hats etc.)

Breaking: US Army Psychological Warfare Officer Scott Bennett Issues Emergency Border Collapse Warning! – Alex Jones | War and Conflict | Before It’s News (beforeitsnews.com)

Also: Scott Bennett: White Hat Exposes All Truths (Video) | Alternative | Before It’s News (beforeitsnews.com)

==============================

11 May 2023. A four-minute video that explains the past evils of the British royal families, in particular the evil views, colleagues and statements from King Charles III: ??KING CHARLES & THE PLANS TO THROW THE POPULATION BACK TO THE 17TH CENTURY?? (bitchute.com)

===============================

4 May 2023 – Scott Ritter Extra Ep. 66: Ask the Inspector (Live from Irkutsk).  Scott Ritter describes what life and views are really about in Russia – the opposite of the lies and propaganda Western people read in their MSM.   Scott Ritter Extra Ep. 66: Ask the Inspector (Live from Irkutsk) – YouTube

================================

4 May 2023. Dr. Reiner Fuellmich conducts an exclusive interview with Barrie Trower, one of the best-known experts in the field of microwave radiation and frequencies, which have been researched and used as weapons in intelligence agencies since the early 1950s. Barrie Trower, a former career soldier in the Royal Navy and intelligence officer with MI5 and MI6 is a scientist and has also been a university lecturer. His knowledge in the field of microwave and 5G radiation is of considerable explosive nature and he feels obliged to bring it to the public, which, just like other whistleblowers, has already put him in life-threatening situations.

5G – Microwave as a Weapon – Part 1

https://rumble.com/v29987k-5g-microwave-as-a-weapon.html

In the second episode of ICIC titled “5G – Microwaves as a Weapon”, Dr. Reiner Fuellmich continues the revealing conversation with Barrie Trower, former career soldier in the Royal Navy and intelligence officer with MI5 and MI6 and one of the best known experts in the field of microwave radiation and frequencies. They delve into deeper areas of the uses of microwaves, frequencies, 5G, and biological and chemical weapons hidden from the gullible and unsuspecting public.

5G u Microwave as a Weapon – Part 2

https://rumble.com/v2a3cvq-5g-microwave-as-a-weapon-part-2.html

===================================

10 April 2023. An extremely moving and erudite 20-minute speech that explains that allowing others to take responsibility, as Himmler did during WWII, does not remove actual responsibility, as demonstrated during the Nuremberg trials. National Citizens Inquiry (NCI | CeNC) on Twitter: “#NCI Opening Statements | Day 3 Toronto Mr. Buckley’s opening remarks on Day 3 of the #Toronto hearings are a wake-up call to the potential dangers of losing personal responsibility and accountability. Are we being manipulated and controlled in Canada? Is our beloved nation… https://t.co/zEC14I3OL7” / Twitter .  

For more see the website (20+) National Citizens Inquiry | Facebook

===========================

19 Mar 2023: Editor’s note: this 105-minute interview is one of the most interesting videos I’ve ever watched. Jean Claude and Janine interview Australia One leader Riccardo Bosi covering many aspects of the world situation and the basis of good and evil as well as a thought-provoking tarot reading for Bosi: AustraliaOne Party – Jean-Claude and Tarot by Janine Interview Riccardo Bosi (rumble.com)

===============================

19 Mar 2023:  Jean Claude (Jean-Claude@BeyondMystic (rumble.com) ) interviews Clif High and Rafi Farber about the current financial  and financial situation, including the coming financial crash and reversal of ‘woke’ism’. New Clif High: Trump Arrest Imminent! The End Game – The Last Round & Rafi Farber & Jean-Claude@BeyondMystic | Prophecy | Before It’s News (beforeitsnews.com)

==============================

13 Mar 2023: More on the bio-weapon horror story.  Russian military chief presents evidence that US Department of Defence and many Western bio-weapon laboratories are producing more deadly products – New Maria Zeee & Aussie Cossack: The Russian Military Just Dropped Huge Truth Bombs on the Entire World! You Will Be Shocked! | Prophecy | Before It’s News (beforeitsnews.com)

=============================

12 Mar 2023: Mel K interviews Australian Maria Zeee to discuss how the Australian Government has driven the country towards a dystopian future using the Covid19 fraud as a pretence, focusing on the weaponisation of the World  Health Organisation:   Mel K & Maria Zeee | The Weaponization of the WHO | 3-9-23 – The Mel K Show

Which ‘New World Order’?

Who is planning a ‘New World Order’ (NWO),  in what form, and what progress so far? What weapons are used to try to enforce a particular NWO?  Will it be ‘The Great Reset? Currently, many of the world’s normal practices are falling apart. Links to many more articles follow those below.

Medbed Trials by Military White Hats

Medbed Trials by Military White Hats  From Gazetteller.com, June 3, 2024

Top-Secret Medbed Trials by Military White Hats: Secret Deployment Across America Already Healing Lives!

Powerful organizations and institutions are actively attempting to censor Gazetteller.com. We strongly encourage you to share this news with the world.

Hidden in the shadows of top-secret military bases, far from the prying eyes of the public, lies a clandestine operation that could change the world as we know it. The Medbed, a piece of revolutionary space-age technology, is already here.

Deployed in secret across the United States, these devices are under the tight control of the military white hats alliance. They are the guardians of this incredible technology, waiting for the right moment to unveil it to the public. But why the secrecy? And what exactly are they hiding?

The Silent Deployment of Medbeds

Whispers from inside the highest echelons of the military suggest that the Medbeds have been strategically placed in undisclosed locations across the country. These are not mere rumors. Deep within the bowels of Area 51, in the concealed corners of the Cheyenne Mountain Complex, and under the watchful eyes of the most secure military installations, the Medbeds are real and operational.

Sources who have managed to infiltrate these high-security areas report seeing rows upon rows of these advanced medical devices. Soldiers who were severely injured in battle, government agents with terminal illnesses, and even a select few civilians have reportedly undergone the Medbed process, emerging not only healed but transformed.

Must Watch! – The Secret Brain Wave Training You Need Before Using Revolutionary Medbeds!

 

The Secret Trials

Consider the case of Captain John Reynolds, a soldier who was gravely wounded during a classified mission in the Middle East. According to undisclosed sources within the military, Reynolds was airlifted to an undisclosed location where he was treated with a Medbed.

In less than 24 hours, Reynolds not only recovered from his life-threatening injuries but also emerged looking years younger, with enhanced physical capabilities that defy explanation. His transformation was so radical that his own family barely recognized him.

There’s also the story of Sarah Mitchell, a high-ranking intelligence officer diagnosed with terminal cancer. Her prognosis was bleak, with doctors giving her only months to live. However, Mitchell was whisked away to a secret facility where she underwent the Medbed treatment. Astonishingly, she returned completely cancer-free, with her DNA reportedly repaired and her lifespan extended by decades.

Video – The DNA Reparation Frequencies That Make Medbeds So Powerful!

The Dark Side of Extended Lifespan

These incredible stories don’t end with physical rejuvenation. Reports have emerged of people experiencing bizarre side effects after undergoing the Medbed treatment. Colonel Mark Anderson, another insider, shared an unnerving story of his own experience.

After his treatment, not only did his physical age regress, but he began to recover memories from what he believes are his past lives. Anderson described vivid dreams and flashbacks of being a soldier in various historical battles, from the trenches of World War I to the deserts of ancient Mesopotamia.

These recovered memories have left Anderson in a state of psychological turmoil, struggling to differentiate between his current life and those he believes he has lived before. This phenomenon raises alarming questions about the implications of memory recovery and the potential psychological toll it can take on individuals.

The Control of the Military White Hats Alliance

So, who are the military white hats alliance, and why are they controlling this technology? This covert group, comprised of top military officials and select government insiders, is believed to be the last line of defense against the misuse of the Medbed technology. Their mission is to ensure that this powerful tool does not fall into the wrong hands, particularly those of the deep state and other malevolent entities.

The white hats are reportedly conducting rigorous trials and meticulously documenting every aspect of the Medbed’s capabilities. They understand that the technology’s potential for good is matched only by its potential for abuse.

This group is deeply entrenched in a battle against the forces that seek to use the Medbeds for nefarious purposes, such as creating a class of superhumans loyal only to a tyrannical regime.

Urgent! Blood Sugar Fuels Cancer Growth—Critical Steps to Maintain Healthy Levels NOW!

 

The Struggle for Control

The battle for control over the Medbeds is fierce and ongoing. Insiders reveal that there have been several attempts by rogue elements within the government to seize the Medbeds and harness their power for their own gain.

One particularly chilling account involves a covert operation thwarted by the white hats, where a faction within the intelligence community attempted to smuggle a Medbed out of a secure facility. The white hats intercepted the operation, leading to a tense standoff that ended with the rogue agents being detained and the Medbed secured.

The Ultimate Goal

The ultimate goal of the white hats is to eventually introduce the Medbeds to the public in a controlled and responsible manner. They are meticulously planning a rollout that will ensure the technology is used for the benefit of humanity as a whole, rather than for the enrichment of a select few. This process involves not only perfecting the technology but also preparing the public for the radical changes it will bring.

The Dangers of Premature Exposure

The dangers of exposing the Medbed technology prematurely cannot be overstated. The white hats are acutely aware that releasing the Medbeds without proper preparation could lead to societal chaos. The dramatic changes in physical appearance, extended lifespans, and recovery of past life memories could disrupt social order and create unprecedented levels of confusion and conflict.

Must Watch! – The Secret Brain Wave Training You Need Before Using Revolutionary Medbeds!

Imagine the chaos that would ensue if people suddenly began aging backward, becoming physically younger while their peers continued to age normally. Relationships would be strained to the breaking point, with families and friends struggling to adjust to the new reality.

The economic implications are equally staggering, as extended lifespans would fundamentally alter retirement planning, healthcare, and social services.

The Hidden Truth

Despite the white hats’ best efforts, the truth about the Medbeds is slowly leaking out. Insiders are beginning to speak, risking their careers and their lives to bring this information to light. They believe that the public has a right to know about the technology that could change their lives forever.

The Medbeds are real. They are here, and they are under the control of a select few who understand the gravity of the situation. The stories of miraculous recoveries, physical rejuvenation, and the recovery of past life memories are not just the stuff of science fiction—they are happening right now, behind closed doors, under the strictest secrecy.

The White Hats’ Quest for Responsible Disclosure

The white hats are not only protecting the Medbeds from misuse but are also formulating a plan for responsible disclosure. They are acutely aware of the potential for misuse by powerful interests who would exploit the technology for personal gain or to solidify control over populations. Their goal is to ensure that when the time comes, the public is ready to receive and understand the implications of the Medbed technology.

The Role of Media and Public Perception

To achieve this, the white hats are quietly influencing media narratives and public perception. They are working to slowly acclimate people to the idea of advanced medical technology through subtle hints in popular culture, preparing society for the eventual revelation. They understand that an abrupt disclosure would be catastrophic, leading to panic and disorder.

The Case of Jeremy Sullivan

Consider the case of Jeremy Sullivan, a former high-ranking official in a covert government program. Sullivan, who had been diagnosed with an aggressive form of leukemia, was secretly treated with a Medbed.

Not only was his cancer eradicated, but his entire physiology was rejuvenated. Upon returning to his family, Sullivan’s drastic transformation sparked rumors and whispers among his neighbors and colleagues.

Bombshell! Military Deploys Med Beds & Trains for Revolutionary Operations – Inside Tesla’s Life-Changing Med Bed!

Sullivan’s case became a tightly guarded secret, with the white hats ensuring that his story did not leak to the public. However, a few brave insiders have started to speak out, providing detailed accounts of Sullivan’s miraculous recovery and the subsequent cover-up. These revelations are part of a broader effort to prepare the world for the truth about the Medbeds.

The Unseen Forces at Play

Behind the scenes, a war is being waged between the white hats and the dark forces seeking to exploit the Medbed technology. These dark forces, often referred to as the deep state, have long manipulated global events to maintain their grip on power. They see the Medbed as the ultimate tool to control humanity, offering the allure of health and longevity in exchange for absolute obedience.

The White Hats’ Strategy

The white hats, however, are vigilant. They are leveraging their extensive networks within the military and intelligence communities to thwart these nefarious plans. Their strategy involves not only protecting the Medbeds but also discrediting and dismantling the deep state’s influence.

This involves covert operations, strategic alliances, and the dissemination of information to trusted individuals who can help shape public opinion.

The Future Unveiled

As the white hats continue their efforts, the day when the Medbed technology is revealed to the world draws closer. When that day comes, humanity will be faced with a choice: embrace the transformative potential of this technology responsibly or succumb to the chaos that could ensue from its misuse.

Related – The Future Is Now: How MED BEDS Are Transforming Medical Care Worldwide!

The Medbed is not just a piece of advanced technology; it is a catalyst for a new era. It holds the promise of healing, rejuvenation, and a deeper understanding of our past and future. But with this promise comes a responsibility that we, as a society, must be prepared to accept.

Conclusion

The Medbed technology, shrouded in secrecy and controlled by the military white hats alliance, represents both a tremendous opportunity and a significant risk. The stories of miraculous recoveries, age regression, and the recovery of past life memories are not mere fantasies—they are happening now, behind the veil of secrecy maintained by the white hats.

As we stand on the brink of this new era, it is crucial that we understand the gravity of the situation. The white hats are working tirelessly to ensure that the Medbed is introduced in a way that benefits all of humanity. But the struggle for control is fierce, and the stakes could not be higher.

The world must be prepared for the revelation of the Medbeds and the profound changes they will bring. The future is unfolding before us, and the Medbed is at the heart of this transformation. Are we ready to embrace this new reality, or will we be overwhelmed by the chaos of its premature exposure? The choice is ours, and the time to decide is now.

=========================

The Hiroshima Nagasaki ‘Dress Rehearsal’

 

The Hiroshima Nagasaki ‘Dress Rehearsal’  James Corbett Interview with Michel Chossudovsky, 9 May 2024

Michel Chossudovsky of GlobalResearch.ca discusses his recent article: “The Hiroshima Nagasaki ‘Dress Rehearsal’: Oppenheimer and the U.S. War Department’s Secret September 15, 1945 ‘Doomsday Blueprint’ to ‘Wipe the Soviet Union off the Map.’”

 

Discussion includes the original, genocidal plan of the US War Department for a genocidal nuclear slaughter of the Soviets, how that plan has continued to the present day, the existential threat of nuclear holocaust and the prospects for an anti-war movement that can actually stand up to the military-industrial complex.

 

Much of the discussion centres around how most of the ‘official’ history of recent wars, in particular the second World War, is false.  Reality, supported by many documents, presents an entirely different picture where much of what the US and UK leaders focussed should be described as the worst war crimes ever committed, including numerous past and current genocides.

 

Video: Hiroshima-Nagasaki Dress Rehearsal. The Dangers of Nuclear War. Michel Chossudovsky with James Corbett – Global ResearchGlobal Research – Centre for Research on Globalization

===============================

Presumptive Nuclear War, the historic battle for peace and democracy

 

Editor’s note: This article is factual and essentially different from the ‘official’ Western views of history over the last 100 years.  It is indeed very frightening.  Best to download the PDF file to view the several graphics and videos.

“Preemptive Nuclear War”: The Historic Battle for Peace and Democracy. A Third World War Threatens the Future of Humanity

Presumptive Nuclear War^J the historic battle for peace and democracy  By Michel Chossudovsk, 5 March 2024

At no point since the first atomic bomb was dropped on Hiroshima on August 6th, 1945, has humanity been closer to the unthinkable.

 Introduction

At no point since the first atomic bomb was dropped on Hiroshima on August 6th, 1945, has humanity been closer to the unthinkable. All the safeguards of the Cold War era, which categorized the nuclear bomb as “a weapon of last resort”, have been scrapped.

Let us also recall the unspoken history of America’s doctrine pertaining to the conduct of nuclear war. 

Barely six weeks after the bombing of Hiroshima and Nagasaki, the U.S. War Department released a Secret Plan on September 15, 1945 to  bomb 66 cities of the Soviet Union with 204 atomic bombs.

The September 1945 Plan was to “Wipe the Soviet Union off the Map” at a time when the US and the USSR were allies. Confirmed by declassified documents, Hiroshima and Nagasaki served as a “Dress Rehearsal” (see historical details and analysis below). 

Video: The Dangers of Nuclear War: Michel Chossudovsky

Link to Video Here

Comments: Link to Odysee

Putin’s February 2022 Statement

Vladimir Putin’s statement on February 21st, 2022 was a response to US threats to use nuclear weapons on a preemptive basis against Russia, despite Joe Biden’s “reassurance” that the US would not be resorting to “A first strike” nuclear attack against an enemy of America:

“Let me [Putin] explain that U.S. strategic planning documents contain the possibility of a so-called preemptive strike against enemy missile systems. And who is the main enemy for the U.S. and NATO? We know that too. It’s Russia. In NATO documents, our country is officially and directly declared the main threat to North Atlantic security. And Ukraine will serve as a forward springboard for the strike.” (Putin Speech, February 21, 2022, emphasis added)

In July 2021, the Biden administration launched its Nuclear Posture Review (NPR) which was formally announced in October 2022.

The 2022 NPR includes what is described as a “nuclear declaratory policy of the United States”.

The 2022 NPR largely confirms the nuclear options developed by the Obama and Bush administrations predicated on the notion of preemptive nuclear war raised in President Putin’s speech.

The underlying US nuclear doctrine consists in portraying nuclear weapons as a means of “self defense” rather than as a “weapon of mass destruction”.

The NPR does not rule out the possibility of a “first strike” nuclear attack against Russia. According to the US Congress Research Service:

“The NPR [2022] suggests that the United States may use nuclear weapons in circumstances that do not involve potential adversaries’ potential use of nuclear weapons. …The review also asserts that an ‘effective nuclear deterrent is foundational to broader U.S. defense strategy,’ but does not elaborate.  (…)”

“Should deterrence fail, ‘the United States would seek to end any conflict at the lowest level of damage possible on the best achievable terms’— language implying that the United States might use nuclear weapons for purposes other than deterrence.” (CRS Reports. US Congress 2022 NPR, emphasis added)

The Privatization of Nuclear War 

It should be understood, that there are powerful financial interests behind the NPR which are tied into the $1.3  trillion nuclear weapons program initiated under President Obama.

Although the Ukraine conflict has so-far been limited to conventional weapons coupled with “economic warfare”, the use of a large array of sophisticated WMDs including nuclear weapons is on the drawing board of the Pentagon.

Dangerous narrative: The NPR proposes “increased integration of conventional and nuclear planning”, which consists in categorizing tactical nuclear weapons (e.g. B61-11 and 12) as conventional weapons, to be used on a preemptive basis in the conventional war theater (as a means of self defense)

According to the Federation of American Scientists, the total number of nuclear warheads Worldwide is of the order of 13,000.  Russia and the United States “each have around 4,000 warheads in their military stockpiles”.

The Dangers of Nuclear War are Real. Profit Driven. Two Trillion Dollars

Under Joe Biden, public funds allocated to nuclear weapons are slated to increase to 2 trillion by 2030 allegedly as a means to safeguarding peace and national security at taxpayers expense. (How many schools and hospitals could you finance with 2 trillion dollars?):

The United States maintains an arsenal of about 1,700 strategic nuclear warheads deployed on intercontinental ballistic missiles (ICBMs) and submarine-launched ballistic missiles (SLBMs) and at strategic bomber bases. There are an additional estimated 100 non-strategic, or tactical, nuclear weapons at bomber bases in five European countries and about 2,000 nuclear warheads in storage. [see our analysis of B61-11 and B61-12 below]

The Congressional Budget Office (CBO) estimated in May 2021 that the United States will spend a total of $634 billion over the next 10 years to sustain and modernize its nuclear arsenal. (Arms Control)

In this article, I will focus on

  • The Post Cold War shift in US Nuclear Doctrine,
  • A brief review of the History of US-Russia Relations since World War I
  • An Assessment of  the history of nuclear weapons going back to the Manhattan Projectinitiated in 1939 with the participation of both Canada and the United Kingdom.

Most people in America do not know that the Manhattan Project in the immediate wake of bombing of Hiroshima, Nagasaki in August 1945, was intended to formulate a nuclear attack against the USSR, at a time when the Soviet Union and the U.S. were allies. 

What I am referring to is the U.S Blueprint of September 15, 1945 according to which the US War Department planned to drop more than 200 atomic bombs on 66 cities of the Soviet Union. This is not mentioned in the history books. See:

http://blog.nuclearsecrecy.com/wp-content/uploads/2012/05/1945-Atomic-Bomb-Production.pdf 

A Note on the History of US-Russia Relations. The Forgotten War of 1918

From a historical standpoint the US and its Allies have been threatening Russia for more than 104 years starting during World War I with the deployment of US and Allied Forces against Soviet Russia on January 12, 1918, (two months following the November 7, 1917 revolution allegedly in support of Russia’s Imperial Army).

The 1918 US-UK Allied invasion of Russia is a landmark in Russian History, often mistakenly portrayed as being part of a Civil War. 

It lasted for more than two years involving the deployment of more than 200,000 troops of which 11,000 were from the US, 59,000 from the UK. Japan which was an Ally of Britain and America during World War I  dispatched 70,000 troops.

US Troops in Vladivostok, 1918

US Occupation Troops in Vladivostok 1918

US and Allied Troops in Vladivostok in 1918

The Threat of Nuclear War

The US threat of nuclear war against Russia was formulated more than 78 years ago in September 1945, when the US and the Soviet Union were allies. It consisted in a “World War III Blueprint” of nuclear war against the USSR, targeting 66 cities with more than 200 atomic bombs.

This diabolical project under the Manhattan Project was instrumental in triggering the Cold War and the nuclear arms race. (See analysis below).

Chronology

1918-1920:  The first US and allied forces led war against Soviet Russia with more than 10 countries sending troops to fight alongside the White Imperial Russian army. This happened exactly two months after the October Revolution, on January 12, 1918, and it lasted until the early 1920s.

The Manhattan Project initiated in 1939, with the participation of the UK and Canada. Development of the Atomic Bomb.

Operation Barbarossa, June 1941. Nazi Invasion of the Soviet Union. Standard Oil of New Jersey provided oil to Nazi Germany up until 1945

February 1945: The Yalta Conference. The meeting of Roosevelt, Churchill and Stalin.

“Operation Unthinkable”: A Secret attack plan against the Soviet Union formulated by Winston Churchill in the immediate wake of the Yalta conference. It was scrapped in June 1945.

April 12, 1945: The Potsdam Conference. President Harry Truman and Prime Minister Winston Churchill approve the atomic bombing of Japan.

September 15, 1945: A World War III Scenario formulated by the US War Department: A plan to  bomb 66 cities of the Soviet Union with 204 atomic bombs, when the US and USSR were allies. The Secret plan  (declassified in 1975) formulated during WWII, was released less than two weeks after the official end of WWII on September 2, 1945

1949: The Soviet Union announces the testing of its nuclear bomb.

Post Cold War Doctrine: “Preemptive Nuclear War”

The Doctrine of Mutually Assured Destruction (MAD) of the Cold War Era no longer prevails. It was replaced at the outset of the George W. Bush Administration with the Doctrine of Preemptive Nuclear War, namely the use of nuclear weapons as a means of “self-defense”against both nuclear and non-nuclear weapons states.

In early 2002, the text of George W. Bush’s Nuclear Posture Review had already been leaked, several months prior to the release of the September 2002 National Security Strategy (NSS) which defined, “Preemption” as:

“the anticipatory use of force in the face of an imminent attack”. 

Namely as an act of war on the grounds of self-defense

The MAD doctrine was scrapped. The 2001 Nuclear Posture Review not only redefined the use of nuclear weapons, so-called tactical nuclear weapons or bunker buster bombs (mini-nukes) could henceforth be used in the conventional war theater without the authorization of the Commander in Chief, namely the President of the United States.

Seven countries were identified in the 2001 NPR (adopted in 2002) as potential targets for a preemptive nuclear attack 

Discussing “requirements for nuclear strike capabilities,” the report lists Iran, Iraq, Libya, North Korea, and Syria as “among the countries that could be involved in immediate, potential, or unexpected contingencies.”  …

Three of these countries (Iraq, Libya and Syria) have since then been the object of US-led wars. The 2001 NPR also confirmed continued nuclear war preparations against China and Russia.

“The Bush review also indicates that the United States should be prepared to use nuclear weapons against China, citing “the combination of China’s still developing strategic objectives and its ongoing modernization of its nuclear and non-nuclear forces.”

“Finally, although the review repeats Bush administration assertions that Russia is no longer an enemy, it says the United States must be prepared for nuclear contingencies with Russia and notes that, if “U.S. relations with Russia significantly worsen in the future, the U.S. may need to revise its nuclear force levels and posture.” Ultimately, the review concludes that nuclear conflict with Russia is “plausible” but “not expected.” [that. was back in 2002] ( Arms Control) emphasis added.

The Privatization of Nuclear War

With tensions growing in major regions of the World, a new generation of nuclear weapons technology was unfolding making nuclear warfare a very real prospect. And with very little fanfare, the US had embarked on the privatization of nuclear war under a first-strike “preemptive” doctrine. This process went into full swing in the immediate wake of the 2001 Nuclear Posture Review (2001 NPR) adopted by the US Senate in 2002.

On August 6, 2003, on Hiroshima Day, commemorating when the first atomic bomb was dropped on Hiroshima (August 6 1945), a secret meeting was held behind closed doors at Strategic Command Headquarters at the Offutt Air Force Base in Nebraska. Senior executives from the nuclear industry and the military industrial complex were in attendance.

This mingling of defense contractors, scientists and policy-makers was not intended to commemorate Hiroshima. The meeting was intended to set the stage for the development of a new generation of “smaller”, “safer” and “more usable” nuclear weapons, to be used in the “in-theater nuclear wars” of the 21st Century.”

“Nuclear war has become a multibillion dollar undertaking, which fills the pockets of US defense contractors. What is at stake is the outright “privatization of nuclear war”.

Nuclear War against both China and Russia is contemplated

Russia is tagged as  “Plausible” but “Not Expected”. That was back in 2002.

Today at the height of the Ukraine war, a Preemptive Nuclear attack against Russia is on the drawing of the Pentagon. That does not however mean that it will be implemented.

A Nuclear War Cannot be Won?

We recall Reagan’s historic statement: “A nuclear war cannot be won and must never be fought. The only value in our two nations possessing nuclear weapons is to make sure they will never be used.”

Nonetheless, there are powerful voices and lobby groups within the US establishment and the Biden administration that are convinced that “a nuclear war is winnable”.

Flashback to Inter-War Period: Wall Street Finances Hitler’s Election Campaign 

According to Yuri Robsov, Wall Street and the Rockefellers were funding Germany’s war machine as well as Adolf Hitler’s election campaign:

American cooperation with the German military-industrial complex was so intense and pervasive that by 1933 the key sectors of German industry and large banks such as Deutsche Bank, Dresdner Bank, Danat-Bank (Darmstädter und Nationalbank), etc.  were under the control of American financial capital.

The political force that was intended to play a crucial role in Anglo-American plans was being simultaneously prepared. We are talking about the funding of the Nazi party and Adolf Hitler personally.

On January 4th, 1932, a meeting was held between British financier Montagu Norman (Governor of the Bank of England), Adolf Hitler and Franz Von Papen (who became Chancellor a few months later in May 1932) At this meeting, an agreement on the financing of the Nationalsozialistische Deutsche Arbeiterpartei (NSDAP or Nazi Party) was reached.

This meeting was also attended by US policy-makers and the Dulles brothers, something which their biographers do not like to mention.

A year later, on January 14th, 1933, another meeting was held between Adolf Hitler, Germany’s Financier Baron Kurt von Schroeder, Chancellor Franz von Papen and Hitler’s Economic Advisor Wilhelm Keppler took place, where Hitler’s program was fully approved.

It was here that they finally resolved the issue of the transfer of power to the Nazis, and on the 30th of January 1933 Hitler became ChancellorThe implementation of the fourth stage of the strategy thus begun.

World War II: “Operation Barbarossa”

There is ample evidence that both the US and its British ally were intent upon Nazi Germany winning the war on the Eastern Front with a view to destroying the Soviet Union:  

“Stalin and his entourage’s growing suspicions, that the Anglo-American powers hoped the Nazi-Soviet War would last for years, were based on well-founded concerns. This desire had already been expressed in part by Harry S. Truman, future US president, hours after the Wehrmacht had invaded the Soviet Union.

Truman, then a US Senator, said he wanted to see the Soviets and Germans “kill as many as possible” between themselves, an attitude which the New York Times later called “a firm policy”. The Times had previously published Truman’s remarks on 24 June 1941, and as a result his views would most likely not have escaped the Soviets’ attention. (Shane Quinn, Global Research, March 2022)

Hitler’s Operation Barbarossa initiated in June 1941 would have failed from the very outset had it not been for the support of Standard Oil of New Jersey (owned by the Rockefellers) which routinely delivered ample supplies of oil to the Third Reich.

While Germany was able  to transform coal into fuel, this synthetic production was insufficient. Moreover, Romania’s Ploesti oil resources (under Nazi control until 1944) were minimal. Nazi Germany largely depended on oil shipments from US Standard Oil.

Trading with the Enemy legislation (1917) officially implemented following America’s entry into World War II did not  prevent Standard Oil of New Jersey from selling oil to Nazi Germany. This despite the Senate 1942 investigation of US Standard Oil.

While direct US oil shipments were curtailed, Standard Oil would sell US oil through third countries. US oil was shipped to occupied France (officially via Switzerland, and from France it was shipped to Germany: “… The shipments went through Spain, Vichy France’s colonies in the West Indies, and Switzerland.”

Without those oil shipments instrumented by Standard Oil and the Rockefellers, Nazi Germany would not have been able to implement its military agenda. Without fuel, the Third Reich’s eastern front under Operation Barbarossa would most probably not have taken place, saving millions of lives. The Western front including the military occupation of France, Belgium and The Netherlands would no doubt also have been affected.

The USSR actually won the war against Nazi Germany, with 27 million deaths, which in part resulted from the blatant violation of Trading with the Enemy by Standard Oil.

“Operation Unthinkable”: A World War III Scenario Formulated During World War II

A  World War III scenario against the Soviet Union had already been envisaged in early 1945, under what was called  Operation Unthinkable, to be launched prior to the official end of World War II on September 2, 1945.

Roosevelt, Churchill and Stalin met at Yalta in early February 1945 largely with a view to negotiating the post war occupation of Germany and Japan.

Video: Yalta Conference

Meanwhile in the wake of the Yalta Conference, Winston Churchill had contemplated a Secret Plan to wage war against the Soviet Union: .

If you thought the Cold War between East and West reached its peak in the 1950s and 1960s, then think again. 1945 was the year when Europe was the crucible for a Third World War.

The plan called for a massive Allied assault on 1 July 1945 by British, American, Polish and German – yes German – forces against the Red Army. They aimed to push them back out of Soviet-occupied East Germany and Poland, give Stalin and bloody nose, and force him to re-consider his domination of East Europe. … Eventually in June 1945 Churchill’s military advisors cautioned him against implementing the plan, but it still remained a blueprint for a Third World War. …The Americans had just successfully tested an atomic bomb, and there was now the final temptation of obliterating Soviet centres of population”

Churchill’s “Operation Unthinkable” against Soviet Forces in Eastern Europe (see above) was abandoned in June 1945.

During his mandate as Prime Minister (1940-45), Churchill had supported the Manhattan Project. He was a protagonist of nuclear war against the Soviet Union, which had been contemplated under the Manhattan project as early as 1942, when the US and the Soviet Union were allies against Nazi Germany.

A  Blueprint for a Third World War using nuclear weapons against 66 major urban areas of the Soviet Union was officially formulated on September 15, 1945 by the US War Department (see section below).

The Potsdam Conference

Vice President Harry S. Truman was sworn in as president of the United States on April 12, 1945, after the death of Franklin D. Roosevelt, who died unexpectedly of a cerebral hemorrhage.

At the Potsdam meetings, President Truman entered into discussions (July 1945) with Stalin and Churchill: (see image right). The discussions were of a different nature to those of Yalta, specifically with regard to both Truman and Churchill who were both in favour of nuclear warfare:

“[British] PM [Churchill] and I ate alone. Discussed Manhattan (it is a success). Decided to tell Stalin about itStalin had told PM [Churchill] of telegram from Jap emperor asking for peace. Stalin also read his answer to me. It was satisfactory. Believe Japs will fold up before Russia comes in. I am sure they will when Manhattan appears over their homeland. I shall inform Stalin about it at an opportune time. (Truman Diary, July 17, 1945, emphasis added)

What this statement from Truman’s Diary confirms is that Japan would “fold up” and surrender to the US  “before Russia comes in”. Ultimately this was the objective of the atomic bombs dropped on Hiroshima and Nagasaki.

While Stalin was casually informed by Truman regarding the Manhattan Project in July 1945, sources suggest that the Soviet Union was aware of the Manhattan Project as early as 1942. Did Truman tell Stalin that the atom bomb was intended for Japan?

“We met at 11.00am. today.[ That is, Stalin, Churchill and the US president].

But I had a most important session [without Stalin?] with Lord Mountbatten and General Marshall [US joint Chiefs of Staff] before that. [This meeting was not part of the official agendaWe have discovered the most terrible bomb in the history of the world. It may be the fire destruction prophesied in the Euphrates Valley era, after Noah and his fabulous ark. Anyway, we think we have found the way to cause a disintegration of the atom. An experiment in the New Mexico desert was startling – to put it mildly. Thirteen pounds of the explosive caused a crater six hundred feet deep and twelve hundred feet in diameter, knocked over a steel tower a half mile away, and knocked men down ten thousand yards away. The explosion was visible for more than two hundred miles and audible for forty miles and more.

This weapon is to be used against Japan between now and August 10th.I have told the secretary of war, Mr Stimson, to use it so that military objectives and soldiers and sailors are the target and not women and children. Even if Japs are savages, ruthless, merciless and fanatic, we as the leader of the world for the common welfare cannot drop this terrible bomb on the old capital or the new. He and I are in accord. The target will be a purely military one and we will issue a warning statement asking the Japs to surrender and save lives. I’m sure they will not do that, but we will have given them the chance. It is certainly a good thing for the world that Hitler’s crowd or Stalin’s did not discover this atomic bomb. It seems to be the most terrible thing ever discovered, but it can be made the most useful.” (Truman’s Diary, Potsdam meeting on July 18, 1945)

The discussion on the Manhattan Project does not appear in the official minutes of the meetings.

The Infamous “WW III Blueprint” to Wage a Nuclear Attack against the Soviet Union (September 15, 1945)

Barely two weeks after the official end of World War II (September 2, 1945), the US War Department issued  a directive  (September 15, 1945) to “Erase the Soviet Union off the Map” (66 cities with 204 atomic bombs), when the US and USSR were allies, confirmed by declassified documents. (For further details see Chossudovsky, 2017)

According to a secret (declassified) document dated September 15, 1945, “the Pentagon had envisaged blowing up the Soviet Union  with a coordinated nuclear attack directed against major urban areas.

All major cities of the Soviet Union were included in the list of 66 “strategic” targets. The tables below categorize each city in terms of area in square miles and the corresponding number of atomic bombs required to annihilate and kill the inhabitants of selected urban areas.

Six atomic bombs were to be used to destroy each of the larger cities including Moscow, Leningrad, Tashkent, Kiev, Kharkov, Odessa.

The Pentagon estimated that a total of 204 atomic bombs would be required to “Wipe the Soviet Union off the Map”. The targets for a nuclear attack consisted of sixty-six major cities.

One single atomic bomb dropped on Hiroshima resulted in the immediate death of 100,000 people in the first seven seconds. Imagine what would have happened if 204 atomic bombs had been dropped on major cities of the Soviet Union as outlined in a secret U.S. plan formulated during the Second World War.

Hiroshima in the wake of the atomic bomb attack, 6 August 1945

The document outlining this diabolical military agenda had been released in September 1945, barely one month after the bombing of Hiroshima and Nagasaki (6 and 9 August, 1945) and two years before the onset of the Cold War (1947).

The secret plan dated September 15, 1945 (two weeks after the surrender of Japan on September 2, 1945 aboard the USS Missouri, see image below) , however, had been formulated at an earlier period, namely at the height of World War II,  at a time when America and the Soviet Union were close allies.

The Manhattan project was launched in 1939, two years prior to America’s entry into World War II in December 1941. The Kremlin was fully aware of the secret Manhattan project as early as 1942.

Hiroshima and Nagasaki: Dress Rehearsal for Planned Nuclear Attack against the Soviet Union

Were the August 1945 Hiroshima and Nagasaki attacks used by the Pentagon to evaluate the viability of  a much larger attack on the Soviet Union consisting of more than 204 atomic bombs? The key documents to bomb 66 cities of the Soviet Union (15 September 1945) were finalized 5-6 weeks after the Hiroshima and Nagasaki bombings (6, 9 August 1945):

“On September 15, 1945 — just under two weeks after the formal surrender of Japan and the end of World War II — Norstad sent a copy of the estimate to General Leslie Groves, still the head of the Manhattan Project, and the guy who, for the short term anyway, would be in charge of producing whatever bombs the USAAF might want. As you might guess, the classification on this document was high: “TOP SECRET LIMITED,” which was about as high as it went during World War II. (Alex Wellerstein, The First Atomic Stockpile Requirements (September 1945)

The Kremlin was aware of the 1945 plan to bomb sixty-six Soviet cities.

The documents confirm that the US was involved in the “planning of genocide” against the Soviet Union. 

Let’s cut to the chase. How many bombs did the USAAF request of the atomic general, when there were maybe one, maybe twobombs worth of fissile material on hand? At a minimum they wanted 123. Ideally, they’d like 466. This is just a little over a month after the bombings of Hiroshima and Nagasaki.

Of course, in true bureaucratic fashion, they provided a handy-dandy chart (Alex Wellerstein, op. cit)

 

=====================

1984/2024 – The Hidden Hope in Orwell’s Warning.

Editor’s note: download PDF documents, link below, to view several graphics.

1984-2024 The Hidden Hope in Orwell’s Warning  BY PATRICIA HARRITY, 26 JANUARY, 2024

The nation is a surveillance-laden world where history has been rewritten to suit the narrative of leaders who have control over every aspect of life. They retain that control through the use of propaganda, manipulation?of information, and suppression of dissent. Censoring is a valuable tool and even certain words are censored by thought Police, in favour of “Newspeak” but “Don’t you see that the whole aim of Newspeak is to narrow the range of thought? In the end we shall make thought crime literally impossible, because there will be no words in which to express it.” (1984)

This is life in the nation of Oceania, as depicted by George Orwell in his dystopian classic novel “1984?  which was published in 1949. which is very often described as a “cautionary tale.” Orwell utilised the political and historical context of the mid-20th century and through the life of the protagonist, a low-ranking member of the ruling party named Winston Smith, warns of the dangers of authoritarianism and the erosion of personal freedom,

The tale has been spoken about very often in the past few years and memes with Orwell quotes being shared all over the internet such as the perhaps most well known “Big Brother is Watching You.” also “In a Time of Universal Deceit — Telling the Truth Is a Revolutionary Act” and they have alerted us to the many parallels with our nations today, we are living in that world we thought only existed in Orwell’s imagination. and as is said many times in memes “This is 1984!”

You Were Not Mad!

Of course there is not everyone who will agree and will call those of us who choose to tell the truth as crazy conspiracy theorists, but another Orwell 1984 quote covers that “Being in a minority, even in a minority of one, did not make you mad. There was truth and there was untruth, and if you clung to the truth even against the whole world, you were not mad.

Yet, sadly the propaganda machine works hard to constantly reinforce that label, because “if all others accepted the lie which the Party imposed—if all records told the same tale—then the lie passed into history and became truth. ‘Who controls the past’ ran the Party slogan, ‘controls the future: who controls the present controls the past.”

We know this is due to the decades long plan for totalitarian control and power and ”Power is not a means; it is an end. One does not establish a dictatorship in order to safeguard a revolution; one makes the revolution in order to establish the dictatorship. The object of persecution is persecution. The object of torture is torture. The object of power is power. Now you begin to understand me.”

Particularly important to remember these days!!

As you can see this could go on for a while! But as we look at the many similarities between our world today and 1984 which many of us now see as, if not a prophecy, the fictionalising of a real life plan, and it may seem all doom and gloom. However, according to by Paul Cudenec, from Winter Oak, there is “hidden hope,” in amongst Orwell’s warning.

1984/2024 – the Hidden Hope in Orwell’s Warning.

by Paul CudenecWinter Oak

Forty years have now passed since the year in which George Orwell situated his imaginary dystopian society.

The novel Nineteen Eighty-Four was never meant to be a literal prophecy, of course, but, for the first three-and-a-half decades after its publication in 1949, it held a powerful hold on the public imagination, at least in Britain.

When I was growing up in the 1970s, the four figures “1984” were a terrifying byword for the totalitarian future that we all somehow knew was just round the corner, if we didn’t remain vigilant.

I think that Orwell’s book, along with Aldous Huxley’s 1931 novel Brave New World, helped stave off the advent of the kind of world they were both warning us against, by making it abundantly clear that nobody, regardless of political affiliation, welcomed such a future.

The date lost much of its power, of course, when the year came and went. Suddenly 1984 was just part of everyday life – it was the year that your girlfriend left you, that you passed your driving test or that Everton beat Watford in the FA Cup Final.

And although many of us still remained concerned about the prospect of a Big Brother state strengthening its grip, there was no longer the sense of counting grimly down to that fateful year – instead people started looking forward to the bright new future heralded by The Year Two Thousand.

Now, however, the date 1984 has passed back into a semi-abstract condition, especially for all those born after that date, and the title of the book seems much less important than the content, which is all too relevant today.

Some of the outer form of the story is admittedly now rather dated. Re-reading it for the purposes of this article, I was struck by the way in which Orwell is very much describing a bomb-damaged post-war London that had already disappeared by the time I was born and which he imagines being inhabited by a white working class (the “proles”) that has now been largely displaced.

The idea that “one literally never saw” foreigners walking the streets of London [1] would already have sounded a little strange in real-life 1984, let alone today!

I also noticed a bit of a plausibility flaw in the plot, in that Winston Smith, having taken such painstaking care never to be seen talking to his lover Julia in public, merrily brings her with him to meet O’Brien, whom he merely hopes is on his side.

He then blurts out, within seconds of arriving at the official’s home: “We are enemies of the Party”! [2] and goes on to agree to “corrupt the minds of children”, “disseminate venereal diseases” and “throw sulphuric acid in a child’s face” [3] if asked to do so by the underground resistance known as the Brotherhood.

Would anyone really do that?

But these are small quibbles in comparison with the uncanny way in which Orwell foresaw so much of the psychological control and manipulation we are enduring today.

For instance, we can immediately recognise, in the pages of the novel, those who are currently imposing the Great Reset and its United Nations Sustainable Development Goals.

“What kind of people would control this world had been equally obvious. The new aristocracy was made up for the most part of bureaucrats, scientists, technicians, trade-union organisers, publicity experts, sociologists, teachers, journalists, and professional politicians.

“These people, whose origins lay in the salaried middle class and the upper grades of the working class, had been shaped and brought together by the barren world of monopoly industry and centralized government”. [4]

Likewise with the extent to which their control is exerted: “Even the Catholic Church of the Middle Ages was tolerant by modern standards. Part of the reason for this was that in the past no government had the power to keep its citizens under constant surveillance…

“With the development of television, and the technological advance which made it possible to receive and transmit simultaneously on the same instrument, private life came to an end.

“Every citizen, or at least every citizen important enough to be worth watching, could be kept for twenty-four hours a day under the eyes of the police and in the sound of official propaganda…

“The possibility of enforcing not only complete obedience, but complete uniformity of opinion on all subjects, now existed for the first time”. [5]

The globalist agenda of the current criminocracy is also clearly depicted: “The two aims of the Party are to conquer the whole surface of the earth and to extinguish once and for all the possibility of independent thought”. [6]

The three warring zone of Orwell’s multipolar world have ideologies that are only superficially different: “In Oceania, the prevailing philosophy is called Ingsoc, in Eurasia it is called Neo-Bolshevism, and in Eastasia it is called by a Chinese name usually translated as Death-Worship… Actually the three philosophies are barely distinguishable, and the social systems which they support are not distinguishable at all”. [7]

Orwell’s fictional tyrants even indulge in the same long-term date-related planning for their ramping up of control, declaring that by 2050: “The whole climate of thought will be different. In fact there will be no thought, as we understand it now. Orthodoxy means not thinking – not needing to think. Orthodoxy is unconsciousness”. [8]

They are out to abolish natural human life – “all children were to be begotten by artificial insemination (artsem, it was called in Newspeak) and brought up in public institutions” [9] – and are proud of the success of their social distancing project – “we have cut the links between child and parent, and between man and man, and between man and woman”. [10]

Alongside this goes the mobilising of indoctrinated youth to impose the official dogma. “It was almost normal for people over thirty to be frightened of their own children. And with good reason, for hardly a week passed in which The Times did not carry a paragraph describing how some eavesdropping little sneak – ‘child hero’ was the phrase generally used – had overheard some compromising remark and denounced its parents to the Thought Police”. [11]

The myth of Progress plays an important part in maintaining social licence for this fictional totalitarian regime.

“Day and night the telescreens bruised your ears with statistics proving that people to-day had more food, more clothes, better houses, better recreations – that they lived longer, worked shorter hours, were bigger, healthier, stronger, happier, more intelligent, better educated, than the people of fifty years ago. Not a word of it could ever be proved or disproved”. [12]

Central to Ingsoc’s psychological control over the population is the invention and development of Newspeak, a politically-correct jargon aimed at inserting the Party’s worldview into the very terms needed to think and communicate.

To talk and write using words in their original sense was regarded as Oldspeak [13] and thus doubeplusungood [14] and might even lead to an extended stay in a joycamp. [15]

Newspeak serves an important role in the regime’s criminalisation of freedom.

Alongside the well-known Ingsoc concept of thoughtcrime there is also facecrime – “to wear an improper expression on your face (to look incredulous when a victory was announced, for example)”. [16]

Orwell adds: “To do anything that suggested a taste for solitude, even to go for a walk by yourself, was always slightly dangerous. There was a word for it in Newspeak: ownlife, it was called, meaning individualism and eccentricity”. [17]

Alongside the mental techniques of doublethink and crimestop, which I described in a previous article, [18] we find blackwhite – “a loyal willingness to say that black is white when Party discipline demands this” and also “the ability to believe that black is white, and more, to know that black is white, and to forget that one has ever believed the contrary”. [19]

Vaccines are safe and effective. Women can have penises. Critical thinking is dangerous.

Even when old words are not actually abolished, they are stripped of their essential meaning.

Orwell explains: “The word free still existed in Newspeak, but it could only be used in such statements as ‘This dog is free from lice’ or ‘This field is free from weeds’. It could not be used in its old sense of ‘politically free’ or ‘intellectually free’, since political and intellectual freedom no longer existed even as concepts, and were therefore of necessity nameless”. [20]

This manipulation has a real impact in creating a safer and inclusive social space which is free of disinformation, hate speech or any kind of conspiracy theory or denialism: “In Newspeak the expression of unorthodox opinions, above a very low level, was well-nigh impossible”. [21]

One of the most memorable lines from the novel is the Party’s insistence that “who controls the past controls the future: who controls the present controls the past”. [22]

Any inappropriate content that has previously been published has to be sent into oblivion down the memory hole.

“It is intolerable to us that an erroneous thought should exist anywhere in the world”, [23] stresses Inner Party man O’Brien and we learn that no item of news or any expression of opinion which conflicts with the needs of the moment is “ever allowed to remain on record”. [24]

The result is a totally disorientated population. “Everything faded into mist. The past was erased, the erasure was forgotten, the lie became truth”. [25]

“In the end the Party would announce that two and two made five, and you would have to believe it. It was inevitable that they should make that claim sooner or later: the logic of their position demanded it. Not merely the validity of experience, but the very existence of external reality, was tacitly denied by their philosophy. The heresy of heresies was common sense”. [26]

O’Brien’s words take on a certain postmodernist tinge when he insists: “We control matter because we control the mind. Reality is inside the skull… Nothing exists except through human consciousness”. [27]

Above all, the ruling mafia want to conceal the unpalatable reality of their control. “All the beliefs, habits, tastes, emotions, mental attitudes that characterize our time are really designed to sustain the mystique of the Party and prevent the true nature of present-day society from being perceived”. [28]

Fake opposition is another tool used by Ingsoc to trick and crush potential dissidents, in particular the cartoonish figure of arch-subversive Emmanuel Goldstein, author of a book called The Theory and Practice of Oligarchical Collectivism, [29] who has a definite whiff of Karl Marx about him.

Rather than being denied the oxygen of publicity by the regime, as one might expect, his face and words are constantly served up on the telescreens as a hated binary opposite of Ingsoc figurehead Big Brother.

“Goldstein was delivering his usual venomous attack upon the doctrines of the Party – an attack so exaggerated and perverse that a child should have been able to see through it, and yet just plausible enough to fill one with an alarmed feeling that other people, less level-headed than oneself, might be taken in by it”, [30] writes Orwell.

Although Goldstein is “advocating freedom of speech, freedom of the Press, freedom of assembly, freedom of thought”, he does so in “rapid polysyllabic speech which was a sort of parody of the habitual style of the orators of the Party, and even contained Newspeak words: more Newspeak words, indeed, than any Party member would normally use in real life”. [31]

Deliberate and malignant inversion of meaning is as much a part of Orwell’s dystopia as it is of today’s world, most famously with the Party slogan “War is peace. Freedom is slavery. Ignorance is strength”. [32]

Ingsoc and the other similar global ideologies are said to have grown out of philosophies to which they still pay “lip-service”, while reversing their original ideals in “the conscious aim of perpetuating unfreedom and inequality”. [33]

“The Party rejects and vilifies every principle for which the Socialist movement originally stood, and it chooses to do this in the name of Socialism”. [34]

“Even the names of the four Ministries by which we are governed exhibit a sort of impudence in their deliberate reversal of the facts. The Ministry of Peace concerns itself with war, the Ministry of Truth with lies, the Ministry of Love with torture, and the Ministry of Plenty with starvation”. [35]

Combined with this demonic inversion of value comes a malevolent obsession with power, all too familiar to us today.

O’Brien declares: “The Party seeks power entirely for its own sake. We are not interested in the good of others; we are interested solely in power… We know that no one ever seizes power with the intention of relinquishing it. Power is not a means it is an end. One does not establish a dictatorship in order to safeguard a revolution; one makes a revolution in order to establish the dictatorship. The object of persecution is persecution. The object of torture is torture. The object of power is power”. [36]

In another of the chilling phrases for which Nineteen Eighty-Four is so renowned, he adds: “If you want a picture of the future, imagine a boot stamping on a human face – for ever”. [37]

It is important to the regime that its control is so complete that it becomes impossible even to imagine that it could one day come to an end.

O’Brien tells Winston: “If you have ever cherished any dreams of violent insurrection, you must abandon them. There is no way in which the Party can be overthrown. The rule of the Party is for ever. Make that the starting-point of your thoughts”. [38]

The sense of powerlessness imposed by the Party seems to work on Winston, at least with regard to the prospects of his personal micro-rebellion, and he considers it “a law of nature that the individual is always defeated”. [39]

The fact that he ends up betraying his principles under torture in Room 101, denouncing his Julia and conceding that he loves Big Brother, can leave the reader with a heavy and disempowering feeling of defeat and I have long considered this to be a flaw in the book.

But a closer look reveals that there is something else going on there as well, a deep counter-current of hope flowing against the tide of totalitarian repression.

Some of that hope is seen by Winston in the 85% of the population known as the “proles”, even though their gullibility and lack of imagination frustrate him: “They needed only to rise up and shake themselves like a horse shaking off flies. If they chose they could blow the Party to pieces to-morrow morning. Surely sooner or later it must occur to them to do it? And yet – -!” [40]

He also finds encouragement in the ability of someone such as Julia to see through the lies peddled by the regime, despite the towering wall of deceit it has constructed around its activities.

She startles Winston “by saying casually that in her opinion the war was not happening. The rocket bombs which fell daily on London were probably fired by the Government of Oceania itself, ‘just to keep people frightened’.” [41]

The human capacity to see the truth and to remain faithful to it in the most difficult of situations is key to Orwell’s despite-it-all variety of hope.

“Being in a minority, even a minority of one, did not make you mad. There was truth and there was untruth, and if you clung to the truth even against the whole world, you were not mad”. [42]

He also describes an innate feeling of right and wrong which enables us to sense that there is something deeply awry with the society in which we are living.

Winston, reflecting on his own unease, muses: “Was it not a sign that this was not the natural order of things… Why should one feel it to be intolerable unless one had some kind of ancestral memory that things had once been different?” [43]

It is this source of hope beyond the fallible and mortal individual to which Smith tries to cling during his interrogation.

He tells O’Brien: “Somehow you will fail. Something will defeat you. Life will defeat you… I know that you will fail. There is something in the universe – I don’t know, some spirit, some principle – that you will never overcome”. [44]

Orwell, his health fading as he wrote the novel, could project no prospect of immediate change on to his fictional society.

However, he has Winston say to Julia: “I don’t imagine that we can alter anything in our lifetime. But one can imagine little knots of resistance springing up here and there – small groups of people banding themselves together, and gradually growing, and even leaving a few records behind, so that the next generation can carry on where we leave off”. [45]

These are not the words of a man who has surrendered to despair.

But the most important element in this concealed counter-current of Orwellian optimism is something I only noticed in my most recent re-reading.

The appendix, ‘The Principles of Newspeak’, looks back on the Ingsoc period in the past tense, from the vantage point of a more distant future in which the Big Brother nightmare has evidently come to an end and in which some kind of freedom and common sense have been restored.

It remarks, for instance: “Only a person thoroughly grounded in Ingsoc could appreciate the full force of the word bellyfeel, which implied a blind, enthusiastic acceptance difficult to imagine to-day”. [46]

So over the horizon there is a “to-day” in which the “blind, enthusiastic acceptance” of totalitarianism is not only a thing of the past, but even “difficult to imagine”.

Confirming the point, the unknown writer of this pseudo-historical account notes that “the final adoption of Newspeak had been fixed for so late a date as 2050”. [47]

These are the very last words on the last page of the book and Orwell is telling us here, right at the end of his account, that the Ingsoc regime fell before it was able to achieve its long-term agenda of completely erasing human freedom!

The Party could be overturned! The boot didn’t stamp on a human face for ever!

And how was this possible, in the face of the overwhelming full-spectrum control of people’s lives and minds that Orwell describes to such terrifying effect?

It can only have been by people refusing to let go of the truth and having faith in the spirit of the universe that will eventually prevent death from prevailing over life, slavery over freedom, or power over humanity.

Orwell must have written Nineteen Eighty-Four out of desperate, inspired, need to play his part in the struggle against the forces of darkness which lay ahead.

He did what he could and, as I said, for many years his warning helped hold back the advance of tyranny.

Now it’s up to us to take the baton of deep defiance that he is holding out to us, across the decades.

It’s up to us to draw inspiration from our ancestral memory of natural order, to see through the system’s lies, to band together in small groups and form knots of resistance that will keep the tattered flag of freedom flying proudly in the years to come.

We have to do so without any hope that victory will necessarily be achieved in our lifetimes, but must simply aim to do all that is needed in order that, in Orwell’s words, “the next generation can carry on where we leave off”.

On the other hand, who knows?

Maybe the fall of the system is coming sooner than we might think.

Orwell has Winston remark that “the only victory lay in the far future”. [48]

But then he wrote that 75 years ago.

Perhaps that far future is now!

[1] George Orwell, Nineteen Eighty-Four (Harmondsworth: Penguin, 1958), p. 96.
All subsequent page references are to this work.
[2] p. 138.
[3] p. 140.
[4] pp. 164-65.
[5] p. 165.
[6] p. 156.
[7] pp. 158-59.
[8] p. 46.
[9] p. 56.
[10] p. 214.
[11] p. 23.
[12] p. 63.
[13] p. 32.
[14] p. 39.
[15] p. 247.
[16] p. 53.
[17] p. 69.
[18] ‘Marxist doublethink and the disabling of resistance’.
https://winteroak.org.uk/2023/12/19/marxist-doublethink-and-the-disabling-of-resistance/
[19] pp. 169-70.
[20] pp. 241-42.
[21] p. 249.
[22] p. 199.
[23] p. 205.
[24] p. 35.
[25] p. 63.
[26] pp. 67-68.
[27] pp. 212-13.
[28] p. 168.
[29] p. 150.
[30] pp. 13-14.
[31] p. 14.
[32] p. 25.
[33] p. 163.
[34] p. 172.
[35] p. 172.
[36] pp. 211-12.
[37] p. 215.
[38] p. 210.
[39] p. 111.
[40] p. 59.
[41] p. 125.
[42] p. 173.
[43] p. 51.
[44] pp. 216-17.
[45] p. 127.
[46] p. 245.
[47] p. 251.
[48] p. 111.

Source used – Paul Cudenec Substack | Website

===================

Without numerous anti-Semitic fascists, Zionism would not have been possible

 

Editor’s note: This article provides an invaluable background to the current activities in and surrounding Israel.  Check the PDF download to view several graphics.

Without numerous anti-Semitic fascists^J Zionism would not have been possible  BY RHODA WILSON ON DECEMBER 26, 2023

Imperial socialism has always been at the heart of 20th-century fascism, writes Matthew Ehret. Without the force of numerous anti-Semitic fascists throughout the last two centuries, Zionism would have never been possible.

“The role of British intelligence’s hidden hand in shaping the state of Israel, as well as international fascism more broadly, is often ignored,” he said.

Ehret recently wrote an essay titled ‘Sir Henry Kissinger: Midwife to New Babylon’ describing how Henry Kissinger’s 2012 prophecy that “in 10 years, there will be no more Israel” is linked to mystical Babylon.

As his essay is more than most would read in one sitting, we are republishing it in sections over a series of articles, you can read Part 1 HERE.  The following is the section of Ehret’s essay with the same title.  You can read his full essay HERE.

‘Greater Israel’ as a British Imperial Project

By Matthew Ehret

In 1914, the man who later became Israel’s first president, Chaim Weizman, stated:

“Should Palestine fall within the British sphere of influence, and should Britain encourage a Jewish settlement there, as a British dependency, we could have in 20 to 30 years a million Jews there-perhaps more; they would. . . form a very effective guard for the Suez/Canal.”

These words indicated a deeply underappreciated value that leading Jewish Zionists had for the British empire’s plans for global control over a century ago; these Zionists believed the empire could further their own plans for a Jewish state. Lord Shaftesbury’s Zionist project was launched in 1839, the British Empire created the Palestinian Exploration Fund in 1865, and the founder of modern Zionism, Theodor Herzl, joined the cause of convincing the world’s Jews to live in the desert, but the role of British intelligence’s hidden hand in shaping the state of Israel, as well as international fascism more broadly, is often ignored. [1]

It wasn’t ignored by Sir Winston Churchill, then Lord of the British Admiralty during WWI. He wrote forcefully about the international Jewish conspiracy to take over the world on one hand, but he also spoke proudly of Zionism, saying in 1917: “If, as it may well happen, there should be created in our own lifetime by the banks of the Jordan a Jewish state under the protection of the British crown … [it] would be especially in harmony with the truest interests of the British Empire.”

While Churchill could not be said to be a supporter of Hitler’s National Socialism, up until 1935, he loudly proclaimed his admiration for Hitler and also spoke fondly of Mussolini’s Black Shirts. Churchill was also a rampant racist who presided over the mass extermination of “lower races” as displayed in the controlled Bengal famine (killing three million Indians) in 1943. Like most other dominant Round Table leaders of Britain at this time, Churchill was an “imperial socialist,” which has always been at the heart of 20th-century fascism.

Without the force of numerous anti-Semitic fascists throughout the last two centuries, Zionism would have never been possible.

Take as an example the case of Lord Arthur Balfour, a leading strategist of the Rhodes-Milner Round Table Group. Balfour co-authored the Balfour Accords in 1917 alongside Leo Amery, Lord Milner, and Walter Rothschild. It shouldn’t surprise anyone to learn that, like Churchill, Lord Balfour was also a devoted white supremacist, Zionist, and supporter of fascism. Prime Minister Lloyd George, who oversaw the project at this time, was an ardent social imperialist (aka international fascist) who openly praised Nazism alongside another pro-Nazi royal named King Edward VIII.

While Leo Amery was not openly anti-Semitic, his son John was a devoted supporter of British Nazism and Adolph Hitler. His other son, Julian Amery, worked closely with unreconstructed Nazis after World War II as part of Operation Gladio. It was under Julian Amery [2] that Nazis like Otto Skorzeny, Walter Rauft, and Alois Brunner were transplanted to the Middle East and even worked for the Mossad after the CIA played a direct role in establishing that organisation in 1951.

Additionally, Leo Amery was a close collaborator of pro-fascist Zionist leader Vladimir Ze’ev Jabotinsky during the former’s management of British Mandate Palestine (1925-1929) and co-founder of the Jewish Legion, which Jabotinsky went on to control. More than a Zionist, Amery was a believer in Cecil Rhodes’ vision for “a Church of the British Empire.”

Amery stated of his peculiar religion: The Empire is not external to any of the British nation. It is something like the Kingdom of Heaven within ourselves.” (Take note that the term “Kingdom of Heaven” was the name of the Templar Kingdom of Jerusalem, which will play a larger role in this story).

After leading the passage of anti-Jewish immigration laws in England in 1905 that prevented persecuted Russian Jews from coming to the UK, Balfour wrote in 1919 that Zionism would “mitigate the age-long miseries created for Western civilisation by the presence in its midst of a Body which it too long regarded as alien and even hostile, but which it was equally unable to expel or to absorb.”

Balfour saw the creation of Israel as one stone that could kill two birds by 1) providing an excuse to purge the Jews from Europe and 2) creating a perfect weapon for destabilisation in the geopolitical pivot of Halford Mackinder’s Heartland and the cross-section of all major civilisational forces on the earth.

Caption: The Silk Road trade routes of the Han Dynasty were revived again under the Tang Dynasty and have historically played a major role in disrupting systems of global empire by encouraging trade, cooperation, and understanding around diverse cultures (in opposition to the Crusader agenda that has promoted “clash of civilisations” ideologies).

In his book Der Judenstat, Theodor Herzl openly admitted this when he said:

“We should, there, form a portion of the rampart of Europe against Asia, an outpost of civilisation as opposed to barbarism. We should, as a neutral state, remain in contact with all Europe, which would have to guarantee our existence.”

Herzl was clear that like his British Imperial (and typically anti-Semitic pro-fascist sponsors), he envisioned Israel’s borders to extend “from the Brook of Egypt to the Euphrates.”

In the 1890s, Herzl was not yet settled on the specific location of the Jewish national homeland. William Eugene Blackstone, a devotee of John Nelson Darby, leader of a British sect called “The Plymouth Brethren,” sent him a voluminous report justifying Jerusalem as the only location ordained by God. This earned him the title of “the father of Zionism” by American Supreme Court Justice Louis D. Brandeis. In 1891, Blackstone drafted a memorandum dubbed “Palestine for the Jews,” which called for US leadership in establishing a homeland for the persecuted Jews of Russia. The memorandum was signed by 413 prominent Americans, including John D. Rockefeller, J. P. Morgan, Supreme Court Justice Cyrus McCormick, the heads of dozens of major newspapers, the Speaker of the House, and many members of Congress.

Footnotes:

[1] According to evidence available on record, Theodor Herzl was many things, but his own man was likely not one of them. His rise to prominence from a low-level journalist in 1893 to the leader of global Zionism within three years is unprecedented and doesn’t happen without vast institutional patronage. Additionally, his connection to Colonel Goldsmid (head of London’s Maccabee movement) from 1894 to 1904 is one of many important red flags of higher influences interfacing with Herzl. Colonel Goldsmid played a role in the Boer War alongside the new Round Table movement and was also the overseer of the British Empire’s Jewish colonial project in Argentina, which is no small thing. The Jewish colonial projects overseen by the British Empire in Argentina – like the Uganda scheme proposed by Chamberlain later (and submitted by Herzl to the World Zionist Congress in 1903) – was an indirect way of corralling international Jews from across Russia and Europe into controlled zones of British imperial domain that would serve as gateways towards a final Palestinian Zionist infusion. Ultimately, the empire’s success in sparking World War I and undermining the Ottoman Empire sped things up and made these stepping stones unnecessary. The fact that Herzl was also an antisemite who saw great practical use in antisemitism to make Europe and Russia unliveable for the Jews is a big red herring. It places him in conjunction with the intelligence agencies (often occult-theosophical) throughout the secret police operations of the Russian, French, Prussian, and British empires that coordinated the Dreyfuss Affair fiasco in France and the Protocols of Zion forgeries in Russia and their translations across the English world.

[2] In 1954, Egypt and the United Kingdom signed an agreement over the Suez Canal and British military basing rights. It was short-lived. By 1956 Great Britain, France, and Israel concocted a plot against Egypt aimed at toppling Nasser and seizing control of the Suez Canal, a conspiracy that enlisted the Muslim Brotherhood. The British went so far as to hold secret meetings with the Muslim Brotherhood in Geneva. According to author Stephen Dorril, two British intelligence agents, Col. Neil McLean and Julian Amery (Leo Amery’s son), helped MI6 organise a clandestine anti-Nasser opposition. Julian Amery would be directly linked to the Gladio networks. In Stephen Dorril’s book ‘MI6: Fifty Years of Special Operations’ he writes, “They [McLean and Amery] also went so far as to make contact in Geneva…with members of the Muslim Brotherhood, informing only MI6 of this demarche which they kept secret from the rest of the Suez Group [which was planning the military operation via its British bases by the Suez Canal]. Julian Amery forwarded various names to [Britain’s Foreign Secretary].” The full story can be found in Dorril, Stephen. (2000) ‘MI6: Fifty Years of Special Operations’. The Free Press, New York p. 356, 629 and Chung, Cynthia, (2022) ‘Empire on Which the Black Sun Never Set’, Canadian Patriot Press p. 286

Part 3 in our series is the sections of Ehret’s essay titled ‘The Plymouth Brethren Gnostic Overhaul of Christianity’, ‘The 1826 Albury Conferences on Prophecy’, ‘A Jesuit Sleight of Hand Sets the Stage for Zionism’, ‘The Cabalistic Fraud of Apostolic End Times Cults’ and ‘The Fraud of British Israelism’.

About the Author

Matthew Ehret is the Editor-in-Chief of the ‘Canadian Patriot Review’, a Senior Fellow at the American University in Moscow, and Director of ‘The Rising Tide Foundation’. He has authored three volumes of the ‘Untold History of Canada’ book series and four volumes of the ‘Clash of the Two Americas’. He hosts ‘Connecting the Dots’ on TNT Radio, ‘Breaking History’ on Badlands Media, and ‘The Great Game’ on Rogue News.

=========================

BRICS+: Cure for Intellectual Toxicity of Cultural Relativism

BRICS. Cure for Intellectual Toxicity of Cultural Relativism  By Matthew Ehret

The rampant anti-Chinese (and Russian) bias pervasive in today’s society has a lot to do with the fact that people have been conditioned by a very messy world outlook known as “cultural relativism”.

While attractive on the surface due to its promotion of “respect and toleration” for other cultures on the one hand and its condemnation of imperialism on the other, an ugly paradox sits below the surface of such ideology which ironically facilitates modern imperialism’s grip on the world.

The paradox is most easily seen by exposing the core assumption of reasoning that lay at the foundation of all cultural relativist theory which follows:

ASSUMPTION: Because every culture is unique and equally precious, no culture has a right to influence another culture since: A) all influence could only be exerted by force of the stronger upon the weaker and B) if such influence were to occur, it can only be to the detriment of the culture being “influenced”.

CONCLUSION: Cross pollination of cultures can never occur organically as there is nothing intrinsically universal amongst all cultures that can serve as a basis for their poetic, artistic, scientific exchanges. Since all cultural groups contain no universality, “truth” is reduced to the subjective personal experience of each culture. The very definition of “knowledge” and “truth” is thus rendered totally impotent.

An embarrassing moral and political problem thus arises.

Since the “whole” of humanity objectively exists in the form of many people, cultures and nations spread over the surface of the earth in space and time, it is a fact of life that cultures will and must co-exist. The questions then follow: in what form will those cultures co-exist and how will the whole be defined? How can diverse cultures interact with each other in such a way where that each contributes the best of their own discoveries and poetic treasures with their neighbors if there is no such thing as “better or worse” (as everything is relative to personal experience and “feelings”)? How can any harmony of the parts relative to a whole exist if there is no such thing as “truth and beauty” (or inversely “lies and ugliness”)? How can one’s mind cease from turning into reason-free ooze of gender-free societies, woke-ism and post-truth-ism?

Ugly Twins: Cultural Relativism and Imperial Geopolitics

It was blindly asserted by such modern “geopolitical philosophers” as Samuel Huntington and Sir Bernard Lewis whose ideology exerts such powerful influence over western thinking today; humanity could only exist as a sum of infinitely divisible parts within a “multi-cultural mosaic”, at best ignoring each other and tolerating differences but never taking the time to understand or appreciate our sameness.

Huntington famously concluded in his influential book “Clash of Civilizations” that peace on earth is fundamentally impossible since Confucianism, Hinduism, Islam, Christianity and Judaism are all fundamentally incapable of coexisting peacefully due to their distinct ideologies and intrinsic differences. This cynical perspective fundamentally denied each cultures’ parallel characteristics, and common discoveries clothed behind different appearances yet containing the same substance of Love, Justice, Truth, Beauty and morality shaping both the universe and human condition as a living expression of the force guiding the creative unfolding of that universe.

The Reality of Universal Progress

The annoying fact which such thinkers as Huntington and his followers choose to ignore is that the greatest renaissances and rates of progress recorded in the human experience never occurred by distinct cultural groups simply transforming themselves at random, or doing what ones’ ancestors did, but rather all periods of progress were shaped by the cross pollinating of the best ideas of various cultures, never just replacing one set of ideas FOR another, or adding one set of ideas TO another, but rather creating new wholesthat are more than the sum of their parts and containing ever greater degrees of power to creatively discover and communicate truths of those universal principles guiding mankind and nature. This is the proper definition and purpose of “science” and “art” and their effects as technological progress as expressed across ALL cultures.

The explosion in Population growth is not a proof that humanity is a cancer as some misguided modern environmentalists are want to do, but rather that we are a species of constant perfectibility.

This was true when the Greeks Solon, Pythagoras and Plato ventured to North Africa to learn the greatest philosophical and scientific discoveries of their day. It was true when greatest ideas of India and China cross pollinated during the Gupta Period. It was true when African/Greek ideas and modes of thinking were re-discovered and applied by the Jewish, Christian and Arab scholars who organized the great 8th Century Ecumenical Alliance of the Carolingian Empire under the leadership of the Caliph of Baghdad and Charlemagne.

The Forgotten Jewish-Christian-Muslim Alliance and China’s Silk Road

 

MATTHEW EHRET ·
MARCH 16, 2022
Note to reader: This article (and chapter in the upcoming volume 3 of Clash of the Two Americas) is the sequel to the February 4th report Putting the “Jewish Conspiracy” into Perspective, and earlier The 1509 League of Cambrai and BRI Today: How NOT to Repeat History,

 

Read full story

It was again a reality when the Abbasid Dynasty and the later Andalusian Renaissance when Islamic scholars such as Haroun Al-Rashid and Ibn Sina again collected the greatest poetic and scientific works of the east and west to reform the Islamic world. It was also true when those same Greek/African/Arabic works were then transmitted to the Christian world in the form of the 15th century Florentine renaissance whose application saw the greatest rise in the potential population density humanity has ever experienced.

CAPTION: The renaissance principle, whose lawful obedience is so vital for the successful survival of the human species is expressed in every major culture’s history at various periods. Several leading representatives are pictured above (top row): Cardinal Nicholas of Cusa, Rabbi Philo of Alexandria, and the Ibn Sina (bottom row): Confucius, Plato and Gupta Empire Leader Chandragupta I.

The New Silk Road Manifests as the Basis for a New Global Renaissance

Today, a new paradigm has arisen through the multi-cultural BRICS process, Shanghai Cooperation Organization and New Silk Road. This new paradigm is not based on a passive co-existence of parts as they are managed by a Hobbesian Leviathan, but rather on the commitment to common goals and principles of progress which all participating cultures aspire to. The Chinese President laid out these concepts clearly in his August 22, 2023 address at the 15th annual BRICS Summit in South Africa:

As an ancient Chinese philosopher observes, “Change is the nature of the universe.” … Whatever resistance there may be, BRICS, a positive and stable force for good, will continue to grow. We will forge stronger BRICS strategic partnership, expand the “BRICS Plus” model, actively advance membership expansion, deepen solidarity and cooperation with other EMDCs, promote global multipolarity and greater democracy in international relations, and help make the international order more just and equitable. The gathering between BRICS countries and more than 50 other countries in South Africa today is not an exercise of asking countries to take sides, nor an exercise of creating bloc confrontation. Rather, it is an endeavor to expand the architecture of peace and development… China stays committed to an independent foreign policy of peace and the building of a community with a shared future for mankind. As a developing country and a member of the Global South, China breathes the same breath with other developing countries and pursues a shared future with them. China has resolutely upheld the common interests of developing countries… Hegemonism is not in China’s DNA; nor does China have any motivation to engage in major-power competition. China stands firmly on the right side of history, and believes that a just cause should be pursued for the common good.

As I outlined in my recent essay ‘Is the Multipolar Alliance ‘Controlled Opposition’? The Case of Two Green Paradigms’, based on the measurable actions of China’s economic, security, energy and cultural program over the past decade, the words spoken by the Chinese president are not rhetoric.

The concept of humanity as a species of cooperation is the natural state of mankind whenever we allow our creative reason to actively shape the experience of our senses rather than allowing our blind senses to shape our reason. The collective experience of universal history and human progress testify to the fact that this outlook is the natural way human beings survive and grow within the universe whose Creator may be called by many names, yet whose law of moral and creative reason is the same.

Whether one is Confucian, Muslim, Jew, Buddhist, Hindu, or Christian, we are absolutely distinct from the other living beasts due to our capacity to discover, and change the principles of creation making our lives happier, more purposeful and ensuring ever greater peace and security for the generations to come after us.

========================

The Kissinger Report & U.S. Government Policy to Depopulate the Planet

 

The Kissinger Report ^0 U.S. Government Policy to Depopulate the Planet  By Expose, 26 August 2023

Your Government is trying to kill you.

That’s a very bold claim to make.

Even Dr Robert Malone was sceptical about this claim and the various “depopulation agenda” theories involving Covid-19. 

But his mind has changed since receiving an analysis of official documents from a colleague.  The incriminating documents include The Kissinger Report.

“Reading through the comments, observations, and associated documents, I was stunned by the frank, ‘Realpolitik’-based arguments in favour of a US Federal Government global population control/depopulation agenda, as well as the similarities to various activities known to have been performed by the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, World Health Organization, United Nations and other non-governmental (and governmental) organisations.

“As far as I am concerned, one must recognise and acknowledge the amazing parallels between preceding population policy and many of the ‘public health’ policies and actions which were implemented in the USA and most western countries (particularly the ‘five eyes’ nations).”

Dr Robert Malone

 

By Dr Robert Malone

Recently, a respected colleague, Gavin DeBecker, sent me an email comprising a lengthy analysis and attached documents concerning (formerly classified) National Security Study Memorandum (NSSM) 200 titled the ‘Kissinger Report. He also provided links to associated supplemental federal government documents including the National Security Directive Memorandum 314 ‘Implications of Worldwide Population Growth for US Security and Overseas Interests, 11/26/75. Gavin is a well-published author, including the pivotal work titled ‘The Gift of Fear : Survival Signals That Protect Us from Violence’, and he had prepared this analysis (below) while preparing a new book. His text, thoughts and analysis are shared by permission of the author.

In considering these documents, it is helpful to keep in mind that Henry Kissinger is a key mentor of Klaus Schwab, was involved (together with the CIA) in originally creating and continues to consult with the World Economic Forum as well as with the CCP/Xi Jinping.

[The short video below is not included in Dr. Malone’s article.  We’ve included it as a brief introduction.  The video features Dr. David Ayoub and Dr. Stan Monteith at the Radio Liberty Conference 2005.  You can watch Dr. Ayoub’s full presentation on Bitchute HERE or Rumble HERE.  Dr. Monteith is no longer with us and his website Radio Liberty no longer exists.  You can find some of his videos HERE.]

Dr. David Ayoub and Stan Monteith on NSSM 200 Govt Depopulation Policy, Radio Liberty Conference 2005 (2 mins)

It all started with a meeting held in June 1973:

Referring to a memorandum written by General Taylor, General Draper and his colleagues presented their views that the population explosion in developing countries was not only a threat to US interests in the economics and in the development of those countries but also, more fundamentally, presented a danger to the United States’ politico military interests.

General Taylor and General Draper asked Ambassador Porter for his advice on how to proceed with the subject. They said they had talked to General Scowcroft in Mr. Kissinger’s office about it in terms of the possibility of a National Security Council (“NSC”) study. General Draper said he had written the President explaining his views that rapid population growth could endanger the concept of a generation of peace and recommending that the President speak out on this subject.

Ambassador Porter said that they were talking to someone who was already converted to this whole idea. He felt that the US population programs were not closely enough connected to the US’s overall aid programs but were handled too separately. He believed there was no use pumping in aid funds and food without closer correlation with population programs.

Ambassador Porter said he thought that the Soviet Union would not be much interested in internal population programmes because, although they were interested in birth control for China, they wanted to fill their own empty space in Siberia. He agreed, however, with General Draper’s argument that the Soviets should be interested, as the US is, in encouraging developing countries to reduce their rates of population growth. Ambassador Porter said he would make a formal proposal to Kissinger to put the matter on the agenda for the President-Brezhnev talks.

Ambassador Porter and Mr. Claxton both observed that it is important to be able to show abroad that we are not asking peoples of other countries to do more than we are doing at home.

General Draper then brought up his concern that the amendments to the AID bill proposed by 22 members of the House Foreign Affairs Committee would be harmful because … as he understood it, the earmarking for population funds which had been essential to the success of the program was being dropped. He said he would testify before the Foreign Affairs Committee the following week and would urge the Committee to leave $125 million earmarked for population programmes alone and to transfer the health subject with $25 million to the food and nutrition section.

Kissinger Report and Subsequent US Population Control Policy:

The classified National Security Study Memorandum (“NSSM”) known as ‘The Kissinger Report’, undertaken at the direction of President Nixon, laid out detailed plans for population reduction in many countries.  These plans became official US policy in 1975.

Note: USAID figures most prominently in the report and was a co-author, along with CIA and Department of State.

The memorandum and subsequent policies developed from the report were observed as a way the United States could use human population reduction to limit the political power of undeveloped nations, ensure the easy extraction of foreign natural resources, prevent young anti-establishment individuals from being born, and to protect American businesses abroad from interference from nations seeking to support their growing populations.

National Security Study Memorandum 200, Wikipedia

The summary of The Kissinger Report stated that:

  1. actions to accommodate continued population growth up to 6 billion by the mid-21st century without massive starvation or total frustration of developmental hopes; and
  2. actions to keep the ultimate level as close as possible to 8 billion rather than permitting it to reach 10 billion, 13 billion, or more.

This major objective – to not exceed 8 billion – combined with the fact that we hit the 8 billion mark in 2022 might help explain the intense urgency of so many planned and organised actions during the past three years.

Perhaps the most obvious result of covid lockdowns and the interruption of commerce is the current record number of people at risk of starvation.  Before the covid era, the number of people at risk of starvation was 135 million.  By the end of 2021, that had increased by another 135 million people, and in 2022, it then increased another 67 million.  The result is currently about 10 million deaths from starvation, 3 million of them children.

Further reading: World Hunger Facts, Action Against Hunger

The Kissinger Report created a template and spending plan that includes:

  • Fertility and contraceptive research.
  • Biomedical research would be doubled.
  • Field testing of existing technology.
  • Development of new technology.
  • Oral contraceptives (optimal steroid hormone combinations and doses for populations).
  • Intra-uterine devices of differing size, shape, and bioactivity should be developed and tested to determine the optimum levels of acceptability
  • Sterilisation of men and women has received wide-spread acceptance in several areas. Female sterilisation has been improved by technical advances with aparoscopes, culdoscopes, and greatly simplified abdominal surgical techniques … the use of tubal clips, trans-cervical approaches, and simpler techniques can be developed. For men, several current techniques hold promise but require more refinement.
  • Leuteolytic and anto-progesterone approaches to fertility control including use of prostaglandins.
  • Injectable contraceptives for women … administered by pare-professionals.  Currently limited by their side effects and potential hazards… can be overcome with additional research.
  • Male contraceptive, in particular an injection which will be effective for specified periods of time.
  • Injection which will assure a woman of regular periods.  The drug would be given by pare-professionals once a month or as needed to regularise the menstrual cycle.

The report recommends population control only in Least Developed Countries (“LDC”), and cautions that “We must take care that our activities should not give the appearance to the LDCs of an industrialised country policy directed against the LDCs,” though the policy was precisely that.

The report stresses more than once that weaving the concepts of family planning into health programs is a strategy for gaining acceptance and will: “help the US contend with the ideological charge that the US is more interested in curbing the numbers of LDC people than it is in their future and well-being.  We should recognise that those who argue along ideological lines have made a great deal of the fact that the US contribution to development programs and health programs has steadily shrunk, whereas funding for population programs has steadily increased.”

The Report also mentioned mandatory programmes of population control: “A growing number of experts are of the belief that the outlook is much harsher and far less tractable than commonly perceived… the conclusion of this view is that mandatory programmes may be needed and that we should be considering these possibilities now.”

And asked: “Is the US prepared to accept food rationing to help people who can’t/won’t control their population growth? … Are mandatory population control measures appropriate for the US and/or for others?”

The Report proposes the commercial approach in which US government uses “big-medical research to improve the existing means of fertility control and to develop new ones.” It favours “large-scale programmes that will induce fertility decline in a cost-effective manner,” and enthusiastically describes controversial examples, such as what it calls “the remarkably successful experiments in India in which financial incentives, along with other motivational devices, were used to get large numbers of men to accept vasectomies.”

The Report stated that primary emphasis on “population moderation” should be applied to “the largest and fastest growing developing countries where there is special US political and strategic interest.”  In 1974, the named countries were India, Bangladesh, Pakistan, Nigeria, Mexico, Indonesia, Brazil, the Philippines, Thailand, Egypt, Turkey, Ethiopia and Columbia.

Note: 33 years later, in 2021, the US donated millions of mRNA vaccines to the following countries, all of which were specifically named in The Kissinger Report: Bangladesh, Pakistan, Nigeria, Indonesia, Brazil, Philippines, Thailand, Ethiopia, and Columbia.

The policies expanded even further in 1976 after the NSC advocated for the use of withholding food as a strategy of influence (food power), and using military force to prevent population growth.

United Nations Fund for Population Activities (“UNFPA”)

The Kissinger Report stated it is “desirable in terms of US interests” to work with the UNFPA which already had projects in more than 70 countries.

Pressure to develop a global strategy of population reduction was advanced to the Nixon Administration by Major General William Draper, who had been instrumental in establishing UNFPA and also co-founded the Population Crisis Committee.

UNFPA ran programs described by critics as forced abortions and coercive sterilisations. The UNFPA gave money from the US to support the People’s Republic of China’s birth control campaign, widely accused of major human rights violations, mainly on women and girls.  Likewise, UNFPA provided funding for the forced sterilisation program promoted by the Indian government, exposed in 2014 when dozens of women died in “sterilisation camps” to which they were lured in exchange for social benefits.

The program also received funds from other governments and various US organisations, including the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation.

Further reading: The Kissinger Report and the World Population Control, The Wolf Report, 27 August 2017

Top 10 Methods Used to Reduce Human Population

Here are the top 10 methods “they” are using to reduce human population down to a “manageable” amount, at which point those remaining (apparently including the heirs to the fortunes of those driving this bus) will all live in a “utopian society”.

  • Targeted sterilisation
  • Wars
  • No cures for diseases
  • Sexually transmitted diseases
  • Environmental manipulation
  • Abortions
  • Genetically modified organisms
  • Same sex relationships
  • The food supply
  • Transhumanism

================

THE UNACKNOWLEDGED SECRET SPACE SALVATION UNDER OUR FEET – Updated

THE UNACKNOWLEDGED SECRET SPACE SALVATION UNDER OUR FEET – Updated  By Kerry Cassidy, ProjectCamelotportal.com, 27 July 230727

Editor’s note: Check Kerry Cassidy’s website ProjectCamelotportal.com for more exceptional related information.

The question is do people who are witnessing the billions of dollars going into human trafficking and adrenochrome production and distribution and the statistics in terms of people made disabled by the vax understand this is part of an OVERALL HUMAN GENETIC REVOLUTION INVOLVING TORTURE, MURDER, TOTALITARIAN GLOBAL CONTROL AND POPULATION CULLING EFFORT BY A CERTAIN group of psychopaths with a very calculated agenda?  The roll out of digital currency will simply solidify their dominion over you.  We the awakened are faced with massive numbers of unenlightened VICTIMS in our midst that have already condemned themselves to a life of slavery, half-life, servitude and torture.  Even if you stop the VAX booster mainlining by a substantial portion of the population tomorrow the damage to those as Ed Dowd’s statistics clearly show is done.  While inside the underground cities supposedly we are told, by those in the Secret Space Program that MEDBEDS could reverse all of this the liklihood that they will reach TOPSIDE anytime in the next embattled 7 years is miniscule.  We battle the portion of the human family that has already gone underground and off planet for the right to exist and gain access to the technologies and solutions which would make life worth living for those billions that made the wrong choice and probably don’t have the brain power to change anytime soon enough to make a difference.

You need to ask yourself and the representatives of the white hats and Trump whether they have made a deal with those in charge of the Secret Space Program and its assets and military might and off planet tech.  Because this is where the rubber meets the road in terms of the future of humanity.  At this point the destiny of humanity hangs in that balance.  Although the majority of the surface dwellers appear to have no idea about this reality even though it stands in their way of freedom and redemption for our species.

People are so busy pretending that Secret Space and our dealings with off and hidden on planet and intradimensionals are figments of our imaginations that they waste their precious time and resources denying this reality even in the face of their demise.  While people like Musk successfully mislead people on surface Earth into believing in useless out-of-date technologies the hidden underground/undersea bases roll along using energy from the vacuum and real Tesla tech proven decades ago to eliminate the need for sickness, poverty and scarcity of any kind.  One wonders at that terrible dichotomy that exists just a few miles below our feet.  One group of humanity thrives while the other is embattled with the entire deception which is life on surface Earth with FAKE WARS, FAKE GOVERNMENTS, FALSE RELIGIOUS OPOIDS AND NON-STOP MEDIA DECEPTION…battling for the remaining scraps of food, water and air still available for the moment but for how long?

While humans on the surface argue about whether aliens are real and think the Earth is flat our brothers travel untold distances to the stars, galaxies and terraform other planets.  Slave ships enter Earth through portals and gather up the children and humans displaced by war and starvation perpetuating the dynamic of humans slave colonies onto other worlds.  While satanic elite run a rampant slave trade and murder of children nonstop with the help of the CIA, FBI, law enforcement and governments around the world who holding their hands out to be included on the dole.

The white hats play a game of cat and mouse with those in positions of power.  Making deals with mafia heads and theoretically searching for those within the secret gov and secret space program and the families in Basel Switzerland who still hold the keys to the financial systems of this world… sequestered and dominated by some unseen hidden hand or alien race that hides off planet and orchestrates the timing of the takeover of Planet Earth.  The ones with the biggest guns win according to white hat Juan O Savin who himself wears a disguise to hide his true identity not from those in the know…who know exactly who he is but from the people who for some reason pose a threat to his ability to operate in the shadows one presumes. While Trump plays the embattled “candidate” while ruling in secret as President and Commander-in-chief allowing the Chinese to perpetrate a CCP led Biden show for the benefit or detriment of the American people as a distraction and ultimately place to lay blame for the destruction and exposure of the deep state while the real secret state continues undeterred and unacknowledged.

They built our space program on the backs of the sweat and tears of the surface dwellers…It’s time we take back that which is our own.

Addendum:   … the idea here is that ALL THE PROBLEMS on surface Earth could be solved by the tech already in use by the secret space program that is operating BENEATH OUR FEET in underground cities and bases around the world. JFKjr (our VP) and Trump will need to negotiate with that rogue civilization which are our brothers and sisters, in order to FREE UP the tech and bring it to the surface. People need to become aware of this in order to demand that such negotiations take place on our behalf. If left to their own devices there is no guarantee the White Hats will be successful in this. What they need is the WILL OF THE PEOPLE BEHIND THEM to make this happen.

Article By Kerry Cassidy July 18, 2023

====================================

The Epic War Between the Khazarian Cabal and Christian Russia Reaching A Climax

 

The Epic War Between the Khazarian Cabal and Christian Russia Reaching A Climax  By Preston James, the Intel Drop. Posted by State of the Nation, 28 April 2023

Is there now an age old battle between the Khazarian Mafia and the Russians being fought on Planet Earth that now coming to an end point?

According to an unconfirmed report yesterday, Israel sent troops into Ukraine to fight the Russians for Zelensky’s army, and they were soundly defeated in short order. This kind of action seems to be a hopeless endeavor as the Russian Federation’s apparent complete weapons superiority (so far) seems to assure an RF victory in the Ukraine.

And there are now confirmed reports that a secret Underground Base in the Ukraine near Kiev which was staffed by hundreds of NATO officers was hit and destroyed by a hypersonic RF missile fired from one of the RF fighter aircraft.

Zelensky had claimed that the Ukraine was set to launch a major counteroffensive against the RF that would crush them and retake Crimea. So far no such thing has occurred, nor is it likely to occur at all. If the RF decides to it could remove all access to Kiev by highway and air in about 20 minutes and turn Brussels and NATO/Gladio/DVD to ashes in less than an hour.

Supposedly the RF has not even deployed their most secret weaponry in the Ukraine which involves scalar frequency and time-warping technology of their advanced particle quantum physics.

After 8 years of restraint while Russians in the Donbass were repeatedly attacked, sniped and terrorized by the efforts of the RKM cutouts inside America’s State Dept. who paid for and deployed the Maidan Coup d’état, the RF decided enough was enough and they could no longer tolerate the aggression of NATO against innocent Russians living there and their very RF borders as well as the violation of the Minsk Agreement. Obviously Crimea and Donbass were historically Russian and most citizens there spoke Russian and wanted to become part of the RF.

RKM = Rothschild-controlled Khazarian Mafia

And the extensive US and Western sanctions leveled against the RF appears to have greatly increased the economic might of the RF. The American blowing up of the natural gas pipeline to Europe appears to have brought immense oil profits to the RF. As the German people will find out in due time, this act to cut off their inexpensive RF natural gas will cripple their industrial might and economy, and transform them into a third world nation in due time.

How strange for the German and EU leaders to favor this act of sabotage and the Globalist-mandated destruction of their own societies and economies? What has been done to the brains of these Western leaders who are betraying their populace that pay their salaries and why do they want to destroy their own nations and their own sovereignty?

The answer lies in what the top inverted sidekick of the head Globalist has stated: the human brain has been hacked. The Globalist top leadership has stated publicly, “in the future you will own nothing but will be happy”. Why? Because the masses have apparently had their brains mass hacked and they have been cloned to think with one mindset. Has all this been done by the deployment of very advanced Beyond-Black brain hacking technology? How come some people just are affected by these brain hacks? Seems evident that hardcore truthers and very independent strong-willed folks are impervious to all this.

As you can imagine, if this Intel is accurate, RF weapons superiority poses a very dangerous situation for Israel if they continue trying to support the Ukraine Army  and defeat the RF in the Ukraine and trying to serve as the RKM’s COL top Cutout. (COL = City of London) It does seem that the military might of the Pentagon appears to be greatly weakened under the invalid non-elected Biden Regime. Israel is already divided and crumbling politically within. Sadly, there are many Israelis who are sick of their government’s persecution of Palestinians and want peace, but their voices are ignored by the RKM-based govt even when they take to the streets and demonstrate. Their desire for peace is not shared by the RKM top leader who want to continue using American soldiers as their cannon fodder to destroy many Mideast Nations and promotes their exceedingly evil Greater Israel Plan. Of course, they don’t want to do the fighting themselves or have their children do it either.

And Israel is likely being covertly punished for doing 9/11 which they did with help from the NeoCons and PNACers in America. After 9/11, the NeoCons and PNACers were warned by the US Secret Space War Program that any more such actions would result in Israeli military capabilities being turned to dust in short order.

Without the full military strength of the Pentagon supporting Israeli defense, it is likely they will wither up and become notably weak. And if rumors are true, the Nuclear Snake-eaters (NEST) folks have supposedly cleaned out all the Israel Nukes stored in various Israeli Embassies while they supposedly had “labor problems” and were closed. If true, then it looks like their “Samson Option” is now quite limited unless they can manipulate the Pentagon in staring a Nuclear War with the RF.

If these reports on RF superiority are accurate, the Russian Federation now likely has the advanced high tech means to completely decapitate NATO/Gladio/DVD in Brussels as well as all Israeli defense and nuclear arms using advanced quantum particle weaponry. Anyone who doubts this claimed advanced RF weaponry need only check out the USS Donald Cook incident when the ship slightly probed Russian defenses and an RF fighter was sent up in response. The USS Donald Cook activated and locked on its missile radar systems to follow the fighter. The RF pilot’s response was to activate a special wing pod with advanced quantum particle physics capability that completely shut off the ship’s power for a period of time, leaving it literally dead in the water.

Not only is it claimed by some that RF missiles have antigravity generating nosecones that allow hyper-supersonic speeds without any air resistance, these missiles are hived and continually communicate with one another for constant retargeting as any conditions change. These missiles can supposedly corkscrew and zig zag and are almost impossible to stop. And some insiders believe that the RF has hypersonic torpedos that share these same capabilities and small unmanned drone subs that trail most US subs from a distance and are electronically cloaked making them difficult to identify.

One interesting factor appears to be the pre-existing Secret Space War Treaty between the America and the RF that they would only use their developed Secret Space War weaponry to protect Planet Earth from any Alien Invaders as President Ronald Reagan was quite concerned about. Reagan pushed hard to establish their partnership and for the USA to create and develop the Deep-Black and Beyond-Black Star Wars weaponry. Are these new advanced RF weapons part of a cadre of Secret Space War weaponry or something different that the RF developed to deploy during conventional warfare on Planet Earth?

Why has the COL/RKM been obsessed for over 200 years with destroying Persia (now Iran) and Mother Russia? Apparently it is because both Persia and Russia destroyed Khazaria after warning the to stop murdering and robbing travelers who passed through Khazaria as a central travel nexus. Some insider experts believe that the RKM is still obsessed with forever destroying Persia (Iran) and Russia for their destruction of Khazaria in the 1200’s AD.

Some top insiders are very frightened that as the Russian Federation crushes all Ukrainian military efforts, this will mean the complete worldwide end of the Rothschild Khazarian Mafia (RKM) and eventually all their Cutouts and traitors to the USA.

By the time this occurs it may however end up that it is too late and the whole USA will be finished as a total collapse of the USD occurs, and RKM/COL efforts to replace it with a pure digital system is  unable to succeed.

There are hundreds of MS-13 now in the USA in our major cities and they have been well armed by The Company (also known as the CIA). These monsters were trained by the US Army special forces inside the USA and armed by the Fast and Furious Operation run by one of the greatest American Traitors and law breakers in history. It is known that The Company has been distributing confiscated police weapons from large cities to gang bangers for many years, in addition along with their partnership with the drug cartels which they keep fighting between themselves so any one of them does not get too powerful. The trademark of these MS-13 monsters is tattoos all over their bodies and faces, and a habitual practice of chopping up their victims. These animals have lost their very souls and function as savage monsters.

The role of The Company administering drugs to MS-13 to cause this blood thirsty savage homicidal attitude is unknown but is suspected based on what insiders have claimed. The first experiments done with chemicals that remove the need for sleep for up to a week and made soldiers incredibly blood thirsty and savage was done in Vietnam, involved the hallucinogen “BZ”. This was described in the movie “Jacob’s Ladder”. According to insider reports this experiment to make soldiers hyper aggressive, sleepless, to fight and win no matter what failed miserably as those administered the drug turned on each other and murdered all they could, yes, even their own fellow soldiers.

Another similar experiment by The Company was the distribution of “Bath Salts” to drug users in certain large West Coast cities. One side effect in addition to the brutal animal like aggression of those ingesting this drug toward their victims was the attempt to chew the victims face off. As the drug took effect, body temperature  rose quickly and most who ingested this quickly removed their clothes before attacking their prey in a psychotic, unconscious rage. This was covered up for the most part but did leak into the local press somewhat.

The amazing thing about all these traitorous acts by top Democrats, some RINOs and RKM Cutouts (SES boys?) inside America to destroy America will undoubtedly end up with the Globalists quickly destroying these traitors as well as all their Cutouts if these Globalists can win this war against the RF and the BRICS Nations because they will no longer be needed and will become excess baggage.

The apparent fall back routines that the Globalists and NeoCon/PNACers have is to suddenly collapse the economy and monetary system, install a pure digital “Block Chain” monetary system, deny use to anyone not following their new rules of expression, to destroy the US Constitution and Bill of Rights, and to erode any will of the “We The People” by bringing in millions of illegals up to the border in buses and trucks where they are dumped. Obviously the Globalists are paying for all this with American money that was fraudulently issued or printed at will with no limitations.

If this fails the final fall back routine of the Globalists is likely to initiate a complete full scale ICBM Nuclear war with the RF and BRICS nations, while the top dogs seek safety in DUMBs and wait underground for until they can re-establish a new feral system with mostly robots and very few humans, which is what they wanted all along anyway. The problem these Globalist madmen face is that it is uncertain that their Nukes will work because the RF’s new advanced weapons have been rumored to be able to neutralize all of them.

If on the other hand the RF and the BRICS win this secret colossal battle for world power it seems very likely that the American people will want final judgement and justice against all their Globalist NWO top Cutouts and Traitors that sold America out, destroyed its Rule of Law and Judicial System, destroyed its economy and let in millions of illegals to destroy America from top to bottom.

Many hope that the RF are the good guys here and are responding to the RKM and NATO’s aggressions since 2014 and especially to the violation of the Minsk Agreement. However we do not know yet for certain what the RF’s long-term agenda is here, or why some of their tanks display the letter “Z” on the sides. Could this World War 3 actually be an internecine war between different factions of those seeking to run the world by leaders of the RF who have their own secret long-term agenda?

And the final question remains as President Ronald Reagan once posed to the world. Could it be that Planet Earth is being attacked by a very advanced alien force that is using Beyond-Black brain-hacking mass mind control technologies which large segments of the human masses have no real defense against?

The USN Navy Secret Space War people once stated that as soon as they reached “weapons parity” with Alien ETs who were malevolent, they would disclose the Alien Presence, something many in the Pentagon and the USG/SES do not want. Last year the USN released numerous gunsight photos of UFOs and stated more would be coming this year. And the anti-gravity generator patent of Salvador Pais who invented one meant to generate anti-gravity was made public, itself an astounding disclosure. And, there are of course the many longstanding rumors about the Beyond-Black “Solar Warden” Secret Space Program.

Stay tuned because you can bet this whole situation is going to get very interesting soon. Obviously, when USG officials have been mind-hacked en masse using Beyond-Black advanced particle quantum physics, this would seem incredibly confusing to those who remain unhacked and sense how nuts these USG leaders are acting, being so willing to destroy America and American society while sitting around in an apparent mass fugue state.

___

====================

The British Crown, Privy Council and ‘City
of London’ Effectively Rule America

 

The British Crown^J Privy Council and City rule the US  By State of the Nation, 20 March 2023

You know that “Special Relationship” that so many POTUSes say exists between the US and UK? So special that each U.S. President who repeated the Tavistock-fabricated mantra knew that they were really working for “the Crown”, not the American people.

By the way, according to the U.S. Constitution, that’s called:

T R E A S O N 

State of the Nation

This exposé will be a relatively short one.

That’s because all the evidence proving treason at the highest echelons of the US government is now in plain sight.  This has never happened before!

Each piece of evidence that proves the United Kingdom has ruled over the United States — FOR QUITE A LONG TIME — is so compelling and conclusive as to be self-evident.

The real short story here has been nicely summed up at this excellent video: GAME OVER! It’s time for torches and pitchforks.

For anyone who wants to flesh out the skeleton of this massive multi-decade British criminal conspiracy to usurp the America Republic and surreptitiously subjugate the U.S. citizenry to the Crown, please consider this important article on SERCO—sometimes known as “the Octopus”.

SERCO: A Corporate Octopus With Tentacles Wrapped Around The Globe

Next up is a crucial article that explains how things are connected between all the moving parts of this traitorous juggernaut. THE BRITISH TAVISTOCK INSTITUTE CONTROLS MSM SOCIAL MEDIA PROPAGANDA, MUELLER, SERCO AND THE SENIOR EXECUTIVE SERVICE (SES)

With this critical understanding of how the British Intelligence Community stealthily usurped American sovereignty and financially enslaved the populace, it’s much easier to grasp why the nation has been subjected to a fake Russiagate investigation by Special Counsel Robert Swan Mueller III.  Oh, he’s “special” alright!  A very special British agent, indeed, who’s also a stone-cold Deep State hitman, lifelong Rothschild puppet and seditious SES employee.

MUELLER INVESTIGATION: A Massive Cover-up of Deep State Criminality and Corruption

Remember, turncoat Mueller was initially recruited to cover up the greatest terrorist attack on U.S. soil known as 9/11.  As a matter of historical fact, as FBI director for 12 long years starting just 7 days before the state-sponsored, false flag, terror operation on September 11, 2001, Mueller was specifically chosen to function as “the cover-up artist of the millennium”.  As follows:

KEY POINTS:  Robert Mueller was deliberately selected to lead the FBI during the terrorist attacks on September 11, 2001.  It was by purposeful design that his tenure as FBI Director began on September 4, 2001, just 7 days before the 9/11 false flag terror operation.  And, that he remained in that job for 12 corrupt years until September 4, 2013 to ensure that the FBI would never professionally investigate the greatest crime and act of terrorism ever perpetrated on US soil.  In fact, Mueller’s 12 years are marked by an overwhelming body of evidence which proves his willful neglect, dereliction of duty, official misconduct and misprision of felony.  Clearly, Mueller’s greatest crime to date was overseeing the institutional cover-up of the 9/11 government conspiracy to commit acts of terror, murder and destruction against the American people and property.
(Source: ROBERT MUELLER: He’s not a Special Counsel, he’s a Deep State hitman and cover-up artist!)

 

Herr Mueller has effectively destroyed the rule of law in America with his Gestapo henchmen and Stasi thuggery

Why so much focus on Mueller?

Because his endless story of outright treason and calculated sedition is representative of so many other American elected politicians, government officials and high-level statesmen—that’s why!

In other words, Deep State operative Mueller has been able to literally destroy the rule of law in America because he is painstakingly protected by his overlords in the New World Order globalist cabal.  The guy is not only untouchable as he acts with criminal impunity, he’s also operating completely outside of the rubric of the U.S. Code.

Everyone saw how highly acclaimed — by the entire U.S. Congress — Mueller was just before and after his selection as Special Counsel by another Deep State operative—Rod Rosenstein.  Exactly why was British agent Mueller chosen to commandeer such a blatantly flawed and fake investigation in the first place?  Here’s the back story:  MUELLER was installed by his Deep State Masters to Cover Up Real Crimes, Fabricate False Crimes and Protect the Power Elite from Prosecution

The bottom line is that the U.S. Federal Government is full of “Muellers”—British agents who are in the pay — monetary or political — of the UK Government.  There are literally thousands of U.S. Government service workers (especially SES employees) who actively work for the British Intelligence Community, the Rothschild Crime Syndicate and/or the London Financial District.  Barack and Michelle Obama, Hillary and Bill Clinton, Joe Biden and Bernie Sanders, Nancy Pelosi and Chuck Schumer, Adam Schiff and Kamala Harris, Lindsay Graham and Diane Feinstein, James Comey and John Brennan, James Clapper and Michael Hayden are just a few of other obvious, yet covert, agents of “the Crown”.  And, most of them don’t even know it!

The Great Game against Russia

The other side of this multi-century pursuit of global domination is the war (military and political, financial and economic) against the Russian Federation.  While the USA was completely taken over by the British Crown quite some time ago, Russia refuses to be absorbed into the American-British Empire.  Hence, the Great Game was commenced centuries ago in order to take over the Russian Motherland by stealth, by proxy, and by any means necessary.

The more current bogus Russiagate scandal is nothing less than a reckless and daffy British attempt to foment a World War between the United States and Russia.  The incessant war propaganda campaign being waged by London globalists against Kremlin nationalists is way beyond anything humanity has ever witnessed before.  So shrill is their naked prevarication about anything having to do with Russia, that the whole world now knows of British designs to maintain and expand their clandestine hegemony worldwide (sometimes viewed as The Commonwealth). See: Britain’s “Institute for Statecraft” Finally Exposed, Top Secret ‘Integrity Initiative’ Blown Wide Open

What’s essential to comprehend as this international psyop is run by British intel is that they oversee just one prong of an elaborate multi-pronged strategy to conquer Russia … and then the whole world.  The primary pieces of this complex Gladio black operation to foist a One World Government upon the entire planetary civilization include the Vatican (religious and social control), London (financial and economic control), Washington, D.C. (political and military control) and Tel Aviv (intel and criminal control).  A vital part of their ultimate plan for total global domination is well described here: STRATFOR Chief Reveals Zio-Anglo-American Plot For World Domination

How do the Crown, Privy Council and City of London rule America?

It’s complicated.

In actuality, it’s a very long and extremely complicated story that goes all the way back to the American Revolutionary War and before.

However, it’s that latest phase of British subversion of the Republic that is detailed in the following 3 posts.  First there is this excellent video titled: The Crown, Tavistock and the Overthrow of Donald Trump

This second video provides more vital details and important perspective on How the Brits tried to overthrow President Trump.

Lastly, there’s an outstanding multi-media compilation below of hard, anecdotal and circumstantial evidence, which prove categorically that the British establishment conspired with Deep State to first steal the election from Candidate Trump, before they tried to overthrow President Trump—an immense and convoluted criminal conspiracy that continues up to this very day.

2018: THE YEAR CITIZENS BUSTED THE ROYALS FOR THEIR ATTEMPTED OVERTHROW OF DONALD J. TRUMP

Conclusion

There can only be one conclusion: Great Britain rules the United States.  Which is why It wasn’t Russia that tried to fix the 2016 U.S. presidential election, it was the British.

Fabricated Oppo Against Trump by British Spook Firm,
Illegally Funded by Clinton Campaign and DNC,
Then Used to Initiate Probe and Appoint Special Counsel,
And Conduct a Witch Hunt Against Trump and Russia[1]

And do you know that the Brits continue to promote their utterly juvenile charade now ridiculed the world over as “the MI6-directed fake Russiagate scandal”?!

Not only do the real perps promote this preposterous hoax — 24/7 — using the London press and New York MSM, but they’re also openly influencing the POTUS not to release the damning Russiagate documents because of how much various organs of the UK Government are directly implicated in the treacherous affair. See: MI6 battling to stop Donald Trump releasing classified Russia probe documents

Truly, when all the dirty laundry is aired between London and Washington, D.C. generations of Americans will fully understand that they have been the victim of:

THE GREATEST CRIMINAL
CONSPIRACY IN U.S. HISTORY

 

State of the Nation
December 31, 2018

Source

[1] DOSSIERGATE: The Corrupt and Covert Intersection of the U.S. & U.K. Intelligence Communities

___

=================

Communist Rules for Revolution

 

Communist Rules for Revolution  By Harold Byler, henrymakow.com, 9 March 2023


The allied forces discovered a copy of these “Rules” in May, 1919, at Dusseldorf, Germany. 
They were first printed in the United States in the Bartlesville (Oklahoma) Examiner-Enterprise that same year, 1919. Almost 30 years later, in 1946, the Attorney General of Florida obtained them from a known member of the Communist Party USA, who acknowledged that these “Rules” were then still a part of the Communist program for the United States. They are as follows:

 

  1. Corrupt the young, get them away from religion. Get them interested in sex. Make them superficial. Destroy their ruggedness.
  2.  Get control of all means of publicity.3. Get people’s minds off their government by focusing their attention on athletics, sexy books, and other trivialities.4. Divide the people into hostile groups by constantly harping on controversial matters of no importance.5. Destroy the people’s faith in their natural leaders by holding the latter up to contempt, ridicule, and obloquy.6. Always preach true democracy, but seize power as fast and as ruthlessly as possible.7. By encouraging government extravagance, destroy its credit and produce fear of inflation with rising prices and general discontent.8. Foment unnecessary strikes in vital industries, encourage civil disorders, and foster a lenient and soft attitude on the part of government toward such disorders.9. By specious argument cause the breakdown of the old moral virtues, honesty, sobriety, continence, faith in the pledged word, and ruggedness.10. Cause the registration of all firearms on some pretext, with a view to confiscating them and leaving the populace helpless.Communist organizer, Saul Alinsky, was a long-time friend of Hillary Clinton and Barack Obama. Alinski wrote two books that influenced those in political control of our nation today: “Rules for Radicals”and “Reveille for Radicals”. Hillary did her college thesis on his writings, and Obama wrote about him in his books. Alinski wrote about “How to create a Socialist State”, and simplified Vladimir Lenin’s original scheme for world conquest by Communism under Russian rule. He stated that there are eight levels of control that must be obtained to create a Socialist State, with the first being the most important:1. Healthcare — Control healthcare and you control the people.2. Poverty — Increase the poverty level as high as possible. Poor people are easier to control and will not fight back if you are providing everything for them to live.3. Debt — Increase the debt to an unsustainable level… that way you are able to increase taxes, and this will produce more poverty.4. Gun Control — Remove the ability for citizens to defend themselves from the Government. That way you are able to create a Police State.5. Welfare — Take control of every aspect of people’s lives…(Food, Housing and Income).

    6. Education — Take control of what people read and what people listen to – take control of what children learn in school.

    7. Religion — Remove the belief in God from schools and the government.

    8. Class Warfare — Divide the people into the wealthy and the poor.  This will cause more discontent, and it will be easier to tax the wealthy with the support of the poor.

These rules are still in effect and demonstrate how much the Democrat Party has been corrupted by the illegal Communist Party USA to follow these rules. Stalin described his converts as “Useful Idiots.” These “Useful Idiots” have destroyed every nation in which they have seized power and control. Funded by communist, Hungarian billionaire George Soros, it is presently happening at an alarming rate in the U.S.

==============

Who and what caused the Turkish earthquake?

Who and what caused the Turkish earthquake  From HenryMakow.com, 16 February 2023

Editor’s note: View the link above to see the graphics in this article.

Diana Iovanovici Sosoaca is a Romanian lawyer and far-right politician. She is a Romanian Senator of Romania for the Iasi County since December of 2020.

She gained notoriety in 2020 after publishing several Facebook posts against Covid-19 restriction measures. She is a major anti-vaccine proponent and supports Romania’s withdrawal from the European Union. Smart lady.

Her jaw-dropping speech last week regarding the weaponization of earthquakes against Turkey, in retribution for Turkey’s President Recep Tayyip Erdo?an stance against Ukraine and NATO expansion, should be heard around the world.

I know President Erdo?an is not a saint by any means…. but he wasn’t going along with the NATO allies and was making public his loyalty to Russia. It cost him and the Turkish people dearly.

Sosoaca’s speech is one of the frankest speeches I have heard in recent years.

People Had to Die, and It’s Not Over Yet

Dear Fellow Senators, For three years we have been experiencing a real campaign of masks killing worldwide, either through alleged pandemics and the imminent need to inject untested vaccines that kill people, or through wars that reduce the world’s population, but rearrange international politics, realigns power poles and alters borders. We have lived to witness the production of earthquakes on command, which is actually an attack on turkey by the greatest of the world who totally disliked being set up by Recep Tayyip Erdo?an, the President of Turkey.

Moreover, his position of neutrality and mediator in the Ukrainian-Russian war deeply disturbed them, especially since Turkey is the second great power from a military point of view within NATO.

His position to block Sweden’s accession to NATO, his speech in Davos, as well as the gesture of leaving in the middle of the press conference, defying Schwab, did not remain without an echo in the cold world of leaders.

But, no one thought that people would have to die, so many people, and in such a terrible way. And it’s just a warning because it wasn’t the most populated area of Turkey. 150 aftershocks of a devastating earthquake, the second larger than the first, without the existence of an epicenter the area being artificially stimulated, geological weapons having existed for a very long time, being used so far without causing too many casualties, probably for experiments.

Now, it has been put into practice.

If we look carefully at the map of Turkey, we will see that it is furrowed by gas and oil pipelines, this being actually one of the goals:….. (this is the only piece of the translation I could not transcribe. Anyone speak Romanian to help with this? It’s an important piece!)

(Jim Stone says this cloud appeared the day before the earthquake.)

 

But, 10 seconds before the occurrence of the so-called earthquake, the Turks closed the pipelines.

In addition, 24 hours before the earthquake, 10 countries withdrew their ambassadors from Turkey.

5 days before its occurrence, the Romanian Ministry of Foreign Affairs issues a travel warning for Romanian citizens in Turkey although there was no danger, as did other countries. By killing people, they served their interests.

The maps shown on all the television channels show that there was no epicenter, but a line with thousands of earthquakes. The Turkish secret services are investigating a possible “criminal intervention,” — read an involvement of another state in triggering the first earthquake– what followed later being a chain reaction after the destabilization of tectonic plates in the region, It’s very clear that President Erdogan was punished for his courage, dignity and honor and for his closeness to the Russian Federation, in fact, a position of neutrality and mediation for peace.

In addition, it is desired to divert people’s attention from Ukraine, where representatives of many countries have already begun to shout against the despotism and orders given by President Zelensky as if he is ruling the world and someone is obliged to send weapons and participate in his war, a war where he sacrificed his own people and destroyed his entire country.

Anyone who speaks of peace is put on the pole of infamy and attache from all sides. This is what happened in Romania when I started the unique initiative” “neutrality for Romania,” The Peace of Bucharest.” They all rushed at me, although now, after one year of war, almost all of them say everything that I said and supported from the beginning, claiming now they are the owners of these ideas. Plagiarists! Pharisees!! Judas! Because of you, people have died and continue to die, you all have hands stained with the blood of millions of people killed door the interests of some madmen who wish to rule the world. Unfortunately, at the Romanian leadership level, we only have incompetents, idiots, plagiarists, thieves, robbers, criminals, cowards, traitors, and the list goes on. These incompetents, awarded by foreign countries for special merits in their support, but at the expense of Romania are trying at this moment to turn Romanian from a neutral, sovereign state into a servile and offensive state through which some great powers can exercise their warlike actions and turn Romanians into cannon for the benefit of others. Judas, we will stop you at any risk and at any cost. Leave Romania to be sovereign and neutral.

We are not interested in anyone’s wars. We have always defended our nation and land, and we have not attacked Europe. You should know, we have always been in the losing camp, even when the camp won. We have always paid.

ENOUGH! STOP HERE! ROMANIA WILL KEEP ITS NEUTRALITY, NO MATTER WHAT YOU PROMISED TO OTHERS, YOU TRAITORS! WE HAVE AN OBLIGATION TO KEEP GOOD NEIGHBORHOOD RELATIONS IN THE REGION, WHATEVER OTHERS ASK YOU. IF YOU ARE NOT ABLE TO DEFEND OUR PEACE, AND YOU ARE NOT, THE LEAVES OR WE WILL TAKE YOU DOWN!

It is very clear to me that at this point things at the internal level have gotten out of hand, the fools are playing as God and they think they have won the game. Because of these demented and psychopathic people who cause wars and cataclysms using unconventional weapons, we, humans are just numbers they can get rid of.

It is imperative that all the nations, the peoples of the world, rise together, wake up from the daily comfort and carelessness and just like in 1848 we’ll begin the struggle for liberation from the yoke of psychopaths, of demented people who steal our happiness and the beautiful world that we live in. That’s why I use all of you who still want to live in a world of God, and not Satan, I urge you to rise up to fight, to a world revolt to free us all and to destroy these enemies, because in this moment we are in LEGITIMATE DEFENSE. TAKE THE CLAWS OFF TURKEY! TAKE THE CLAWS OFF ROMANIA! TAKE THE CLAWS OFF GOD’S PEOPLE!

Warning to the psychopaths of the world: If you need people to die, we need you to perish too! It’s all or nothing! An eye for an eye and a tooth for a tooth! Talion’s law!

=====================

Steve Bannon Interviews the Heroic Archbishop Viganò

Steve Bannon Interviews the Heroic Archbishop Viganò  From WarRoom.org, 30 June 2022

Editor’s note: The full interview – which is essential reading – can be viewed from the link above.

Your Excellency, after the psycho-pandemic, we now have the Russian-Ukrainian crisis. Are we in “phase two” of one single project, or can we now consider the Covid farce to be over and concern ourselves with the increase in energy prices?

If in the last two years we had been faced with a true pandemic, caused by a deadly virus for which no other cures existed except for a vaccine, we would be able to think that the emergency was not intended. But this is not what happened: the SARS-CoV-2 virus is nothing but a seasonal flu that could have been cured with existing treatments and effective prevention based on strengthening immune defences. The prohibition of treatment, the discrediting of the effectiveness of drugs that have been in use for decades, the decision to hospitalize the elderly who became sick in nursing homes and the imposition of an experimental gene treatment that has been demonstrated not only to be ineffective but also harmful and often fatal – all this confirms for us that the pandemic has been planned and managed with the purpose of creating the greatest damage possible. This is a fact that has been established and confirmed by the official data, despite the systematic falsification of that same data.

Certainly, those who wanted to manage the pandemic in this way are not disposed now to yield easily, also because there are billionaire interests behind all of it. But what “they” want does not always necessarily happen.

===============

The Hidden History of the Incredibly Evil Khazarian Mafia

The Hidden History of the Incredibly Evil Khazarian Mafia  By Preston James, for Veterans Today, 6 July 2022

Secret History of Khazarian Mafia and its evil plan to hijack the whole world now revealed for first time.

Editor’s Note: The introduction below presents the long and complex history of the Khazarian Mafia together with its evil machinations and influences on much of the world’s history. Click on the link above to read the full article.

The history of the Khazarians, specifically the Khazarian Mafia (KM), the World’s largest Organized Crime Syndicate that the Khazarian oligarchy morphed into by their deployment of Babylonian Money-Magick, has been nearly completely excised from the history books.

The present-day KM knows that it cannot operate or exist without abject secrecy, and therefore has spent a lot of money having its history excised from the history books in order to prevent citizens of the World from learning about its “Evil beyond imagination”, that empowers this World’s largest Organized Crime Cabal.

The authors of this article have done their best to resurrect this lost, secret history of the Khazarians and their large International Organized Crime Syndicate, best referred to as the Khazarian Mafia (KM), and make this history available to the World via the Internet, which is the new Gutenberg Press.

It has been exceedingly difficult to reconstruct this hidden secret history of the KM, so please excuse any minor inaccuracies or errors which are unintentional and are due to the difficulty in digging out the true history of Khazaria and its mafia. We have done the best we can to reconstruct it.

It was Mike Harris that connected the dots and made the actual discovery of the presence of the Khazarian Mafia’s secret history and blood oath to take revenge on Russia for helping Americans win the Revolutionary War and the Civil War, and their blood oath of revenge against America and Americans for winning these wars and sustaining the Union.

At the Syrian Conference on Combating Terrorism and Religious Extremism, December 1, 2014 — in his Keynote address, Veterans Today Senior Editor and Director Gordon Duff disclosed publicly for the first time ever that World Terrorism is actually due to a large International Organized Crime Syndicate associated with Israel. This disclosure sent shock waves at the Conference and almost instantly around the world, as almost every world leader received reports of Gordon Duff’s historical disclosure that same day, some within minutes.

And the shock waves from his historic speech in Damascus continue to reverberate around the world even to this very day. And now Gordon Duff has asked President Putin to release Russian Intel which will expose about 300 traitors in Congress for their serious serial felonies and statutory espionage on behalf of the Khazarian Mafia (KM) against America and many Middle East nations.

We now know that the Khazarian Mafia (KM) is waging a secret war against America and Americans by the use of False-flag Gladio-style terrorism, and via the illegal and Unconstitutional Federal Reserve System, the IRS, the FBI, FEMA, Homeland Security, and the TSA. We know for certain that the KM was responsible for deploying an inside-job, Gladio-style False-flag attack on America on 9-11-01, as well as the Murrah Building Bombing on April 19, 1995.

==================

Previous articles 

  • UN plans New World Order via climate change

Empires rise and fall. Why, and what’s next?

The US was the dominant world power after WWII but has been failing, compounded by lies and desperate plans for hegemony compounded by declining culture and values. Lies told about WWII and its aftermath all contribute to the current deception. Previous empires such as the UK and Roman empires failed in a similar manner.  Watch Russia and China ascend in unison. Many factors were and are involved such as those covered in this post.

Scroll down to read the most recent articles.  Links to previous articles  follow.

The Crimes of Nuremberg

The Crimes of Nuremberg  The Crimes of Nuremberg, The Good Citizen, 23 May 2024

Editor’s note: Several visuals are not shown in the text below.  Click on the link about to view them.

A philosophy major, communications major, and history major walk into a campus bar. The philosophy major orders three bourbons, and asks the communications major why he chose communications. “I want to be able to communicate effectively with others. I believe effective communication limits conflict and…” The philosophy major cuts him off by asking the history major the same question. “I believe nothing is more important than history, because if we don’t learn our history, then we’re doomed to…” Before he can finish, the philosophy major turns to the bartender and says, “Make it three doubles.” The bartender reaches for the bottle to top up their drinks and asks, “What’s your major then?” The philosophy major looks at the other three and says, “Psychology.”

You wouldn’t get it.

— Arthur Fleck

Rekneading Grey Matter

Calling for a Nuremberg 2 has been all the rage for the past few years. The term is often trending on social media for days. Unfortunately, the calls for a second instalment have been made by a thoroughly programmed, historically brainwashed Western populace, running public schooling software infected with Hollywood-scripted malware.

Your humble fluffy Ram scribe (brain still running Commodore software) called for a second Nuremberg in early 2022, before a dedicated debugging operation that required digging into history books published before the 1990s. The lies of the past twenty years, particularly the past five, prompted a curiosity tour that begged the question, “Did they just start lying about everything twenty years ago?” The quest invariably resulted in some version of, “Not twenty years ago, but more likely two thousand years ago.”

But let’s leave classical and early civilizational history for another time and stick to the past century, particularly the most significant historical event—the war that still leads to heated debates around the actions of “our side” and the moral and ethical inconsistencies used to justify horrific acts against civilian populations and unarmed combatants in the post-war years, transgressing the Geneva Conventions while making a mockery of any judicial process at Nuremberg.

I am not taking up the defense of Germany. I am taking up the defense of the truth. I do not know if the truth exists, and many people have made arguments to prove to me that it does not. But I know that lies exist. I know that systematic deformation of facts exists. We have lived for three years with a falsification of history. This falsification is skillful. It involves fantasies based on a conspiracy of imagined fantasies. …me, I believe stupidly in the truth. I even believe that it ends up triumphing over all.

— Maurice Bardèche
1948

“The past was erased, the erasure was forgotten.”

The 1990s was a transformative period for the information and communications industries. The U.S. Telecommunications Act of 1996 monopolized the radio, and television airwaves, leaving just five corporate conglomerates controlling all information by the end of the century.

Around this time the English language publishing monopolies of New York and London began blacklisting any manuscripts or authors (think David Irving) that exposed the prevailing propaganda and criminal cover-up of Allied behavior during the second world war while revealing that certain atrocities had been astronomically inflated—a fact later disclosed with some courageous inquiry by brave individuals after the fall of the Soviet Union. Even before this time many authors, historians, academics, and public figures had been imprisoned across Europe for daring to ask any questions about the official narrative of events.

Revisiting the timeline of historical revisionism around World War 2 atrocities is an exhausting undertaking, and worthy of a dedicated lengthy post. (See The Unz Review’s American Pravda series in the meantime) One could argue the revisionism began right away against the truth, and the “conspiracy” revisionists are seeking the truth that was buried by the real revisionists.

For those who believe national loyalties and ideology are irrelevant in service of truth, it’s an essential undertaking to revisit the revised revisionism. It generally requires one to dig into the most honest and accurate accounts of events. These are most often produced when memories are still fresh, first-hand witnesses are still living, and state or tribal propaganda, myths, and fabricated atrocities have yet to flourish and take root in the public consciousness. The books that represent these ideal conditions for truth were published in the first decades after the war. This is also when the first blacklistings and book bannings began.

One French author, in particular, dared expose the crimes of post-war Allied occupation of Europe in 1948 in the book Nuremberg or The Promised Land, before lies were cemented as truths. He was the first ‘truther’ (his own words to describe what he cared about most) to expose the sham trials at Nuremberg, the crimes of the Allies including France, and the atrocity propaganda around “Jewish extermination” attributed to the Nazis which is still a crime to question in 19 European countries to this day.

Maurice Bardèche’s Wikipravda page reads as you’d expect of someone who worked as a Professor under the German occupation and was a supporter of Francisco Franco, co-authoring a book on the Spanish Civil War and founding the “revisionist school” in the post-war years.

One of the absurd charges made by France at Nuremberg and other trials was that the Germans had tried to exterminate the French, or had “a will to exterminate the French.” Bardèche exposes this absurdity using logic, reason, and facts. His anger in this assertion and other lies produced by the French government rests with the fact that it would allow a future German historian to show that France lied, thereby tainting his nation and all Frenchmen.

Photo of Paris during the occupation when Germans “tried to exterminate the French”:

Photo of Paris today where hundreds of thousands of male occupiers camp in its plazas and at city hall. Officials are trying to “incentive them to leave” before the Olympics in August so Paris appears respectable to the world:

Bardèche writes:

One is propsing a future to us, one does so by condeming the past. It is into this future also that we want to see clearly. It is these principles that we would like to look at directly. For we already forsee that these new ethics refer to strange universe, a universe with something sick about it, an elastic universe where our eyes no longer recongize things.

Bardèche foresaw a future ruled by an international economic elite, that undermines nations, demonizes nationalism and civilian pride in nationality with no guarantees or respect for rights, and the political enforcement of laws against offenders who do not agree with this system, or even dare oppose it. Here he appears to be predicting our liberal democratic and neoliberal “rules-based order” with the rise of the European Union and its fashionable orthodoxies rooted in globalism, cosmopolitanism, and “democratic socialism” that labels nationalists as “far-right” heretics and “fascists.” Canada, Australia, and the United States are also firmly entrenched aboard this sinking ship that Bardèche predicted.

Regarding “the holocaust” a term that wasn’t yet used to describe alleged German “extermination camps” of Jews, Bardèche doesn’t deny them, he demands evidence of any kind to prove their existence to account for the figures, because he knew very well how war produces exaggerations and myths by victors to paint themselves as the righteous ones or liberators.

With any conflict, it becomes necessary before, during, and after the war to paint enemies in the darkest manner possible so that any crimes committed by victors look justified. On this front, the Allies over-delivered in the aftermath of the Second World War.

In the preceding years of any conflict, it’s essential to manufacture the consent of the populace who will send their young men to the slaughter. Creating conflict by rousing national fervor around the “evils” of the desirous enemies necessitates tall tales of “evil” actions, including war crimes, ethnic and racial hatreds, and a historically blood-thirty people with a crazy leader who has ambitions to conquer neighbors, enslave, subjugate, and exterminate innocents by any means at his disposal.

The victors have a monopoly on information and can tell the story of the conflict however they desire, often with an utter disregard for the truth. It is the job of historians to be unemotional, and staunchly objective while they comb over first-hand accounts, primary sources, official documents, and archives so that the truth comes to light. It is their only duty.

When historians are ignored, or in the case of the most competent and once-well-respected historian of World War Two—David Irving—they are smeared, blacklisted, arrested, and imprisoned for reporting from first-hand sources, then those myths and lies propagate as the masses bite their tongues in fear of retribution for daring to question anything. Public schools, entertainment, popular culture, documentarians, academics, and governments absorb those lies as truths and the past is erased.

Like David Irving after him, Bardèche was imprisoned for a year and fined 50,000 francs. Circulating copies of his book were collected and burned, it was banned from publication and to this day remains outlawed in France.

The lies were cemented in law, and 75 years later to question them will result in the same fate that befell Irving, David Icke, Maurice Bardèche, Fred Leuchter, and many others who simply wanted to learn the truth and share with others what they have learned—not because of political reasons, or “anti-semitism” but because they all wanted to live in a world where truth matters above all things.

The first of this group, Paul Rassinier, a history Professor of twenty-two years and editor of the resistance broadsheet The Fourth Republic became a prisoner at Buchenwald during the final year of the war when “extermination” should have been in overdrive. After the war he published his account of this famous German concentration camp, condemning the communist prisoners in charge of governing the camp as far worse than the SS officers, only “looking out for their own skin.” After touring Dachau and Mauthausen after the war, interviewing endless witnesses with either benign or contradicting testimony, and uncovering engineering and technological impossibilities, he began to question the official stories of “mass extermination” using “gas chambers” and “crematoriums.”

His first post-war book about his time in Buchenwald, and escape from a train of prisoners won him critical acclaim in France. But his second book The Lie of Ulysses daring to question the official narratives around extermination earned him labels as “fascist” and later the “father of holocaust denialism.” He was put on trial for his book in 1953 and spent two years defending his reputation before he was eventually acquitted.

In the face of heavy criticism from his own party, a socialist party in France that eventually expelled him, he continued to pursue the truth. While exposing the scam trials of German officers all around Germany by the West German government, he was barred from attending trials in Frankfurt (1963-1965) against Nazi officers and soldiers who were stationed at Auschwitz.

He argued that continuing war crimes trials were part of a Zionist and Communist strategy to divide and demoralize Europe. Rassinier cited the Zionist book L’Etat d’Israel (1930) by Kadmi Cohen to assert that Zionist and Jewish organizations were conspiring to use Nazi crimes to extort money to fund themselves and the State of Israel. In 1964, with The Drama of the European Jews, Rassinier (once a prisoner at Buchenwald in the final year of the war) concluded long before David Irving painstakingly sifted through British Intelligence intercepts of Auschwitz with not a single mention of atrocities, that there was never a policy of extermination by Nazi Germany.

Rassinier’s books were eventually translated into English, the most well-known not published until 1977 under the title Debunking The Genocide Myth. By this time the holocaust industry was well underway with its well-positioned gatekeepers controlling popular media, public education, and Hollywood cinema, ensuring that the lies became truth and that the past was erased and the erasure was forgotten.

In Germany after 1945, there were millions of biographies but there was no history. When the nation was cut in four, its history was fragmented by the political division, censorship, coverup and fear of criticizing the USA and France. No intelligent public opinion was formed on the subject because no expression of it was allowed. The occupation of Germany resulted in an occupied mentality, which attempted to subject reason to unreasoning discipline.

— James Bacque
Other Losses: An Investigation Into the Mass Deaths of German Prisoners of War after World War Two

Revanche

It’s human nature to seek revenge, but the vengeance that mirrors the atrocities of the accused undermines the scales of justice so that one monster transfers his monstrosities to his enemies. The last monster standing gets to rewrite history, cover their crimes, and showcase their retribution as “fairness” and “justice” to “prevent future crimes.” The conquered must always “learn their lesson” from the victors.

None of this ugliness and hypocrisy of war, molding attitudes of conquest or liberation is possible without effective propaganda to rally minds around a unifying goal. Official historians never cease in reminding the world of Nazi Minister of Propaganda Joseph Goebbels, and his psychological campaigns on the German people, but curiously they never speak about his British and American doppelgangers.

Before the American government began fluoridating drinking water and toothpaste (at the behest of dentists paid by Alcoa Steel Inc. who needed somewhere to dump their thousands of tons of Sodium Flouride poison, a byproduct of steel production) to calcify pineal glands and spiritually destroy Americans, the people were stubbornly isolationist. Before both World Wars, Americans wanted nothing to do with the conflicts of European Kingdoms or nations. In 1939, Americans were by a factor of nearly nine out of ten, decidedly America First.

Things had to change, but minds don’t change on their own. Psychological operations began in earnest using atrocity propaganda to manufacture consent for conflict in the way it’s still used today. The British had their version of Goebbels in Lord Robert Vansittart. In a series of radio broadcasts, Vansittart delivered hysteria and paranoia around “German evil and viciousness” claiming historically rooted atrocities went back over two thousand years. Roosevelt privately took a liking to his hate-mongering propaganda and implored OSS chief William Donovan to rebroadcast them on American radio.

Around the same time, Theodore N. Kaufman published Germany Must Perish! advocating for the forced sterilization of the German people to achieve “world peace.” The book was used as reverse propaganda by the Nazis to show that the Jewish people were plotting against them which as we all know is completely false anti-semitic propaganda (kauf kauf).

March 24, 1933

No propaganda campaign is complete without a little help from Hollywood. Roosevelt’s adviser Henry Morgenthau set up a quasi-governmental agency called the Writers’ War Board, where film director Rex Stout, also an author of popular detective novels, hand-picked other writers of sensationalist popular fiction to contribute to the Board.

The OSS propaganda arm, Office of War Information worked closely with the Board to publish articles asserting that four generations of German leaders were guided by, “adoration of force as the only arbiter, and skulduggery as the supreme technique in human affairs.” According to the WWB, it was necessary for Americans to hate the Germans to “establish the world on a basis of peace.”

The editor of the New Yorker weekly was Clifton Fadiman who served as Stout’s right-hand man in publishing paranoid delusions around the German threat. Fadiman stated that there was “only one way to make a German understand and that’s to kill them, and even then I think they don’t understand.”

The WWB advised radio stations on propaganda programming and began recruiting editors and columnists from other popular periodicals to do their bidding while promoting a book entitled Is Germany Incurable? by a “noted psychiatrist” of the time. They pushed author Louis Nizer of another book, What to Do with Germany onto the same radio programs, who advocated for trying and hanging hundreds of thousands of Germans while enslaving the rest in “labor battalions” and yet claimed that this still wouldn’t be enough to cure Germany’s “lust for war.” One of the most popular broadcasters pushing the Board’s “Hate Germany” fluff was Walter Winchell (born Isadore Lipschitz) who expressed to millions of listeners that Germany was like a snake, and “a rattlesnake never deserves another chance.”

British propaganda poster, 1940.

When there’s no actual direct physical threat to the homeland, a good propaganda campaign fabricates one. In this case, British intelligence forged documents to convince the Americans of an imminent Nazi threat in South America. The British aimed to create a narrative that the Nazis were gaining a foothold in South America and had plans to invade the United States. British authorities arrested South American diplomats. One poor bastard was purportedly detained with “secret documents” showing Colombian ties to the Nazis to strengthen the illusion of a Nazi infiltration into South American countries, further fueling American fears. No such threats existed.

“We Weren’t ‘Evil’ Like The Nazis”

The Geneva Conventions have always been subject to interpretation and only applicable to those the victors chose to apply them. Given Allied actions against civilians during the conflict, including the fire bombings of Dresden, Hamburg, Berlin, Cologne, Frankfurt, Leipzig, Munich, Nuremberg, Stuttgart, Kassel, Würzburg, Darmstadt, Bremen, Hanover, Essen, and Duisburg, the allies were always going to excuse themselves from its standards.

The first Geneva Convention was in 1864 and outlined the treatment of prisoners of war. The thinking was that kingdoms who signed on would guarantee protections for their cannon fodder, ensuring that mandatory cannon fodder enlistments continued, and young soldiers didn’t organize against their nobility and their dreams of capturing a few more meters of soil. The general idea was that the wounded would be treated impartially and fairly, and those who surrendered were guaranteed protection.

Article 12 stated that “…wounded and sick soldiers who are out of the battle should be humanely treated, and in particular should not be killed, injured, tortured, or subjected to biological experimentation.” No mention of biological experimentation on civilians in peacetime.

The Nuremberg Trials, which began in November 1945 and concluded in 1946, are often depicted as the epitome of post-war justice. As with most history written by victors in the concealment of the truth, the trials were a confluence of injustice, witness manipulation, intimidation, threats, maltreatment, and torture with an atmosphere that seemed more predisposed to vengeance than to impartial justice.

Contrary to popular belief the post-war trials of German officers were not a single event held at Nuremberg. Only the United States and IMT (International Military Tribunal of 21 Nazi Leaders) show trials were held in this city. In contrast, the Soviets held their own, with no public record (summary executions or Gulags?). The British held their own in Hamburg, Luneberg, and Italy between 1945 and 1949. France delayed their trials of German generals (1951) and Oradour Massacre soldiers (1958), though the latter were all eventually pardoned. Trials by American rump state West Germany continued at a dozen major cities around the country from 1950 until the late 1970s.

Of the thousands of defendants over those decades, only 21 Nazi leaders were selected for the IMT, with a lot of what David Irving calls “horsetrading” of Nazi individuals going on behind the scenes among Allies seeking their version of justice, privately or publicly. Hundreds of Nazi and SS officers were permitted to escape Germany via the rat lines through Italy, with help from the OSS (precursor to the CIA), the Vatican, and friendly nations like Argentina. The American’s Operation Paperclip sent hundreds of intelligence officers into Germany embedded in army divisions to track down and recruit Nazi scientists, engineers, physicists, and anyone of military strategic importance. More Nazis were hired by the American war department after the conflict than were put on trial at Nuremberg by a factor of seven-five.

While hosting show trials, horsetrading officers among allies, and smuggling those chosen Nazi scientists and engineers through Operation Paperclip to the U.S., the remaining German POWs were kept in various camps managed by the partitioned allied zones. The United States had over 200 camps in its zone, though France took over a few after 1945, while some 1600 POW camps were scattered across French territory once managed by the Americans before also being handed over to the French. French witnesses at several camps watched as the Americans looted the supplies from camp hospitals before departing, taking generators, medicine, and food rations, often leaving the French with nothing to manage the prisoners or themselves.

According to James Bacque’s 1989 bombshell book Other Losses, conditions in camps were harsh. Food was withheld and from the summer of 1945 through 1948 it is estimated that a million German POWs perished from starvation and disease in the hands of distinguished American General and future President Dwight Eisenhower. Under the horrendous failure called the Morgenthau Plan, a “denazification” precursor to the more charitable and pragmatic Marshall Plan, the order of the day was revenge, through suffering, starvation, and death.

In France, in January 1946, just over half a million men were nominally at work for the armies or the civilian economy. Most of these, underfed, badly clothed, weak, worked at far less than normal efficiency. Another 124,000 were so sick they couldn’t work. When 600 dying men fell off the train at Buglose near Bordeaux in the summer of 1945 before the shocked population of the village, 87 men were in such bad shape that the two-kilometer hike to the camp killed them.

According to the testimony of a German POW survivor called Hanz T. who left Bad Kreutznach at age 18, making him 12 when the conflict first began, he was shuttled with other young German prisoners for France, still wearing shorts and barefoot after being snatched from a hospital recovery room:

I only had one piece of ID showing my birthdate, 1927. I thought they might release me if they thought I was only 16, so I changed the seven to a nine, but it made no difference.

There was a real shortage of food. When the peas arrived, they were divided and once they had been shared out some were still left. Everyone counted and if we had six each, then we’d wait till we got six and a half.

Food was so scarce that people were usually sick and when you got sick they took you to hospital. When people were taken to hospital you never saw them come back. Of the hundred thousand prisoners at Rennes there was certainly a percentage who died which would make a fair number. But I’ve never been able to find a cemetery. We never saw the Red Cross, nobody came to inspect us until two years later, to bring us blankets. That was the first time they came, in 1947.

Between 1945 and 1948 anywhere from 165,000-315,000 German POWs died in French captivity, and that wasn’t the worst the Allies could do. There are endless stories of French farmers and civilians helping German POWs with potatoes, milk, vegetables, and fruits, and even French guards bringing food from home for the starving Germans, many of whom were just teenagers.

The death rate in French camps averaged around one-third, while in British and Canadian camps holding German POWs, the rate was only marginally lower in the year after the war. Prisoners starved for most of 1945, often going weeks between meals. Medical treatment and hospitals were better staffed in the camps in these zones, with some Germans receiving life-saving treatment. The Germans in this zone remember “The Tommies” treating them “like comrades” and far better than the Americans or French, but it wasn’t always keeping with the Geneva Conventions and starvation and disease were still rampant just after the war.

American camps were by far the worst, with Morgenthau’s plan for retribution German prisoners starved, and were provided no shelter, or blankets. It was all hidden under a myth of a “World Food Shortage” proclaimed at the time, despite this not affecting Canadian and British camps.

The death rate at the American camp at Reinberg was 40% in the year after the war with many prisoners dying in muddy holes they were forced to dig for their shelter. The perimeter fence around the camp stretched for nine kilometers. Prisoners would throw rocks over the fence to passing civilians with charcoal notes wrapped around the rocks written on canvas or cotton begging for potatoes, salt, and even water. Unlike prisoners in British and Canadian camps, American camp POWs weren’t permitted mail service, tents, bunks, or daily rations. The Americans (and French) lied about the death rate of prisoners, lowballing it to the International Red Cross and German town officials (now “denazified” public servants) by a factor of 30 times!

Within a few years, to doubt the Small Number had become an implied treachery, for any good German who doubted the Americans was ipso facto an enemy of both states. So the Americans were in effect forgiven without even being accused.

A general who knew Eisenhower well wrote in 1945 that Eisenhower was using “practically Gestapo methods” against the Germans. That general had written to his wife that the Germans were the only decent people in Europe, and that “we are destroying the only semi-modern state in Europe so that Russia can swallow it whole.”

His name was George S. Patton.

For all his prejudices, Patton represented to a high degree the honor of the army and the basic generosity of the American people. He made this very plain in a reply to a question put to him: “In all these talks [to the troops] I emphasized the necessity for the proper treatment of prisoners of war, both as to their lives and property. My usual statement was … ‘Kill all the Germans you can but do not put them up against a wall and kill them. Do your killing while they are still fighting. After a man has surrendered, he should be treated exactly in accordance with the Rules of Land Warfare, and just as you would hope to be treated if you were foolish enough to surrender. Americans do not kick people in the teeth after they are down.”

Patton openly deplored Eisenhower’s anti-German policies. Soon after, they killed him too.

Nuremberg was a fantastic desecration of the ideals of Western Civilization, and an appalling miscarriage of justice…a misuse of evidence for vicious ends, all of which will someday be exposed as a shocking travesty of high legal and moral principles.

— Henry M. Adams
Prof. of History, University of California

The Last Battle

As early as 1943 the discussion of what to do with German officers was broached by anglosphere allies. Churchill wanted summary executions with no trials and attempted to maneuver FDR toward the same position that he held privately but not publicly. This perspective was grounded in a desire to avoid the complexities and potential embarrassments of a public trial, which could unearth inconvenient truths, including Churchill’s sponsors (who for many years made sure his five servants and manor house were paid on an MP’s salary) at the World Zionist Organization.

In 1944, during the Second Quebec Conference, Churchill drafted a proposal, sometimes referred to as the “shot on sight” list, which advocated for the immediate execution of top German figures upon their identification and capture, something young students of Western history are more likely to associate with “evil Nazi behavior” and not the allies they are brainwashed to revere. FDR was initially on board with the proposal, but the following year his successor Truman decided against the summary execution proposal and instead supported the idea of a formal trial.

According to David Irving in a book tour speech promoting his book Nuremberg: The Last Battle:

Truman (a grandmaster freemason like his predecessor) facing the ruins of post-war Europe and the daunting task of rebuilding in a way that gave his new empire the upper hand over the Soviets, decided that perhaps shooting people without trial wasn’t the best look for the shiny new superpower on the block. Nuremberg was a chance for the Allies to paint themselves as all victors do—righteous and judicious liberators, bringing the light of legal ethics to the dark deeds of the Nazis, all while ensuring the proceedings were scripted tightly enough to keep the Allies’ dark behavior from any scrutiny.

So, before the first trials at Nuremberg the British and the Americans got to work rigging them so they would eventually resemble nothing more than show trials. The establishment of the London Charter in August 1945, which defined the jurisdiction and laws under which the Nuremberg Trials would proceed, declared actions as criminal post-factum, making the trials a classic case of ex post facto law. This meant that the defendants were tried for laws that were not in effect at the time their alleged crimes were committed—a stark violation of the principle of legality as defined by the maxim “nullum crimen, nulla poena sine lege” (no crime, no punishment without a law).

Additionally, the Charter explicitly removed defenses that are normally available in criminal trials, such as the tu quoque (you too) argument, which could allow defendants to argue that the prosecuting powers had engaged in similar actions, which the Allies most definitely had, from the firebombing at Dresden and dozens of other civilian populated cities with no strategic military targets, resulting in nearly half a million German civilian deaths. Preventing the tu quoque argument ensured that allied atrocities would not be admissible as a defense, or ever brought up in court. This was the strategic significance as it curtailed any discussion of the Allies’ wartime conduct, ensuring that the focus remained solely on the actions of the Axis powers.

Removing tu quoque was also a convenience to expunge the open hypocrisies of Britain and France who declared war on Germany when Hitler invaded Poland from the west, while completely ignoring Stalin’s pact with the guilty parties to carve up Poland simultaneously from the east. If Poland was “off limits” for the British and French in keeping with the tragedy that was the Versailles Treaty, why was Stalin allowed to invade and slaughter 22,000 Poles (Katyn Massacre) from the east? Poland wasn’t just a useful tool for the Soviets, they were played by the British, French, and Americans before, during, and after the war. Before 1939 Poland was by no means innocent, given their atrocities against ethnic Germans (50k+) in Danzig, formerly East Prussia in the inter-war years. More on that in another post.

Mass graves of Polish Officers slaughtered by Soviets ~22,000 (discovered by the Germans in 1943).

The physical and psychological conditions under which the defendants were held were abhorrent. Held in cells with broken windows throughout the harsh German winter, the accused faced severe physical duress that hampered their ability to contribute effectively to their defenses. This treatment was coupled with psychological tactics aimed at breaking their spirit. Letters written by defendants to their families were routinely intercepted and never delivered, isolating them further and severing their remaining ties to the outside world.

Witness tampering and intimidation were a matter of policy with OSS officers threatening to prosecute and hang Germans who didn’t testify against their commanding officers. Conversely, defense witnesses were harangued and in some cases disappeared so they wouldn’t appear in court. Carl Hoff, who could have provided testimony favorable to the defense, was instead declared mentally unfit and hidden away in a psychiatric facility to prevent his appearance in court. This tactic was exposed only when Field Marshal Milch, determined to bring Hoff’s testimony forward, challenged and reversed the decision, highlighting the lengths to which the prosecution would go to secure a conviction.

Rear Admiral Eberhardt Godt was intimidated into testifying against Grand Admiral Karl Dönitz. Godt was approached by American interrogators and coerced to testify falsely against Dönitz. When Godt refused to comply with the demands, he was threatened with execution if he did not cooperate.

The Nuremberg Trials were marred by significant procedural flaws, ethical violations, and a pervasive atmosphere of retribution.

The American judge, Edward L. Van Roden, one of three members of an American Army commission established to investigate claims of prisoner maltreatment found: “…all but two of the Germans, in the 139 cases investigated had been kicked in the testicles beyond repair. This was standard procedure with American investigators.”

Lower-ranking officers were assured of amnesty if they testified against the higher ranks, only to have their “amnesty” withdrawn after sealing a conviction and then using their testimony against them for a conviction.

Mock trials were arranged when prisoners refused to cooperate, with faux death sentences passed, then one final offer of “reprieve” if they confessed. Many were threatened with being handed over to the Russians if they didn’t cooperate. Some had their wives and children threatened by depriving them of their ration cards.

The treatment of the defendants and the conduct of the trials blatantly flouted the Geneva Conventions’ rules regarding the treatment of prisoners of war. By reclassifying German prisoners as “discharged enemy personnel,” the Allies circumvented these international laws, affording themselves greater leeway to impose harsher treatments and sidestep the protections that the Geneva Conventions afforded, such as the proper constitution of a court and the fair trial guarantees.

The selective prosecution at Nuremberg was evident in the charges brought against the defendants. The Allies focused exclusively on the crimes committed by the Nazis, with no corresponding scrutiny of their actions or those of other Axis powers. This selective justice was further compounded by the exclusion of any substantive examination of Soviet actions during the war, particularly the Katyn massacre, which was conveniently omitted from the trials’ scope, with one of the four “justices” overseeing the proceedings, a communist Soviet.

The manipulation of the trials extended to the evidence presented in court. Documents were selectively provided to the defense, and in many cases, critical evidence that could exonerate the defendants was withheld. This was not merely an oversight but a deliberate strategy to weaken the defense’s case, exemplifying a biased approach to the supposed pursuit of justice.

To call for a Nuremberg 2 today, is therefore to call for nothing but sham trials and a perversion of justice. It would be like asking some hospital administrators and government officials to stand trial, while torturing some Walgreens pharmacists, Pfizer interns, and urgent care clinicians into testifying against them to save their own skin, with the real criminals laughing at the proceedings.

The biggest difference between the two?

There was no war during Covid—though I have called it part of a Silent War on humanity—yet thousands more people are walking free who are guilty of (iatro)genocide than ever wore a Nazi uniform. These people have killed at least 20 million, with millions more awaiting a grim fate, figures only Mao and Stalin could match.

The returns of the second great engineered European brother war have been trickling in for decades.

How did the “victors” end up faring? Have you been to France? Have you tried to stroll Paris’ 9th, 10th, 11th, 19th, and 20th Arrondissimonts at night? How about the ghettos or Banlieues as a white woman, alone? Have you seen the state of the American empire? Have you tried to stroll through Birmingham, Watford, Bradford, Luton, Rotherham, Manchester, or East London without mistaking them for Islamabad or Bombay?

What about the nation that Britain and France declared war on Germany to save? They threw Poland (and all of East Europe) to the Bolshevik rats and sold them out for fifty years rendering the entire justifications for the slaughter moot. Half of Germany rotted under the boot of the DDR during this time, setting the stage for the next mass European brother sacrifice, another banker war.

How about Germany today after two decades run by a DDR communist witch?

If this is what “liberating” Europe looks like then perhaps Brits, French, and Germans should be camping out in front of the Academy of Fine Arts in Vienna to search for their next leaders.

Having buried the historical truths contributing to the rise of The Third Reich (it wasn’t just Versailles), they are making a redux of history all but inevitable.

The ‘strong man’ pendulum always swings back. And the next time it does, those invented fantasies that manifested atrocity propaganda against the last strong men may on a second serving finally come to fruition.

And who will the last victors have to blame for this, if not for the lies they attempted to rebuild the destroyed nations upon, in a now shattered fantastical fiction of its conjuring?

In the end, after all those assertions of “exterminating an entire race” war crimes, bloodlust, and painting the Nazis as the greatest evil to ever walk the earth, what happened to their fearless leader?

What happened to the most evil mustachioed man to lead these evil people?

There is zero evidence backing the official story that he killed himself in that bunker.

There is significant evidence that he escaped on a U-boat and lived another decade near Bariloche, Argentina with other Nazi Officers, including Joseph Mengele, coming and going by water plane from his sheltered lakeside retreat.

You might recall that thought experiment involving a time machine and killing Hitler to prevent the Second World War to save millions of lives. Every normie programmed by public school American history books that are better suited for fire kindling proclaims with a self-smug smile they’d use that time machine to kill Hitler and save the world. All their normie friends nod in agreement.

Britain and the U.S. wouldn’t have let that man who wanted to “conquer the world,” and who “gassed six bazillion Jews and cremated their bodies after turning their fat into soap and their skin into lampshades,” escape and live freely in Argentina for another decade, would they?

Of course not, they weren’t “evil” like the Nazis.

(Click CC for English Subtitles)

References (All out of print…why?)

Bacque, James. Other Losses: An Investigation Into the Mass Deaths of German Prisoners of War after World War Two. Toronto: Stoddart Publishing Co. Limited, 1989.

Bardeche, Maurice. Nuremberg or The Promised Land. Paris: Les Sept Couleurs, 1948.

Irving, David. Nuremberg: The Last Battle. London: Focal Point Publications, 1985.

Rassinier, Paul. Drama of the European Jews. Los Angeles: Institute for Historical Review, 1975.

================================

Secret CIA collusion inside Ukraine EXPOSED in blistering new report

Secret CIA collusion inside Ukraine EXPOSED in blistering new report 1 March 2024

The New York Times came out with a bombshell article on Sunday detailing the past ten years of CIA active warfare from within Ukraine against Russia.

From building 12 CIA bases within the country, to instructing on sabotage inside Russia to providing targeting intelligence… pic.twitter.com/IbJvV2IjJU — Ron Paul (@RonPaul) February 26, 2024

The New York Times disclosed yesterday that the CIA built “12 Secret Spy Bases” in Ukraine, waging a shadow war against Russia for the past decade. After a U.S.-supported violent coup toppled Ukraine’s democratically elected government, CIA Director John Brennan visited Kyiv… pic.twitter.com/DWluhJIKUq

Zero Hedge highlights:
Among the biggest revelations is that the program was established a decade ago and spans three different American presidents. The Times says the CIA program to modernize Ukraine’s intelligence services has “transformed” the former Soviet state and its capabilities into “Washington’s most important intelligence partners against the Kremlin today.”

Robert F. Kennedy was a voice of reason amid the recent revelations: “The CIA was building spy bases in Ukraine along the Russian border starting in 2014. I wonder how we would respond if Russia or China built spy bases on the US/Mexico border.
With all their information gathering and newly trained operatives, they couldn’t wind down conflict between Ukraine and Russia. In fact, it seems the CIA only made matters worse.” The CIA was building spy bases in Ukraine along the Russian border starting in 2014. I wonder how we would respond if Russia or China built spy bases on the US/Mexico border. With all their information gathering and newly trained operatives, they couldn’t wind down conflict… pic.twitter.com/3Q6aGyqUHF

— Robert F. Kennedy Jr (@RobertKennedyJr) February 26, 2024
CNN knows 2 great ways to keep liberals and parts of the US “left” on board with funding the war in Ukraine:
1) Assure them that CIA spying bases in Ukraine are very important;
2) Convince them that the US arms industry is benefiting.
They know liberal politics and values. https://t.co/HVD8pHeccX

— Glenn Greenwald (@ggreenwald) February 26, 2024
The Kyiv Independent attempted to legitimize the need for the secret CIA bases: The Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) has supported a network of a dozen bases in Ukraine that are “increasingly at risk” if Republicans continue to block $61 billion in
funding for Kyiv, the New York Times (NYT) reported on Feb. 25.
The network of bases is the result of a decade of relationship-building between the CIA and Ukraine, according to the NYT, which conducted 200 interviews with current and former intelligence officials in Ukraine, Europe, and the U.S. for the article

=========================

The Desperate Failing Plan for a New American Century

From The Truth Comes to Light, 7 February 2024

 The Desperate Failing Plan for a New American Century – Truth Comes to Light

 The Desperate Failing Plan for a New American Century

They are few and we are many, and they must be stopped. 

The Desperate Failing Plan for a New American Century  by Greg ReeseThe Reese Report, February 7, 2024

Editor’s note: Click on the link above to view a PDF copy that shows several diagrams.

On January 16th of 1991, as the Soviet Union was collapsing and the cold war coming to an end, George H.W. Bush publicly announced a new campaign of American dominance which he called, the New World Order.

“This is an historic moment. We have in this past year made great progress in ending a long era of conflict and Cold War. We have before us the opportunity to forge for ourselves and for future generations a new world order, a world where the rule of law, not the law of the jungle, governs the conduct of nations. When we are successful, and we will be, we have a real chance at this new world order, an order in which a credible United Nations can use its peacekeeping role to fulfill the promise and vision of the UN’s founders.”

~ George H.W. Bush

Vladimir Putin told Oliver Stone that in the year 2000 he asked President Clinton if Russia could join NATO, which he said made the American delegation very nervous. They were not interested in world peace. They had different plans.

In 1997 the Project for the New American Century was founded by William Kristol and Victoria Nuland’s husband, Robert Kagan. In September of 2000 they published their agenda entitled; “Rebuilding America’s Defenses” which outlined an ambitious and aggressive plan to achieve world dominance, starting in the Middle East and ending with Russia. The document acknowledged the fact that their world domination efforts would “trouble American allies” and could therefore be a long process “absent some catastrophic and catalyzing event – like a new Pearl Harbor.”

A year after publishing this, two thousand people were murdered in the World Trade Center and blamed on a small terrorist group created by the C.I.A.. And with this catastrophic and catalyzing event, the plan for a new American century went into action.

“About ten days after 9/11, I went through the Pentagon. And one of the generals called me and he says, we’ve made the decision we’re going to war with Iraq. This was on or about the 20th of September. I said, We’re going to war with Iraq, Why? He said, I don’t know. So I came back to see him a few weeks later, and by that time we were bombing in Afghanistan. I said, Are we still going to war with Iraq? And he said, it’s worse than that, he said, I just got this down from upstairs meeting in the secretary of defense office today. And he said, this is a memo that describes how we’re going to take out seven countries in five years, starting with Iraq and then Syria, Lebanon, Libya, Somalia, Sudan and finishing off… Iran.”

~ General Wesley K. Clark

George H.W. Bush’s son, George W., began a propaganda campaign to sell the American public on overthrowing Iraq. Spinning lies about Weapons of Mass Destruction.

“I take the threat very seriously. I take the fact that he develops weapons of mass destruction very seriously.

Either you are with us or you are with the terrorists.”

~ George W. Bush

When the lies became obvious, George W. made jokes while revelling in the blood of the innocent.

Secretary of State, Madeleine Albright, said that murdering millions of Iraqi children was worth it.

Lesley Stahl:

“We have heard that a half a million children have died. I mean, that’s more children than died in Hiroshima. And, you know, is the price worth it?”

Madeleine Albright:

“I think this is a very hard choice. But the price we think the price is worth it.”

The power hungry cabal, made up of close-knit families who practice multi-generational child abuse and mass mind control, began overthrowing sovereign nations. And murdering innocent civilians became the new norm for U.S. foreign policy. But their plan for global domination was failing, and starting in 2020 with the COVID scam, they began targeting U.S. citizens.

They have become desperate, and they are going for broke. Slaughtering innocent Palestinians to spark a war with Iran, and sacrificing the people of Ukraine to hopelessly take on Russia.

These inbred families are getting old and they are fighting for their lives. There is too much at stake for them to ever give up which makes them more dangerous than ever. But they are few and we are many, and they must be stopped.

===================

Doug Casey On What Really Happened In 2023 And What Comes Next

Doug Casey On What Really Happened In 2023 And What Comes Next  Authored by Doug Casey via InternationalMan.com, 28 December 2023

International Man: As we approach the end of the year, let’s take a step back, look at the Big Picture, and put 2023 into perspective so we can better understand what may come next.

Significant financial, economic, political, cultural, and geopolitical developments occurred in 2023.

On the cultural front, 2023 may be the year that the tide started to shift against the woke insanity.

BlackRock’s Fink dropped ESG. Woke movies continue to bomb at theaters. Bud Light, Target, and Disney continue to feel the pain of deliberately alienating their customer base.

What’s your take on the cultural developments in 2023?

Doug Casey: There are always reactions to major trends. These things are worth noting, but considering the virulence of the woke movement, the reaction has been tepid. There’s always a rearguard fighting for things as they are. And that’s wonderful because the Wokesters want to overturn the entire culture much the same way as the Jacobins overturned it in revolutionary France, the Bolsheviks overturned the culture in Russia, the Red Guards in China, or Pol Pot did in Cambodia.

The Wokesters are potentially just as dangerous because their way of thinking is everywhere in the West.

They’re similar to the movements I’ve just mentioned in that they’re stridently against free speech, free thought, free markets, tradition, and limited government—nothing new there. But they’ve weaponized gender and race as well. They’re virulent, humorless, and puritanical. They see themselves as the wave of the future, but they’ve only repackaged the notions of Marx, Lenin, Stalin, and Hitler.

My view is that the Wokesters hate humanity and hate themselves. They’re dishonest, arrogant, and entitled. Look at the current scandal involving the diversity-hire presidents at Harvard, Penn, and MIT. They’re shameful embarrassments. The fact their boards of trustees installed these fools shows how deep the rot goes.

The Woke have ingrained psychological/spiritual aberrations.

They don’t just control academia, finance, entertainment, and the media. They also dominate the State’s apparatus. Which means they basically have the law on their side.

Perhaps ESG is being de-emphasized by Blackrock, the new vampire squid, but that’s only because they fear losing money more than they value their beliefs. The more pernicious DEI remains a major cultural trend.

Where will it end?

Wokism is more than a passing fad. There’s a good chance it will end with a violent confrontation between people who have culturally conservative views and those who want to destroy Western Civilization and upset the nature of society as we know it.

International Man: 2023 was a year of major geopolitical developments.

It became evident to even the mainstream media that the war in the Ukraine was not going well for NATO.

There was also the Hamas attack and the Israeli invasion of Gaza.

Azerbaijan defeated Armenia to reclaim a long-disputed territory.

Saudi Arabia welcomed Syria back into the Arab League, ended the war in Yemen, restored diplomatic relations with Iran, joined the BRICS countries, and expanded its economic ties with China.

These are just a few of the most prominent geopolitical events of 2023.

What do you make of the geopolitical situation and where things are heading?

Doug CaseyThe end of US hegemony over the world in all areas is becoming obvious. The world resents being bullied and controlled by Washington, DC.

They realize that the US government is bankrupt and is living entirely on printed money. Its military is bloated and more expensive than the US can afford.

While it’s bloated, it’s also being gutted, unable to recruit new soldiers and sailors. It’s easy to see why that’s the case. They see pointless wars fomented everywhere. The type of people who traditionally join the military are disgusted by the woke memes circulating through the services. White males, who have always been the backbone of the military, are appalled at being actively discriminated against.

US hegemony is ending financially, economically, and militarily.

It’s obvious when you see that Biden and Harris, two utterly incompetent, ineffectual fools, are the nominal heads of the government. Not to mention all the degraded and psychologically damaged people in the cabinet. Of course, nobody has any respect for the US anymore.

The US hegemony of the last hundred years is on its way out. And as the old order changes, there are going to be upsets. The US will leave a vacuum that will be filled by other forces.

In fact, the US Government is the biggest danger to the world today. It’s not providing order. By sticking its nose into everyone else’s business everywhere, it’s promoting chaos. Its 800+ bases around the world are provocations. The carrier groups that it has wandering around are sitting ducks with today’s technology. The US is the main source of risk in the world, not safety.

US military spending is really just corporate welfare for the five big “defense” corporations, which build weapons suited for fighting the last war or maybe the war before the last war. For instance, a missile frigate or destroyer guarding a carrier might carry 100 vertically-launched anti-aircraft missiles at $2 million each. Each missile might succeed in shooting down a $10,000 drone. But what happens when the enemy launches 200 drones at once? The chances are the US loses a $2 billion destroyer, if not a carrier.

The US government is finding that they’re not only disliked but disrespected by countries and people all over the world. They’re increasingly viewed as a paper tiger. Or the Wizard of Oz. When they lose the fear factor, it’s game over.

International Man: In 2023, the US continued the trend of more political polarization.

What were the most consequential events on the US political front, and what do you think comes next?

Doug Casey: Let me reemphasize that the Jacobins who control Washington, DC, have the same psychological makeup as past revolutionaries I’ve mentioned.

These people are incapable of changing their minds or reforming. I think they’ll do absolutely anything they can to retain power.

Meanwhile, traditional Americans in red states see that Trump is being railroaded with lawfare to derail his campaign. They’re angrier than ever, justifiably. The red people and the blue people really hate each other at this point—and can’t talk to each other.

The country has been completely demoralized as traditional values have been washed away. It’s now very unstable.

The coming election, should we actually have one, will be not just a political but a cultural contest. Culture wars are especially dangerous in the midst of a financial collapse and economic collapse.

International Man: The projected annual interest expense on the federal debt hit $1 trillion for the first time in 2023.

Americans are still paying for the rampant currency debasement during the Covid hysteria as the price of groceries, insurance, rent, and most other things continued to rise in 2023.

It looks like a recession is on the horizon.

What are your thoughts on economic developments in 2023 and your outlook for the months ahead?

Doug Casey: As an amateur student of history, it seems to me that the US has been moving away from the founding principles that made it unique for over a hundred years. I’m 77. I’ve watched it happen firsthand for much of that time.

The trend has been accelerating.

The country is heading towards a massive crisis because it’s lost its philosophical footing. The result is going to be a really serious depression. I call it the Greater Depression.

The spread between the haves who live in multi-million dollar houses and the have-nots who live in tents isn’t new. After all, Jesus said, “The poor you will always have with you.” What’s new is that the middle class is being impoverished. What’s left of the middle class is deeply in debt—student debt, credit card debt, car loan debt, mortgage debt. And if they’re not lucky enough to have a house with mortgage debt, they’re renting. And rents have gone up so rapidly that if the average guy has an unforeseen $500 expense, he can’t pay it.

That augurs poorly for consumption. It’s said, idiotically, that the American economy rests on consumption. It’s idiotic because it should be said that it rests on production. But I’m not sure the US produces that much anymore.

Most of the people who “work” basically sit at desks and shuffle papers. Few actively create real wealth.

On top of that, the country is vastly over-financialized.

The bond market has already largely collapsed, but it can get a lot worse as interest rates head back up to the levels that they were in the early 1980s and beyond.

Much lower stock prices are in the cards, both because of high interest rates and because people won’t be consuming such massive quantities of corporate produce.

The real estate market rests on a foundation of debt. It can easily go bust as interest rates go up. We’re already seeing this with office buildings across the country. And, of course, these office buildings are financed by banks. Banks are going to see a lot of defaults on loans they’ve made.

Meanwhile, bank capital invested in bonds has eroded because bond prices fall in proportion to the degree rise in interest rates, which have gone from close to zero to 5% or 6%. If banks had to mark their loans and capital investments to the market, most would already be bankrupt.

Can the government paper all these things over by printing yet more money? I suppose.

But at some point very soon, the dollar will lose value very rapidly; it will be treated like a hot potato. They’re caught between a rock and a hard place.

International Man: This year, we saw the price of gold hit a record high, uranium reached $81.25 per pound, and Bitcoin more than doubled as it entered a new bull market. Meanwhile, the S&P 500 is up around 21% year to date as of writing.

What are your thoughts on what happened in the financial markets in 2023 and what could come next?

Doug Casey: Unfortunately, the US central bank, the Fed, has a gigantic amount of influence over the markets.

They can employ “quantitative easing,” which means printing money—and “quantitative tightening,” which means decreasing the money and artificially raising interest rates.

They have many hundreds of Ph.D. economists on staff, but all these people operate on phony Keynesian theories of the way the world works. The consequences of building an economic system on a foundation of paper money and gigantic amounts of debt are potentially catastrophic.

At this point, the economy’s on the razor edge. If they push the print button and hold it down too long, we could go into a runaway inflation. Or, to tamp down inflation, they might raise interest rates and contract the money supply, which might set off a 1929-style credit collapse.

We’re caught between Scylla and Charybdis at this point. And I don’t believe it’s a question of a soft landing or a hard landing. It’s a question of how devastating the crash landing will be.

I hope they can wring one more cycle out of all this because I personally prefer good times to bad times, even if they’re artificial good times, because the bad times are going to be very real.

=====================

A massive explosion of truth just happened worldwide

A massive explosion of truth just happened worldwide 13 December 2023

An unprecedented ‘nuclear truth explosion’ occurred in the United States, with worldwide impact, forever changing the face of the earth. It is, however, not the kind of explosion we all expect when using the word ‘nuclear’, but it’s impact worldwide is even greater than any typical A-bomb. Let me explain what happened…

There are three men in our world, that have an impact on humanity unlike anybody else in history. They have the power to steer a vast portion of the human race in a good or a bad direction. And no, they are not presidents of any country. Their influence is way greater than politics.

I am talking about Elon Musk, Tucker Carlson and Joe Rogan. Nobody on the face of the earth has a greater influence on mankind, than these three combined. Each of them has a worldwide audience of hundreds of millions of people, giving them more power than the
mainstream media. To give you an idea of their atomic media power:
? A recent broadcast of Tucker Carlson reached 427 million people, which means that one out of every 14 people in the world saw it!
? Joe Rogan has 3 billion views on YouTube alone, not including his Spotify, Rumble, and X accounts.

? Elon Musk boasts 166 million followers on X, making him one of the largest social media profiles in the world. Together these three men reach a vast portion of the entire world population, on an
ongoing basis. And they just launched something that forever changes the course of humanity…

All three of these world influencers brought the notorious ALEX JONES onto their platform, and turned the eyes of the entire world onto him. Joe Rogan interviewed Alex Jones. Tucker Carlson interviewed Alex Jones. Elon Musk reinstated Alex Jones on X. Why is that a ‘nuclear truth explosion’ of unprecedented
proportions? Alex Jones is the ‘father of conspiracy theories’. Whoever says conspiracy theory, says Alex Jones. He was mocked for decades. Nobody believed him, so to speak. He was censored on all sides. The masses dismissed his crazy reporting as ridiculous nonsense, fit for lunatics and idiots. In recent years, however, all those so-called conspiracy theories have turned out to be true,
one by one. Be it about vaccines, a globalist elite, weather manipulation, child trafficking, media mind control,… you name it.
Every single conspiracy theory formulated during the past decades, has been proven to be true.

This worldwide revealing of unprecedented truth is called the ‘Great Awakening’. Mankind is finally beginning to open its eyes to reality, much to the terror of the criminal elites, who are desperately trying to prevent the truth from reaching more people. But they have fatally failed. Because what just happened? The father of all conspiracies, Alex Jones, is being vindicated and promoted worldwide by some of the world’s most influential personalities,
Carlson, Rogan and Musk. By doing this, they are telling the world:
LISTEN TO THIS MAN! HE WAS RIGHT ALL ALONG!THE CONSPIRACY THEORIES ARE TRUE! WAKE UP! The nuclear blast of awakening this is sending all across the earth is unheard of. Millions of people will begin to pay attention to the truth, for the first time in their life. The ripple effect will be incalculable.
And that’s not all they have been doing. Elon Musk has been using the world’s most powerful social media platform to wake up mankind as never before. Here are some of the profound truths Elon Musk has been exposing to hundreds of millions of people, on X:
? The pandemic was a criminal operation, orchestrated by a criminal network of so called ‘elites’.

? The US government, CIA and FBI are complicit in censoring truth about the pandemic vaccines. ? There is a global network of multi-billionaires who have an agenda to control the world. ? The World Health Organization wants to establish global tyranny under the
guise of health emergencies. ? The World Economic Forum is a criminal organization, with an agenda to control the world.
? The mainstream news media lies to the public, in order to push the agenda of the billionaires who own these news agencies.
? There is a worldwide network of child trafficking called PizzaGate, where millions of kids are sold to politicians etc. for sexual abuse.
? Climate change is a hoax, created to have an excuse for submitting the world to global tyranny. And much more… Elon Musk has purchased Twitter and turned it into X, for the sole purpose of exposing the diabolical agenda of world tyranny, effectively shattering the mind-control grip of the elites over hundreds of millions of people. Tucker Carlson and Joe Rogan have been doing the same. Step by step they are removing the blindfold from mankind and they confirm that everything which was revealed by millions of truth tellers, independent journalists, courageous researchers, and all kinds of heroes of humanity, is true.
What is happening on in our world, is beyond our wildest dreams, and we haven’t seen the best of it yet. The world will see the truth. Humanity will wake up. The thick dark veil of deception that
has been covering the world population for centuries, is being lifted.

We are witnessing the greatest transformation in all of human history. The dark age of deception will end, and a bright future is dawning with glorious hope at the horizon. I encourage everyone to keep sharing truth, spread our documentaries, support the good
warriors of this world, do every effort in your ability to assist this incredible awakening of humankind to truth and a better world.
There will still be some dark times, as the forces of evil will desperately try to save themselves and attempt to succeed with their diabolical agendas, yet it will all serve to defeat them even more severely. However, the attempts will be real and we must brace ourselves for the impact of the final battles ahead. In the midst of the darkest storms that will rage over this world, we must keep
hold of the sure hope of a new day that is dawning and the light that is increasingly spreading over humanity. Never give up. Never back down. Lift up your head, and welcome the glorious dawn of a
better world.

We are all part of this epic transformation. We all play a role. All our voices combined create this worldwide roar of truth, thundering through the airwaves, pounding on the deaf eardrums of a hypnotized human race, slowly but steadily penetrating even the most unwilling minds. We are breaking through and the sound of truth will become a clash that will shatter the walls of darkness and pave the way for humanity to enter a future we never knew could exist.

If you are able to, then please help us rebuild our platform after being censored, for the second time. With your help we can continue spreading hope and truth to the world. Use this link to support us. Thank you so much!

===================

Putin Warns ‘Globalist Terrorist’ Klaus Schwab His ‘Days Are Numbered’

Putin Warns ‘Globalist Terrorist’ Klaus Schwab His ‘Days Are Numbered’  By Baxter Dmitry, 6 October 2023

World Economic Forum (WEF) founder Klaus Schwab is a “globalist
terrorist” who is “holding humanity to ransom”, according to Russian
President Vladimir Putin who warned the elite that their New World Order has failed and their “days are numbered.”

Russian President Vladimir Putin delivered a speech on October 5 at the plenary session of the 20th meeting of the Valdai International Discussion Club in Sochi and emphasized the tectonic and irreversible shifts taking place in the global order.
According to Putin, globalists including Schwab and his close advisors are “legitimate military targets” because they have been actively attempting to seize power illegally via a globalist coup d’etat.

Sixteen years ago, at the 2007 Munich Security Conference, Putin told Western leaders that the natural type of international system is multipolarity, clearly showing that Russia would oppose the creation of a New World Order based on the international liberal rules-based-order aggressively pushed by the globalist elite and
their liberal politicians in Western democracies. The moment of truth has come, according to Putin, and the global elite’s plans for a
New World Order are receding in front of our eyes while a new multipolar world, in which traditional cultures retain their heritage within their own borders, is rising like a phoenix.

Putin Outlines Six Civilizational Principles For the Post-NWO World
During his Valdai speech, Putin outlined six principles Russia wants to adhere to and offers other nations to join it. Via Sputnik:
“First, we want to live in an open, interconnected world, in which no one will ever try to erect artificial barriers to people’s communication, their creative realization, and prosperity. There must be a barrier-free environment,” Putin said.

The second principle is the diversity of the world, which should not only be preserved, but should also be the foundation of universal development.

The third principle, according to the Russian head of state, is maximum representativeness: “No one has the right or can rule the world for others or on behalf of others. The world of the future is a world of collective decisions,” the president emphasized.Fourth is universal security and lasting peace that takes into account the interests of great states and small countries equally. To achieve this, it is important to free international relations from the bloc mentality and the dark legacy of the colonial era and Cold War, according to Putin.

The fifth principle is justice for all: “The era of exploitation of anyone – I have already said this twice – is a thing of the past. Countries and peoples are clearly aware of their interests and capabilities and are ready to rely on themselves, and this multiplies their strength. Everyone must be provided with access to the benefits of
modern development,” Putin emphasized.

The sixth principle is equality: no one should be forced to obey those who are richer or more powerful at the cost of their own development and national interests, according to the Russian president.

“The ‘civilizational model’ referred to in Putin’s speech seems anchored on ‘principles’ – such as non-colonial relations; non-patronizing attitudes; respectful of diversity rooted in the diverse traditions – that will require a huge work to generate
new shared international norms,” according to Paolo Raffone, a strategic analyst and director of the CIPI Foundation in Brussels.
“The Western ‘rules-based liberal international order’ is unilateral, and it could be imposed in a specific time in history leveraging on the power and prominence of a small group of colonial powers that after the liberal model crisis and civil war (1914-1945) has been inherited by a distant but super-powerful country (US).“
In a nutshell, I can say that the ‘civilizational model’ approach probably aims at structuring a shared world ‘software,’ while the ‘liberal rules-based order’ has been aiming at building an imposed ‘hardware’ defended by ‘rules’ serving the financial
and military hegemony.”

===========================

The unipolar UK/US/European empires are dying; a multipolar world is rising fast based on BRICS

This interview SGT 50-minute Report with Harley Schlanger from the excellent Larouche Organisation (laroucheorganisation.com) explains the big geo-political picture that the past and present unipolar empires from Europe, in particular the UK and the US, were built by subduing every country that stood in their path of destruction and coercion.  Russia and China stood up against these colonisers, now joined by some 40 other countries in their BRICS organisation that is creating a new fair world based on trade, respect and sovereignty.  In recent days 5 African countries’ militaries have ousted their colonial governments to restore genuine democracy.  The local populations are ecstatic. Now the US Deep State, Democrats and large corporations are in rapid decline and trying every evil trick to retain their hegemony including fires and directed energy weapons.

SGT Report: Panic in the City of London! – Harley Schlanger – Video | Opinion – Conservative | Before It’s News (beforeitsnews.com)

Prigozhin’s Gambit—Treason by any other name

Prigozhin’s Gambit—Treason by any other name  By Scott Ritter, 25 June 2023

In the 1997 Disney animated musical fantasy film, Hercules, there is a particularly catchy number, Zero to Hero, which describes the rise of the star of the film from a clumsy boy into a strong and capable man. In the span of less than 24 hours, Yevgeny Prigozhin, the public face of the Wagner Group, a Russian private military contractor with shadowy ties to Russian military intelligence, has flipped the script of this ashes to diamonds tale, transforming an organization that had, through virtue of its impressive battlefield performance, become a legendary symbol of Russian patriotism and strength, into a discredited band of disgruntled traitors seeking the violent overthrow of the constitutional government of Russian on behalf of nations who seek the strategic defeat and ultimate destruction of Russia.

If Disney were to write a song about Prigozhin and Wagner today, it would be called Hero to Zero.

Let there be no doubt in anyone’s mind—Yevgeny Prigozhin has become a witting agent of Ukraine and the intelligence services of the collective West. And while there may be those within Wagner who have been unwittingly drawn into this act of high treason through deception and subterfuge, in the aftermath of Russian President Vladimir Putin’s address to the Russian nation on June 24, and Yevgeny Prigozhin’s impolitic reply, there can be no doubt that there are only two sides in this struggle—the side of constitutional legitimacy, and the side of unconstitutional treason and sedition. Anyone who continues to participate in Prigozhin’s coup has aligned themselves on the wrong side of the law and have themselves become outlaws.

Having taken Wagner down this unfortunate path, one needs to examine the motivations—stated and otherwise—that could prompt such a dangerous course of action. First and foremost, Prigozhin’s gambit must be looked at for what it is—an act of desperation. For all its military prowess, Wagner as a fighting force is unsustainable for any period without the logistical support of the Russian Ministry of Defense. The fuel that powers Wagner’s vehicles, the ammunition that gives its weapons their lethality, the food that nourishes its fighters—all comes from the very organization that Prigozhin has set his sights on usurping. This reality means that to succeed, Prigozhin would need to rally sufficient support behind his cause capable of not only sustaining his gambit but offsetting the considerable power of the Russian Ministry of Defense and the Russian Federation which, if left intact, would be able to readily defeat the forces of Wagner in any large-scale combat.

In short, Prigozhin is looking to create a so-called “Moscow Maidan” designed to replicate the success of the events of early 2014 in Kiev, where the constitutionally elected government of President Victor Yanukovych was toppled from power through violence and force of will that was orchestrated by Ukrainian nationalists supported by the US and Europe. The fantasy of a “Moscow Maidan” has been at the center of the strategy of the collective West and their Ukrainian proxy from the very start. Premised on the notion of a weak Russian president propped up by a thoroughly corrupt oligarch class, the idea of creating the conditions for the rise of sufficient domestic unrest capable of bringing down the Putin government like a proverbial house of cards was the primary objective of the sanctions regime imposed by the West after the initiation of the Special Military Operation (SMO) on February 24, 2022. The failure of the sanctions to generate such a result compelled the collective West to double-down on the notion of collapsing the Russian government, this time using a military solution. The British Prime Minister pressured his Ukrainian counterpart to forgo a negotiated settlement to the conflict that was ready to be signed in Istanbul on April 1, 2022, and instead engage in a protracted war with Russia fueled by tens of billions of dollars’ worth of military and financial assistance designed to inflict military losses on Russia sufficient to trigger domestic unrest—the elusive “Moscow Maidan.”

This effort likewise failed.

Failing to create the conditions conducive for the collapse of domestic support for Putin and the Ukrainian conflict by pressuring Russia from without, the collective West began working to create the conditions for bringing down Russia by sowing internal seeds of dissention. This strategy hinged on a very sophistical information warfare scheme which simultaneously sought to suppress and discredit narratives which sustained the official position of the Russian government, while building up covert agents of influence within social media outlets deemed to be influential amongst the Russian public. Using these channels, the pro-Ukrainian practitioners of information war began promulgating narratives intended to highlight the failings of the Russian government and, more specifically, persons close to President Putin who were affiliated with the SMO. By focusing their angst on what these channels were highlighting as the “failures” of the SMO, the information warfare practitioners were able to wrap themselves in the mantle of “patriotism,” claiming only to be looking out for the best interests of “Mother Russia,” all the while denigrating the character of the constitutional government.

There were several compelling narratives that were used by these information warfare specialists to serve as the foundation of their attack on Putin’s Russia. One of the more popular was grounded in the mythology of “2014” and the early resistance to the Ukrainian nationalists who sought to impose their policies of cultural and linguistic genocide on the ethnic Russian population of the Donbas. Let there be no doubt—the fighting that took place in the initial months and years of the Donbas conflict was difficult and bloody, and those who rallied to the cause of the ethnic Russians of the Donbas deserve tremendous credit for their courage and resilience in the face of a dangerous enemy. But this resistance also served to foster a sense of entitlement among the early leaders and participants of this resistance which often transformed into resentment against Russia and its president, Vladimir Putin, for abandoning the citizens of the Donbas to their own fate. The combination of resentful entitlement turned into hostility after the initiation of the SMO, when these “originals” took umbrage at whet they deemed to be the inadequate intervention on the part of the Russian government and the perceived incompetence of the Russian military. Characters such as Igor Girkin (perhaps better known by his nom de guerre, Strelkov) and Russell “Texas” Bentley perfected the art of “patriotic” criticism which, intentionally or not, was used by Russia’s enemies to further the notion of a weak and ineffective Russian government vulnerable to intervention by “real” Russian patriots who were concerned about “corruption” and “inefficiency” in the Putin regime. The pro-Ukrainian information warfare outlets were able to help magnify these “patriotic” voices of dissent by disseminating their message using Telegram and YouTube channels.

An expansion on the theme of “betrayed patriot” involves the Wagner Group itself and is pertinent to the present matter. The origins of the private military contract company, Wagner, are murky, but appear to be linked to the events of 2014 in the Donbas and the need for the Russian government to create a vehicle for the provision of relevant military expertise and material to the ethnic Russian resistance in the Donbas that would not conflict with Russian constitutional prohibitions against the deployment of regular Russian Army personnel on foreign soil. From its inception, Wagner was an adjunct of Russian Military Intelligence (GRU), and responsive to the commands of the Russian General Staff. This placed Wagner in the shadowy space between being an official agent of government policy and an independently-funded private military contractor.

Following the initiation of the SMO, the role played by Wagner in the Donbas conflict expanded, transitioning from an advisory capacity to major combatant by expanding the scope and scale of the Wagner presence. Wagner grew into a Corps-sized formation equipped with heavy weapons, including armor and artillery, as well as fixed-wing fighter aircraft, and was assigned responsibility for a section of the frontlines which included the twin-salt mining towns of Soledar and Bakhmut, both of which had been heavily fortified by the Ukrainian military. The bloody fighting for the Soledar-Bakhmut complex, which became known by the sobriquet “the meatgrinder,” helped transform Wagner into a legendary combat force in the minds of most Russians, and elevated Prigozhin’s profile considerably.

Wagner achieved its well-deserved martial reputation largely because it was able to operate independent of the suffocating bureaucracy of the Russian military. Thus liberated, Wagner was able to best exploit the experience and skill of its veteran fighters, streamlining command and control and tactical decision-making to enable Wagner to seize and maintain operational initiative, allowing Wagner to dominate the battlefield. While Wagner had operational independence, it received its operational tasking from the Russian General Staff, which also provided Wagner with the weapons, ammunition, fuel, and other logistical sustainment necessary to carry out its assigned mission.

The legal status of Wagner was secure so long as the territory it operated on was not Russian. This changed, however, in the aftermath of the September 2022 referendum which saw the Donbas transition from being an independent entity to being part of Russia. Wagner was able to maintain its unique status during the political transition of the Donbas to full Russian constitutional control, but once this transition was completed, sometime in early 2023, reality came home to roost. Logistical requisitions, which used to be treated as special requests approved as part of the general support provided by Russia to the Donbas, were not treated as part of the routine logistical establishment of the Russian ministry of Defense. From a practical standpoint, this meant that the quantities of ammunition, especially in terms of artillery shells, was cut back to reflect the “norm” used to support military formations of a similar size. Wagner tactics, however, were contingent upon the ability to support their operations with overwhelming fire support. Denied the quantities of ammunition they were used to receiving, Wagner’s assault detachment began to take heavy casualties, prompting Prigozhin to initiate a public feud with both Shoigu and Gerasimov, whom he accused of incompetence and corruption.

Prigozhin’s antics, which were played out in intimate detail on social media, caught the attention of pro-Ukrainian information warfare specialists, who began promoting the narrative of Prigozhin—a former convict with zero political experience—assuming a leadership position in Russia. Prigozhin himself seemed to feed off this notion. While publicly denying any such ambition, Prigozhin continued his public trolling of Shoigu and Gerasimov. The vitriol became so intense that Putin was compelled to summon both men to the Kremlin, where they were read the riot act by an irate Russian President and told in no uncertain terms to cease and desist or pay the consequences. Putin also at this time had Shoigu step back from being the overseer of Wagner logistical support, instead turning that task over to General Sergey Surovikin, a senior military commander overseeing the air component of the SMO.

In retrospect, this was a mistake, as it only reinforced the notion in Prigozhin’s mind that if he made a big enough scene, Putin would yield to his desires.

At some point in time, Prigozhin appears to have gone off the rails completely. Even after the presidential intervention, Prigozhin continued his public feud with both Shoigu and Gerasimov, at one point threatening to pull Wagner out of Bakhmut before that battle was concluded. Prigozhin went out of his way to promote himself as a frontline commander, appearing in videos he published on Telegram visiting the Wagner fighters on the frontline, often under fire, and then contrasting this with what Prigozhin articulated as the timid behavior of Shoigu and Gerasimov, whom Prigozhin mocked for managing the SMO from the safety of bunkers far from the zone of conflict.

At some point in time Prigozhin’s antics caught the attention of Ukrainian intelligence, and their British and US counterparts. The narcissistic need for attention, coupled with grandiose notions of self-importance, made Prigozhin an ideal candidate for recruitment by a hostile foreign intelligence service. A financial component—basic greed—can be added to this behavioral model as well. In addition to seeking to bring Wagner under the operational control of the Ministry of Defense through the rationing of ammunition, Defense Minister Shoigu announced that Wagner fighters would have to sign legally binding contracts with the Russian Minister of Defense to allow them to continue to serve in their capacity as a combat unit. The reason for this was the constitutional ban on private military companies operating on Russian soil. The Russian government was willing to turn a blind eye to this legality while the battle for Bakhmut raged, but once the “meatgrinder” shut down, and Wagner was withdrawn from the front for a period of well-deserved rest and refitting, the Ministry of Defense announced that before Wagner could resume its combat operations (Prigozhin indicated that Wagner would return to fighting around August 5), its fighters and commanders would have to sign contracts. The deadline for signing contracts was set for July 1.

According to Prigozhin, the military council of commanders—the real leaders of Wagner—refused to allow these contracts to be signed. Wagner and Shoigu were heading for a confrontation. Wagner was, during this time, building upon the good will of the Russian people that had been earned in the bloody fighting for Bakhmut. Wagner was engaged in an unprecedented public relations campaign designed to imprint on the Russian people the heroic status its fighters enjoyed, all the while seeking to recruit new fighters into it ranks. The success of this public relations campaign only reinforced in the mindset of Prigozhin the notion that he and Wagner were more popular amongst the Russian people than were Shoigu, Gerasimov, and the Russian Ministry of Defense.

The collusion between Prigozhin and the Ukrainians, while unproven at this juncture, appears obvious in retrospect. One of the key indicators is the decision by the Ukrainians to send so-called “anti-Putin” Russian forces across the border into the Belgorod region of Russia, helping create the impression of Russian impotence and incompetence, notions Prigozhin was only too happy to magnify on his own Telegram channels. This message was then further disseminated by Ukrainian-controlled Telegram channels, including those which operated under the guise of serving “Russian patriots.”

Soon both Prigozhin and the ostensible “pro-Russian” social media accounts were highlighting the potential of a Russian Civil War and the collapse of the Putin regime in a repeat of the collapse experienced in the Russian Army in 1917, leading to the downfall of Tsarist rule and the Romanov dynasty. Indeed, informed observers have stated that many of the Wagner fighters who accompanied Prigozhin into Russia as part of the ongoing armed insurrection apparently believed that they were being dispatched to reinforce the border region to guard against future incursions into Russia by forces loyal to Ukraine.

If the goal of Prigozhin was to achieve the collapse of the Putin regime, it appears to have failed miserably. No political leaders, no military leaders of units, no oligarchs have rallied to Prigozhin’s cause. Russia appears to be firmly behind President Putin, and supportive of his stated goal of bringing this insurrection to an end using all means necessary. While Prigozhin claimed to have assembled a force of some 25,000 men for his march of Moscow, the reality is the total number of Wagner soldiers involved is no more than half that number.

Unless Wagner receives substantial assistance, this invasion force will soon run into sustainability issues—gas, ammunition, and food supplies will become problematic. Moreover, as Russian forces begin to physically confront Wagner, it will become crystal clear to the actual fighters that far from defending Russia from a corrupt and inept regime, Wagner has become a pariah, forever linked in the minds of Russia as traitors who sought to stick a knife in Russia’s back at a time of great peril to the survival of the nation—in short, Wagner will have transitioned from Hero to Zero.

What Prigozhin and his supporters, both in the command and rank and file of Wagner, and those collaborators in the social media universe, have done in attacking the constitutional government of Russia is nothing short of treason. Unless something extreme happens in the next day or two, it is inevitable that Wagner will be defeated. The history books will always punctuate its existence as an organization with perfidy of having betrayed Russia to its enemies. But the critical point here isn’t Wagner’s treasonous behavior, but rather the fact that Russia’s enemies—in particular the British and American intelligence services—saw fit to facilitate a substantive armed insurrection designed to remove from power the government of a nuclear armed power. Imagine, for a moment, the righteous ire that would be on display in the halls of Congress and within the walls of the White House if Russian intelligence had actively conspired to have an entity like Blackwater march on Washington, DC with the goal of removing President Biden from power.

It would, some might say, constitute an act of war.

Russian nuclear doctrine allows for Russia to use nuclear weapons when faced with an existential threat to the survival of the Russian state.

If the CIA and MI-6 were involved in the recruitment of Prigozhin with an eye toward facilitating Wagner’s march of Moscow, then they would have been directly engaged in an action that constituted an existential threat to Russia.

Russia would, under its doctrine, have every right to use nuclear weapons in response.

For everyone cheering Prigozhin along this morning, think on that long and hard as you chew on your breakfast.

Because if Prigozhin were to succeed, there may be no tomorrow.

==================

Foreign Minister Sergey Lavrov stuns the UN in New York

Foreign Minister Sergey Lavrov stuns the UN in New York  By Pepe Escobar, from Zerohedge, 28 April 2023

Foreign Minister Sergey Lavrov’s New York moment performed the diplomatic equivalent of bringing the house down…

Now picture a true gentleman, the foremost diplomat of these troubled times, in total command of the facts and endowed with a delightful sense of humor, taking a perilous walk on the wild side, to quote iconic Lou Reed, and emerging unscathed.

In fact, Foreign Minister Sergey Lavrov’s New York moment – as in his two interventions before the UN Security Council on April 24 and 25 – performed the diplomatic equivalent of bringing the house down. At least the sections of the house inhabited by the Global South – or Global Majority.

April 24, during the 9308th meeting of the UNSC under the agenda “Maintenance of international peace and security, effective multilateralism through the protection of the principles of the UN Charter”, was particularly relevant.

Lavrov stressed the symbolism of the meeting happening on the International Day of Multilateralism and Diplomacy for Peace, deemed quite significant by a 2018 UN General Assembly resolution.

In his preamble, Lavrov noted how “in two weeks, we will celebrate the 78th anniversary of Victory in World War II. The defeat of Nazi Germany, to which my country made a decisive contribution with the support of the Allies, laid the foundation for the post-war international order. The UN Charter has become its legal basis, and our organization itself, embodying true multilateralism, has acquired a central, coordinating role in world politics.”

Well, not really. And that brings us to Lavrov’s true walk on the wild side, pinpointing how multilateralism has been trampled. Way beyond torrents of denigration by the usual suspects, and their attempt to submit him to an ice cold shower in New York, or even confine him to the – geopolitical – freezer, he prevailed. Let’s take a walk with him across the current wasteland. Mr. Lavrov, you’re the star of the show.

Our way or the highway

That “rules-based order”:

The UN-centric system is going through a deep crisis. The root cause was the desire of some members of our organization to replace international law and the UN Charter with a kind of ‘rules-based order.’ No one saw these ‘rules’, they were not the subject of transparent international negotiations. They are invented and used to counteract the natural processes of the formation of new independent centers of development, which are an objective manifestation of multilateralism. They are trying to contain them with illegitimate unilateral measures, including cutting off access to modern technologies and financial services, ousting them from supply chains, confiscating property, destroying competitors’ critical infrastructure, and manipulating universally agreed norms and procedures. As a result, the fragmentation of world trade, the collapse of market mechanisms, the paralysis of the WTO and the final, already without disguise, transformation of the IMF into a tool for achieving the goals of the United States and its allies, including military goals.”

Destroying globalization:

In a desperate attempt to assert its dominance by punishing the disobedient, the United States went on to destroy globalization, which for many years was extolled as the highest good of all mankind, serving the multilateral system of the world economy. Washington and the rest of the West, which has submitted to it, use their ‘rules’ whenever it is necessary to justify illegitimate steps against those who build their policies in accordance with international law and refuse to follow the selfish interests of the ‘golden billion’. Dissenters are blacklisted according to the principle: ‘Whoever is not with us is against us.’ It has long been ‘inconvenient’ for our Western colleagues to negotiate in universal formats, such as the UN. For the ideological justification of the policy of undermining multilateralism, the theme of the unity of ‘democracies’ as opposed to ‘autocracies’ has been introduced. In addition to the ‘summits for democracy’, whose composition is determined by the self-proclaimed Hegemon, other ‘clubs of the elite’ are being created, bypassing the UN.”

“Garden” vs. “Jungle:

“Let’s call a spade a spade: no one allowed the Western minority to speak on behalf of all mankind. It is necessary to behave decently and respect all members of the international community. By imposing a ‘rules-based order’, its authors arrogantly reject a key principle of the UN Charter – the sovereign equality of states. The quintessence of the ‘exclusivity complex’ was the ‘proud’ statement by the head of EU diplomacy, Josep Borrell, that ‘Europe is the Garden of Eden, and the rest of the world is a jungle.’ I will also quote the NATO-EU Joint Statement of January 10 of this year, which states: the ‘United West’ will use all the economic, financial, political and – I pay special attention – military tools available to NATO and the EU to ensure the interests of ‘our one billion’.

NATO’s “line of defense”:

“At last year’s summit in Madrid, NATO, which has always convinced everyone of its ‘peacefulness’ and the exclusively defensive nature of its military programs, declared ‘global responsibility’, the ‘indivisibility of security’ in the Euro-Atlantic region and in the so-called Indo-Pacific region. That is, now the ‘line of defense’ of NATO (as a defensive Alliance) is shifting to the western shores of the Pacific Ocean. Bloc approaches that undermine ASEAN-centric multilateralism are manifested in the creation of the AUKUS military alliance, into which Tokyo, Seoul and a number of ASEAN countries are being pushed. Under the auspices of the United States, mechanisms are being created to intervene in maritime security issues with an eye to ensuring the unilateral interests of the West in the South China Sea. Josep Borrell, whom I have already quoted today, promised yesterday to send EU naval forces to the region. It is not hidden that the goal of the ‘Indo-Pacific strategies’ is to contain the PRC and isolate Russia. This is how our Western colleagues understand ‘effective multilateralism’ in the Asia-Pacific region.”

“Promoting democracy”:

Since World War II, there have been dozens of criminal military adventures by Washington – without any attempt to gain multilateral legitimacy. Why, if there are ‘rules’ unknown to anyone? The shameful invasion of Iraq by the U.S.-led coalition in 2003 was carried out in violation of the UN Charter, as was the aggression against Libya in 2011. A gross violation of the UN Charter was U.S. interference in the affairs of post-Soviet states. ‘Color revolutions’ were organized in Georgia and Kyrgyzstan, a bloody coup d’état in Kiev in February 2014, and attempts to seize power by force in Belarus in 2020. The Anglo-Saxons, who confidently led the entire West, not only justify all these criminal adventures, but also flaunt their line of ‘promoting democracy.’ But again, according to its ‘rules’: Kosovo – to recognize independence without any referendum; Crimea – not to recognize (although there was a referendum); Do not touch the Falklands/Malvinas, because there was a referendum there (as British Foreign Secretary John Cleverly said recently). That’s funny.”

The geopolitics of the “Ukrainian issue”:

Today, everyone understands, although not everyone talks about it out loud: this is not about Ukraine at all, but about how international relations will be built further: through the formation of a stable consensus based on a balance of interests – or through the aggressive and explosive promotion of hegemony. It is impossible to consider the ‘Ukrainian issue’ in isolation from the geopolitical context. Multilateralism presupposes respect for the UN Charter in all the interconnectedness of its principles, as mentioned above. Russia has clearly explained the tasks that it pursues as part of a special military operation: to eliminate the threats to our security created by NATO members directly on our borders and to protect people who have been deprived of their rights proclaimed by multilateral conventions, to protect them from the direct threats of extermination and expulsion from the territories where their ancestors lived for centuries publicly declared by the Kyiv regime. We honestly said what and for whom we are fighting.”

The Global South fights back:

“True multilateralism at the present stage requires the UN to adapt to the objective trends in the formation of a multipolar architecture of international relations. The reform of the Security Council must be accelerated by increasing the representation of countries in Asia, Africa and Latin America. The West’s current outrageous overrepresentation in this main UN organ undermines multilateralism. At the initiative of Venezuela, the Group of Friends in Defense of the UN Charter was created. We call on all States that respect the Charter to join it. It is also important to use the constructive potential of BRICS and the SCO. The EAEU, the CIS, and the CSTO are ready to contribute. We are in favor of using the initiative of the positions of regional associations of the countries of the Global South. The Group of Twenty can also play a useful role in maintaining multilateralism if Western participants stop distracting their colleagues from topical issues on its agenda in the hope of muffling the topic of their responsibility for the accumulation of crisis phenomena in the world economy.”

So who’s breaking the law?

After this concise tour de force, it would be immensely enlightening to track what Lavrov has been telling the world since February 2022, in consistent, excruciating detail: the serial international law breakers, in contemporary history, have been the Hegemon and its sorry gaggle of vassals. Not Russia.

So Moscow was completely within its rights to launch the SMO – as it had no alternative. And that operation will be brought to its logical conclusion – inbuilt in the new Russian Foreign Policy Concept published on March 31st. Whatever may be unleashed by the Collective West will be simply ignored by Russia, as it regards the entire combo to be acting outside the norms of international law laid down in the UN Charter.

===================

Global Security Initiative

 

Global Security Initiative  Source: Xinhua, 25 April 2023

 

Xinhua headlines: Why Global Security Initiative can inspire hope for more peaceful, stable world.

 

*Mounting global security challenges now stand as a constant reminder that the world community faces a momentous and urgent choice between a vision of common, comprehensive, cooperative and sustainable security or the Cold-War style paradigm that merely caters to the hegemony of one and absolute security of a few.

*Advocating a new path to security featuring dialogue over confrontation, partnership over alliance, and win-win over zero-sum, the Global Security Initiative has so far elicited a positive traction from more than 80 countries and regional organizations.

*Security is a precondition for development, while development is a master key to addressing major problems.

BEIJING, April 22 (Xinhua) — Earlier this month, the foreign ministers of China, Saudi Arabia, and Iran shook hands in Beijing, marking a historic moment in Riyadh-Tehran relations. The two countries’ resumption of diplomatic ties under China’s mediation signals the possibility that humanity can rise above conflict and achieve reconciliation for common good.

The historic thaw came almost a year after Chinese President Xi Jinping proposed the Global Security Initiative (GSI), which aims to eliminate the root causes of international conflicts, improve global security governance, encourage joint international efforts to bring more stability and certainty to a volatile and changing era, and promote durable peace and development in the world.

 

DIALOGUE MATTERS, AND IT WORKS

In the wake of the Riyadh-Tehran rapprochement, reconciliatory steps have taken place successively to break diplomatic impasses and end the long-running feud over several hotspots in the Middle East.

For example, Saudi Arabia is planning to invite Syrian President Bashar Al-Assad to the Arab League Summit which will be hosted by Riyadh in May. Such a move would formally end Syria’s isolation in the region. In addition, Qatar and Bahrain recently announced the resumption of formal diplomatic ties. Türkiye and Egypt also pledged to raise their relations to the ambassadorial level.

 

This “wave of reconciliation” as described by many media and experts can testify to the irreplaceable role of dialogues and consultations in promoting peace and stability.

“War and sanctions are no fundamental solution to disputes; only dialogue and consultation are effective in resolving differences,” according to a GSI concept paper released in February.

In fact, consensus worldwide on solving the protracted Ukraine crisis via talks and other peaceful means are gradually building up.

While visiting China earlier this month, French President Emmanuel Macron told Xi in their talks that France calls for the resumption of political negotiations and a settlement of the crisis through diplomatic means to achieve lasting peace in Europe, adding that his country hopes to increase communication and make joint efforts with China toward peace.

Back in March, Xi and his Russian counterpart, Vladimir Putin, also stressed in a joint statement that the Ukraine crisis should be solved through dialogues during the Chinese leader’s Russia visit.

While the Western security schemes are largely in favor of resolving disputes through military intervention, China’s approach is pro-peace and pro-global security, said Gibson Nyikadzino, a Zimbabwean international relations analyst.

 

TWO DIVERGED PATHS

Mounting global security challenges now stand as a constant reminder that the world community faces a momentous and urgent choice between a vision of common, comprehensive, cooperative and sustainable security or the Cold-War style paradigm that merely caters to the hegemony of one and absolute security of a few.

History lessons abound. NATO promised at the end of the Cold War that it would not add new members, yet the U.S.-led military bloc has expanded eastward five times since 1999, advancing more than 1,000 km to the Russian border.

The deep cause of the Ukraine crisis is the expansion of NATO, and “the Russians are reacting to the West’s attempt to make Ukraine a western bulwark on Russia’s border,” John Mearsheimer, political science professor at the University of Chicago, commented.

Yet it seems that Washington and some of its Western allies are still not learning their lesson. In the Asia-Pacific, they are not only trying to extend NATO into the region, but also pushing for such ideologically driven groupings as the Quad and AUKUS alliance.

Concerns for worsening regional situation are on the rise. Joseph Matthews, a senior professor at the BELTEI International University in Phnom Penh, argued that AUKUS is posing a major security threat to ASEAN and the whole Asian region.

Leaders of regional countries like Singaporean Prime Minister Lee Hsien Loong also cautioned the danger of being forced to pick sides in the bloc confrontation being forced upon the region by Washington.

Advocating a new path to security featuring dialogue over confrontation, partnership over alliance, and win-win over zero-sum, the GSI has so far elicited a positive traction from more than 80 countries and regional organizations.

In the concept paper, China expounds the core ideas and principles of the initiative, reaffirming its commitments to abiding by the purposes and principles of the UN Charter, taking the legitimate security concerns of all countries seriously, and peacefully resolving differences and disputes between countries through dialogue and consultation, among other pledges.

Unlike such Western theories as the theory of alliance, Thucydides trap and “clash of civilizations” that eventually resulted in instability and conflicts, the Chinese initiative provides a new way for all countries, especially the developing ones, to maintain peace and development and receive equal treatment, said Muthanna Mishaan al-Mazrouei, a professor of political geography at Iraq’s Tikrit University.

“We are witnessing the transition from a unipolar world to a multi-level one,” he observed. “The Global Security Initiative meets the needs of the international community.”

 

CHINA IN ACTION

China’s words on peace are its bonds. As the full escalation of the Ukraine crisis reached its one-year mark in late February, China issued a document of its position on the political settlement of the crisis, calling for respecting the sovereignty of all countries, abandoning the Cold War mentality and resuming peace talks.

Earlier this month, China released a paper stating its position on the Afghan issue, voicing support for moderate and prudent governance in Afghanistan, and for peace and reconstruction of Afghanistan.

The points listed in the paper highlighted China’s peace-building philosophy behind the GSI, said Shakeel Ahmad Ramay, chief executive officer of the Asian Institute of Eco-civilization Research and Development, adding that it shows China is really serious to solve the issues.

“So China lets the Afghan people decide about that governance system and supports them with economic and development opportunities. I think it will bring sustainable peace to Afghanistan, which will be beneficial for that region and the world,” he said.

 

In addition to its involvement in traditional security matters, China has taken an active role in international cooperation in non-traditional security fields including counter-terrorism, digital governance, and climate change. Through providing a diverse range of public goods, it has made significant contributions towards addressing various security challenges.

For example, China is a significant contributor of troops and the second-largest financial contributor to UN peacekeeping missions. And China has dispatched medical teams totaling 30,000 members to 76 countries and regions over the past six decades, providing 290 million diagnoses and treatments for local people.

The GSI guarantees true peace and security for the international community, said Najib al-Jubouri, a law professor at the al-Iraqia University in Iraq.

It is a laudable initiative that respects the sovereignty of every country, recognizes equality among all countries, abstains from external interference, and calls for the settlement of disputes through dialogue instead of war, he added.

 

SHARED FUTURE

“It is our common aspiration to achieve lasting world peace, so that all countries can enjoy a peaceful and stable external environment and their people can live a happy life with their rights fully guaranteed,” the GSI concept paper said.

Security is a precondition for development, while development is a master key to addressing major problems. Regional analysts opined that surge of reconciliation in the Middle East is being driven not only by political and security concerns of the countries but also by their growing focus on development.

In a March piece published in the Ghanaian Times, Paul Frimpong, the founder and executive director of the Africa-China Centre for Policy & Advisory, said “it’s safe to say that the GSI could and will become a catalyst for the world to chart a new path to building sustainable peace, stability and development.”

Deeming China’s commitment to world peace and stability “commendable,” Dawie Roodt, a senior economist at South African wealth management company Efficient Group, said “the majority of people, I believe, will concur, need more economic development, peace, and stability in the world. Anyone who supports peace is unlikely to oppose this strategy, which the world desperately requires.”

(Video reporters: Jiang Xuelan, Nie Xiaoyang, Wang Feng, Wang Huan, Ali Jaswal; Video editors:Liang Wanshan, Li Qin, Huang Aiping, Zhang Yucheng, Zhang Qiru)?

===================

The Gathering Storm

 

The Gathering Storm  By Col Douglas Macgregor, 17 April 2023

 

The crisis of American national power has begun. America’s economy is tipping over, and Western financial markets are quietly panicking. Imperiled by rising interest rates, mortgage-backed securities and U.S. Treasuries are losing their value. The market’s proverbial “vibes”—feelings, emotions, beliefs, and psychological penchants—suggest a dark turn is underway inside the American economy.

American national power is measured as much by American military capability as by economic potential and performance. The growing realization that American and European military-industrial capacity cannot keep up with Ukrainian demands for ammunition and equipment is an ominous signal to send during a proxy war that Washington insists its Ukrainian surrogate is winning.

Russian economy-of-force operations in southern Ukraine appear to have successfully ground down attacking Ukrainian forces with the minimal expenditure of Russian lives and resources. While Russia’s implementation of attrition warfare worked brilliantly, Russia mobilized its reserves of men and equipment to field a force that is several magnitudes larger and significantly more lethal than it was a year ago.

Russia’s massive arsenal of artillery systems including rockets, missiles, and drones linked to overhead surveillance platforms converted Ukrainian soldiers fighting to retain the northern edge of the Donbas into pop-up targets. How many Ukrainian soldiers have died is unknown, but one recent estimate wagers between 150,000-200,000 Ukrainians have been killed in action since the war began, while another estimates about 250,000.

Given the glaring weakness of NATO members’ ground, air, and air defense forces, an unwanted war with Russia could easily bring hundreds of thousands of Russian Troops to the Polish border, NATO’s Eastern Frontier. This is not an outcome Washington promised its European allies, but it’s now a real possibility.

In contrast to the Soviet Union’s hamfisted and ideologically driven foreign policymaking and execution, contemporary Russia has skillfully cultivated support for its cause in Latin America, Africa, the Middle East, and South Asia. The fact that the West’s economic sanctions damaged the U.S. and European economies while turning the Russian ruble into one of the international system’s strongest currencies has hardly enhanced Washington’s global standing.

Biden’s policy of forcibly pushing NATO to Russia’s borders forged a strong commonality of security and trade interests between Moscow and Beijing that is attracting strategic partners in South Asia like India, and partners like Brazil in Latin America. The global economic implications for the emerging Russo-Chinese axis and their planned industrial revolution for some 3.9 billion people in the Shanghai Cooperation Organization (SCO) are profound.

In sum, Washington’s military strategy to weaken, isolate, or even destroy Russia is a colossal failure and the failure puts Washington’s proxy war with Russia on a truly dangerous path. To press on, undeterred in the face of Ukraine’s descent into oblivion, ignores three metastasizing threats: 1. Persistently high inflation and rising interest rates that signal economic weakness. (The first American bank failure since 2020 is a reminder of U.S. financial fragility.) 2. The threat to stability and prosperity inside European societies already reeling from several waves of unwanted refugees/migrants. 3. The threat of a wider European war.

Inside presidential administrations, there are always competing factions urging the president to adopt a particular course of action. Observers on the outside seldom know with certainty which faction exerts the most influence, but there are figures in the Biden administration seeking an off-ramp from involvement in Ukraine. Even Secretary of State Antony Blinken, a rabid supporter of the proxy war with Moscow, recognizes that Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky’s demand that the West help him recapture Crimea is a red line for Putin that might lead to a dramatic escalation from Moscow.

Backing down from the Biden administration’s malignant and asinine demands for a humiliating Russian withdrawal from eastern Ukraine before peace talks can convene is a step Washington refuses to take. Yet it must be taken. The higher interest rates rise, and the more Washington spends at home and abroad to prosecute the war in Ukraine, the closer American society moves toward internal political and social turmoil. These are dangerous conditions for any republic.

Subscribe Today

Get weekly emails in your inbox

Top of Form

Email Address:

Bottom of Form

From all the wreckage and confusion of the last two years, there emerges one undeniable truth. Most Americans are right to be distrustful of and dissatisfied with their government. President Biden comes across as a cardboard cut-out, a stand-in for ideological fanatics in his administration, people that see executive power as the means to silence political opposition and retain permanent control of the federal government.

Americans are not fools. They know that members of Congress flagrantly trade stocks based on inside information, creating conflicts of interest that would land most citizens in jail. They also know that since 1965 Washington led them into a series of failed military interventions that severely weakened American political, economic, and military power.

Far too many Americans believe they have had no real national leadership since January 21, 2021. It is high time the Biden administration found an off-ramp designed to extricate Washington, D.C., from its proxy Ukrainian war against Russia. It will not be easy. Liberal internationalism or, in its modern guise, “moralizing globalism,” makes prudent diplomacy arduous, but now is the time. In Eastern Europe, the spring rains present both Russian and Ukrainian ground forces with a sea of mud that severely impedes movement. But the Russian High Command is preparing to ensure that when the ground dries and Russian ground forces attack, the operations will achieve an unambiguous decision, making it clear that Washington and its supporters have no chance to rescue the dying regime in Kiev. From then on, negotiations will be extremely difficult, if not impossible.

ABOUT THE AUTHOR

Douglas Macgregor

Douglas Macgregor, Col. (ret.) is a senior fellow with The American Conservative, the former advisor to the Secretary of Defense in the Trump administration, a decorated combat veteran, and the author of five books.

=================

The Plan To Wreck America

The Plan To Wreck America  By  Mike Whitney, from Zerohedge, 1 March 2023

Editor’s note: Click on the link above to view the PDF file containing several graphics. Note the final sentence: ‘They can’t build a new world order until the old one is destroyed.’

In America, we have an oligarch problem, and it’s much bigger than the oligarch problem that Putin faced when he became president in 2000. The entire West is now in the grips of billionaire elites who have a stranglehold on the media, the political establishment and all of our important institutions. In recent years we have seen these oligarchs expand their influence from markets, finance and trade to politics, social issues and even public health. The impact this group has had on these other areas of interest, has been nothing short of breathtaking. Establishment elites and their media not only stood foursquare behind Russiagate, the Trump impeachment, the BLM riots and the January 6 fiasco, they also had a hand in the Covid hysteria and the host of repressive measures that were imposed in the name of public health. What we’d like to know is to what extent this group is actively involved in the shaping of other events that are aimed at transforming the American Republic into a more authoritarian system?

 

In other words, are the mandated injections, the forced lockdowns, the aggressive government-implemented censorship, the dubious presidential elections, the burning of food processing plants, the derailing of trains, the attacks on the power grid, the BLM-Antifa riots, the drag queen shows for schoolchildren, the maniacal focus on gender issues, and glitzy public show-trials merely random incidents occurring spontaneously during a period of great social change or are they, in fact, evidence of a stealthily orchestrated operation conducted by agents of the state acting on behalf of their elite benefactors? We already know that the FBI, the DOJ and the intel agencies were directly involved in Russiagate –which was a covert attack on the sitting president of the United States. So, the question is not “whether” these agencies are actively involved in other acts of treachery but, rather, to what extent these acts impact the lives or ordinary Americans, our politics and the country? But before we answer that question, take a look at this quote from from a recent interview by Colonel Douglas MacGregor:

I was reading a document that was authored by George Soros over 10 years ago in which he talks specifically about this all-out war that would ultimately come against Russia because he said this ‘was the last nationalist state that rests on a foundation of orthodox christian culture with Russian identity at its core. That has to be removed. So I think that the people who are in charge in the west and the people in charge in Washington think they have successfully destroyed the identities of the European and American peoples, that we have no sense of ourselves, our borders are undefended, we present no resistance to the incoming migrants from the developing world who essentially roll over us as though we owe them a living and that our laws do not count. Thus, far I would say that is an accurate evaluation of what we’ve been doing. And I think that’s a great victory for George Soros and the globalists, the anti-nationalists; those who want open borders what they call it an “Open Society” because you end up with nothing, an amorphous mass of people struggling to survive who are reduced to the lowest levels of subsistence … (Soros) even goes so far as to talk about how useful it would be if it was east Europeans whose lives were expended in this process and not west Europeans who simply won’t take the casualties. This is not a minor matter. This is the kind of thinking that is so destructive and so evil, in my judgement, that that’s what we’re really dealing with in our own countries and I think Putin recognizes that.” (Douglas Macgregor – A Huge Offensive”, You Tube;, 11:20 minute)

The reason I transcribed this comment from MacGregor was because it sums up the perceptions of a great many people who see things the same way. It expresses the hatred that globalist billionaires have toward Christians and patriots, both of which they see as obstacles to their goal of a borderless one-world government. MacGregor discusses this phenom in relation to Russia which Soros sees as “the last nationalist state that rests on a foundation of orthodox Christian culture with Russian identity at its core.” But the same rule could be applied to the January 6 protestors, could it not? Isn’t that the real reason the protestors were rounded up and thrown into the Washington gulag. After all, everyone knows there was no “insurrection” nor were there any “white supremacists”. The protestors were locked up because they’re nationalists (patriots) which are the natural enemy of the globalists. The MacGregor quote lays it out in black and white. Elites don’t believe that nationalists can be persuaded by propaganda,. They must be eradicated through incarceration or worse. Isn’t that the underlying message of January 6?

The other underlying message of January 6, is that ordinary people are no longer allowed to challenge the authority of the people in power. Again, political legitimacy in the US has always been determined by elections. What January 6 indicates, is that legitimacy no longer matters. What matters is power, and the person who can have you arrested for questioning his authority, has all the power he needs. Check out this excerpt from a post on Substack by political analyst Kurt Nimmo:

“Klaus Schwab, a student of the war criminal Henry Kissinger, is a mentor to power-hungry and narcissistic sociopaths. The WEF “Great Reset” is designed to turn the world into an impoverished social concentration camp, where destitute serfs “own nothing” and this, in true Orwellian fashion, will set them free…

I challenge people to investigate the WEF’s Global Redesign Initiative. According to the Transnational Institute in the Netherlands, this “initiative” proposes

a transition away from intergovernmental decision-making towards a system of multi-stakeholder governance. In other words, by stealth, they are marginalizing a recognized model where we vote in governments who then negotiate treaties which are then ratified by our elected representatives with a model where a self-selected group of ‘stakeholders’ make decisions on our behalf. (Emphasis added.)

In other words, large transnational corporate “stakeholders” will be deciding where you live, what you eat (insects and weeds), how you reproduce (or not reproduce; children produce carbon emissions), and what you can “rent” from them, or not be allowed to rent if you complain about an unelected globalist “economic” cartel driving humanity into serfdom, worldwide poverty, and depopulation.” (“WEF Calls for Destruction of America’s Middle Class“, Kurt Nimmo on Geopolitics)

What Nimmo is saying is that these billionaire elites are now so powerful, that they can openly say they’re going to “transition away from intergovernmental decision-making” (ie– representative government”) to a system of “multi-stakeholder governance.” If I’m not mistaken, that is a pretty unambiguous declaration of a new form of supra-national government, in which only the billionaire stakeholders have a vote in what policies are implemented. But isn’t that the way things work already? On any number of topics from ESG, to digital currencies, to vaccine passports, to AI, to gain-of-function research, to 15-minute cities, to transhumanism, to war with Russia; the decisions are all being made by a handful of people of whom we know every little and who were never voted into office.

And that brings us back to our original question: How many of these oddball events (in recent years) were conjured up and implemented by agents of the deep state to advance the elitist agenda?

This seem like an impossible question since it’s hard to find a link between these dramatically divers events. For example, what is the link between a Drag Queen Children’s Hour and, let’s say, firebombing a food processing plant in Oklahoma? Or the relentless political exploitation of gender issues and the January 6 public show trials? If there was a connection, we’d see it, right?

Not necessarily, because the link might not have anything to do with the incident itself, but instead, with its impact on the people who experience it. In other words, all of these events could be aimed at generating fear, uncertainty, anxiety, alienation and even terror. Have the intelligence agencies launched such destabilizing operations before?

Indeed, they have, many times. Here’s an excerpt from an article that will help you to see where I’m going with this. It’s from a piece at The Saker titled Operation Gladio: NATO’s Secret War for International Fascism.” See if you notice any similarities with the way things have been unfolding in America for the last few years:

Yves Guerin-Serac: the Black Ops Grandmaster behind Operation Gladio…. wrote the basic training and propaganda manuals which can be fairly described as the Gladio order of battle.”…

Guerin-Serac was a war hero, agent provocateur, assassin, bomber, intelligence agent, Messianic Catholic, and the intellectual grandmaster behind the ‘Strategy of Tension’ essential to the success of Operation Gladio. Guerin-Serac published via Aginter Press the Gladio manual, including Our Political Activity in what can aptly be described as Gladio’s First Commandment:

“Our belief is that the first phase of political activity ought to be to create the conditions favoring the installation of chaos in all of the regime’s structures…In our view the first move we should make is to destroy the structure of the democratic state under the cover of Communist and pro-Soviet activities…Moreover, we have people who have infiltrated these groups.”

Guerin-Serac continues:

“Two forms of terrorism can provoke such a situation [breakdown of the state]: blind terrorism (committing massacres indiscriminately which cause a large number of victims), and selective terrorism (eliminate chosen persons)…

This destruction of the state must be carried out under the cover of ‘communist activities.’ After that, we must intervene at the heart of the military, the juridical power and the church, in order to influence popular opinion, suggest a solution, and clearly demonstrate the weakness of the present legal apparatus. Popular opinion must be polarized in such a way, that we are being presented as the only instrument capable of saving the nation.”

Anarchic random violence was to be the solution to bring about such a state of instability thus allowing for a completely new system, a global authoritarian order. Yves Guerin-Serac, who was an open fascist, would not be the first to use false-flag tactics that were blamed on communists and used to justify more stringent police and military control from the state….” (“Operation Gladio: NATO’s Secret War for International Facism”, The Saker)

Repeat: the first phase of political activity ought to be to create the conditions favoring the installation of chaos in all of the regime’s structures… This destruction of the state must be carried out under the cover of (communist) activities…. Popular opinion must be polarized in such a way, that we are being presented as the only instrument capable of saving the nation.”

In other words, the objective of the operation is to completely disrupt all social relations and interaction, cultivate feelings of uncertainty, polarization and terror, find a group that can be scapegoated for the wide societal collapse, and, then, present yourself (elites) as the best choice for restoring order.

Is this what’s going on?

It’s very possible. It could all be part of a Grand Strategy aimed at “wiping the slate clean” in order to “transition away from intergovernmental decision-making” to a system of “multi-stakeholder governance.”

That could explain why there has been such a vicious and sustained attack on our history, culture, traditions, religious beliefs, monuments, heroes, and founders. They want to replace our idealism with feelings of shame, humiliation and guilt. They want to erase our past, our collective values, our heritage, our commitment to personal freedom, and the very idea of America itself. They want to raze everything to the ground and start over. That is their basic Gameplan writ large.

The destruction of the state is being carried out behind the cover of seemingly random events that are spreading chaos, exacerbating political divisions, increasing the incidents of public mayhem, and clearing the way for a violent restructuring of the government.

They can’t build a new world order until the old one is destroyed.

====================

The very nexus of evil

Editor’s note: Scott Ritter is amongst a very small group of specialists who fully understand the current and past situation with regard to Ukraine, Russia, the US and the EU. This post is scary in the extreme. The next post is also essential reading.

The very nexus of evil  By Scott Ritter, 16 February 2023

[Author’s Note: I was going to speak at the Rage against the War Machine rally, scheduled for February 19 at the Lincoln Memorial, in Washington, D.C. For personal reasons, I will no longer be speaking.

In short, I have decided to take one for the team.

I wish all participants and attendees at this rally to have a very successful event, and hope that it can serve as the start of something even bigger down the road.

This is the speech I was planning to deliver at the rally. I think it would have done the event proud.]

 

Thank you very much for allowing me the opportunity to address you today.

I speak to you from the steps of the Lincoln Memorial, a place of history filled with gravitas worthy of the task we have set for ourselves at this time in our collective history: to stand up—no, to rage—against a war machine that has perverted the very definition of what it means to be an American.

 

We stand here today at the very nexus of this war machine. To our right, just over the Potomac River, lies the Pentagon, a structure built at a time when America called upon its collective might to defeat the scourge of Nazi Germany and Imperial Japan, but which has since then morphed into the very symbol of evil itself, a breeding ground for weapons and plans that are used by the other partners, in what has become known as the military-industrial complex, to spread malfeasance around a world we once protected, but now enslave through a process of perpetual conflict used to sustain the American war machine.

 

And who are these other partners? Before us, past the monument to our founding father, George Washington, stands the Capitol of the United States, where the people’s representatives fund, in great secrecy, the nefarious schemes cooked up in the bowels of the Pentagon.

And to our left stands the White House, the seat of Executive authority, where individuals we invest with singular authority betray the trust of those who put them there by conceiving and implementing policies designed to further the Pentagon’s war efforts.

 

This is the very nexus of evil, an unholy trinity of terroristic madness, which some 61 years ago Dwight D. Eisenhower, an American warrior turned political leader, warned the American people about, cautioning that “in the councils of government, we must guard against the acquisition of unwarranted influence, whether sought or unsought, by the military-industrial complex. The potential for the disastrous rise of misplaced power exists and will persist.”

 

In the history of the United States that has transpired since that speech, no truer words have been spoken by an American president, and no greater wisdom has been disregarded by those whom Eisenhower entrusted with that message—we, the people of the United States.

We stand here today to announce to this terrible trinity, this military-industrial complex, this war machine, that we hear you now, President Eisenhower—we hear you, and we will act on your warning to bring this nexus of un-American conspiracy to an end.

 

Of all the weapons produced by the military-industrial complex, of all the evil schemes hatched in the minds of the so-called national security experts—most of whom are unelected by, and unknown to, we, the American people—none reek of madness more than nuclear weapons.

“Now I am become Death, the destroyer of worlds,” the father of the American atomic bomb, Robert Oppenheimer, said at the time of the first American nuclear test.

Destroyer of worlds.

This is the ever-present reality that we all live in today—that from this nexus of evil we call the military-industrial complex comes the very weapons necessary to bring the words of the Hindu sacred text that Oppenheimer quoted—the Bhagavad-Gita—to life and, in doing so, bring about our collective deaths.

Most Americans, including many of you assembled here today, live in blissful ignorance of just how close the world has come to being destroyed by Oppenheimer’s progeny.

On 26 September 1983, a Soviet Officer, Lieutenant Colonel Petrov, was on duty at a nuclear early-warning station when the system reported that five nuclear armed missiles had been launched from the United States.

 

Colonel Petrov disregarded protocol requiring him to report this detection as a factual launch, an act that would have triggered a Soviet response, and in doing so bought precious time for the error to be identified, and nuclear war averted.

In November 1983 the United States and NATO carried out a command post exercise code-named “Able Archer 83” which tested the launch control procedures for the release of NATO nuclear weapons against Soviet and Warsaw Pact targets.

 

The Soviets, believing this exercise to be a cover for a first strike, placed its nuclear forces on high alert. Later, the CIA assessed that the Able Archer 83 exercise brought the US and Soviets closer to nuclear conflict than any time since the Cuban Missile Crisis of 1962.

 

And on January 25, 1995, the Soviets detected the launch of a Norwegian atmospheric test rocket that mimicked the track of a US Nay Trident submarine-launched nuclear weapon.  Fearing a high-altitude nuclear attack that could blind Russian radar, Russian nuclear forces went on high alert, and the “nuclear briefcase” was delivered to Russian President Boris Yeltsin, who had to make a split-second decision whether to launch a retaliatory nuclear strike against the United States.

 

The Lethality of Nuclear Weapons: Nuclear War has No Winner

 

These three incidents underscore the razor’s edge we all walk daily when it comes to living in a world where nuclear weapons exist. One mistake, one error or judgement, and the Bhagavad-Gita becomes reality.

 

We were saved from the inevitability of our collective demise by one thing, and one thing only—arms control. The deployment into Europe by both the US and Soviet Union of intermediate-range nuclear armed missiles in the 1980’s only increased the possibility of a mistake or misunderstanding that could trigger a nuclear conflict. The fact that these weapons could reach their respective target in five minutes or less once launched meant that the 30–40-minute buffer of time that existed regarding the use of strategic nuclear forces was no longer there.

 

To put it more starkly, if it were not for the implementation of the intermediate nuclear forces treaty in 1988 that eliminated these new and dangerous weapons, the January 25, 1995 atmospheric rocket incident would have more than likely resulted in a general nuclear war, simply for the fact that Boris Yeltsin would have been denied the luxury of time to decide not to launch his missiles.

Everyone standing here today should reflect on this statement and say a quiet word of thanks to those men and women, American and Soviet alike, who made the intermediate nuclear forces treaty a reality and, in doing so, literally saved the world from nuclear destruction.

Arms control, however, is no longer part of the US-Russian dialogue.

 

The American war machine has conspired to denigrate the notion of mutually beneficial disarmament in the minds of the American public, instead seeking to use arms control as a mechanism to achieve unilateral strategic advantage.

When an arms control treaty becomes inconvenient to the objective of American global domination, then the war machine simply quits. America’s record in this regard is damnable—the anti-ballistic missile treaty, the intermediate nuclear forces treaty, the open-skies treaty—all relegated to the trash bin of history in the cause of seeking unilateral advantage for the American war machine.

In a world without arms control, we will once again be confronted with a renewed arms race where each side develops weapons that protect nothing while threatening everything. Without arms control, we will return to a time where living on the edge of the abyss of imminent nuclear annihilation was the norm, not the exception.

The war machine has allowed the principled position of peaceful coexistence regulated by mutually beneficial treaties governed by the time-tested maxim of trust but verify to be replaced by a new posture defined by a war machine that uses the nuclear weapons establishment, and the billions of dollars it costs to maintain it annually, as a means of buying off politicians at the expense of the population our government is sworn to protect. This is the final corruption of the military-industrial complex—its conversion to the military-industrial-congressional complex, where we the people are excluded from every consideration, whether it be funding or consequence.

The key to sustaining this inherently un-American mechanism is the ability of the military-industrial-congressional complex—the war machine—to generate fear amongst the American people derived from ignorance of the true nature of the threat or threats these nuclear weapons are designed to address.

In the case of US-Russian relations, this fear is produced by systemic Russophobia imposed on the American public by a war machine and its compliant minions in the mainstream media. Left to its own device, the collusion between government and media will only further reinforce ignorance-based fear through a process of dehumanizing Russia and the Russian people in the eyes of the American public, until we have become desensitized to the lies and distortions, accepting at face value anything negative said about Russia.

It is here, in such a situation, that we can turn to scripture, John 8:32, for some guidance:

“Then you will know the truth, and the truth will set you free.”

But what truth? The truth as told by the government? As promulgated by the mainstream media? That is no truth, but rather a bodyguard of lies constructed on behalf of a war machine that wants every American to accept without question the legitimacy of weapons the only known utility of which is the destruction of all mankind.

Some 60 years ago, on these very steps, in this very place, a man of peace gave a speech that captured the imagination of the nation and the world, searing into our collective hearts and minds the words, “I have a dream.”

Dr. Martin Luther King’s historic address confronted America’s sordid history of slavery, and the inhumanity and injustice of racial segregation. In it, he dreamed “that one day this nation will rise up and live out the true meaning of its creed: We hold these truths to be self-evident, that all men are created equal.”

All men are created equal.

These words resonated in the context of America’s desperate internal struggle with the legacy of slavery and racial injustice.

But these words apply equally, especially when taken in the context that we are all God’s children, black, white, rich, poor.

American.

Russian.

You see, I too have a dream.

That the audience gathered here today can find a way to overcome the ignorance-based fears generated by the disease of Russophobia, to open our minds and our hearts to accept the Russian people as fellow human beings deserving of the same compassion and consideration as our fellow Americans—as all humankind.

I too have a dream.

That we the people of the United States of America, can unite in common cause with the Russian people to build bridges of peace that facilitate an exchange of ideas, open minds closed by the hate-filled rhetoric of Russophobia that is promulgated by the war machine and its allies, and allow the love we have for ourselves to manifest itself into love and respect for our fellow man.

Especially those who live in Russia.

Newton’s Third Law, that every action has an equal and opposite reaction, applies to the human condition every bit as much as it applies to the physical world.

Love thy neighbour as thyself is applicable to all humanity.

I too have a dream.

That by overcoming the hate generated by systemic Russophobia we can work with our fellow human beings in Russia to create communities of compassion that, when united, make a world filled with nuclear weapons undesirable, and policies built on the principles of mutually beneficial arms control second nature.

I too have a dream.

That one day, whether on the red hills of Georgia, or the black soil of the Kuban, the sons and daughters of the men and women who today operate the Russian and American nuclear arsenals will be able to quote Dr. King, “to sit down together at the table of brotherhood.”

This is not an impossible dream.

I have lived it. I once was corrupted by the hatred that comes from fear generated by the ignorance about the reality of those whom I was trained to kill.

But I then embarked on a remarkable journey of discovery, facilitated by the implementation of the very same intermediate nuclear forces treaty that ended up saving humanity from nuclear annihilation, where I came to know the Russian people not as enemy, but as friend. Not as opponent, but colleague. As fellow humans capable of the same emotions as myself, imbued with the same human desire to build a better world for themselves and their loved ones, a world free of the tyranny of nuclear weapons.

I too have a dream.

That the people gathered here today will join me on a new journey of discovery, one that tears down the walls of ignorance and fear constructed by the war machine, walls designed to separate us from our fellow human beings in Russia, and instead builds bridges that connect us to those we have been conditioned to hate, but now—for the sake of ourselves, our children, and our grandchildren—must learn to love.

This will not be an easy journey, but it is one worth taking.

This is my journey, your journey, our journey, where we will embark, literally, down the road less travelled.

And yes, it will the one that will make all the difference.

It will take us, as Dr. King once cried out from these very steps, to the prodigious hilltops of New Hampshire, the mighty mountains of New York, the heightening Alleghenies of Pennsylvania, the snowcapped Rockies of Colorado, the curvaceous slopes of California…to every hill and molehill of Mississippi.

This is an American journey—a journey of Americans, united in the cause of peace and justice, and a world free from the tyranny of nuclear weapons. Our numbers will grow, from two thousand, to twenty thousand, from twenty thousand to a hundred thousand, and from a hundred thousand to a million or more.

And who knows? Maybe in June of 2024, on the anniversary of the 1982 gathering of a million people in New York City’s Central Park, where they rallied in favor of nuclear disarmament and an end to the nuclear arms race, we can come together and send a similar message to the war machine.

A million people or more demanding that their government act in a manner that preserves and protects the lives and future of all Americans—of all humanity.

The 1982 rally set in motion events that led to the implementation of the intermediate nuclear forces treaty in 1987—a treaty that literally saved the world from nuclear destruction.

I too have a dream.

That together, we can harness the same energy, the same vision, the same passion as those who have gone before us and create a movement of people united in the principles of peace that will lead to a future arms control agreement between the United States and Russia that will preserve our collective futures.

There will be forces that will try to disrupt us, to dissuade us—to destroy us.

We cannot allow ourselves to be intimidated.

We must not go gently into that good night, but instead rage, rage against the dying of the light.

Rage, rage against the war machine.

Rage, rage so that together we may breathe life into the words of President Lincoln inscribed on the memorial behind me:

“…to do all which may achieve and cherish a just and lasting peace among ourselves and with all nations.”

Let us get to work.

Thank you.

===================

90 Seconds to Midnight?

90 Seconds to Midnight  By Scott Ritter, 23 January 2023

A clear signal to the US leadership that there will be no survivors in any nuclear exchange between the US and Russia

 

The Russian guided missile frigate, the Admiral Gorshkov, is in the middle of the Atlantic Ocean, ostensibly heading toward the east coast of the United States, part of a planned journey which began on 4 January 2023 and is expected to transit the Atlantic and Indian Oceans, as well as the Mediterranean Sea. The Admiral Gorshkov is outfitted with 16 vertical launch tubes, each of which, in theory, could be armed with nuclear-capable Zircon hypersonic missiles capable of covering 1,000 kilometers in less than 10 minutes.

To put it bluntly, soon Russia will be in a position where a single ship could, in a matter of minutes, fire 16 nuclear armed hypersonic missiles at the United States which not only cannot be intercepted by anything in the US arsenal, but also would impact their respective targets before any meaningful evacuation could be conducted. It is, literally, a decapitation weapon.

Current Russian nuclear doctrine does not allow for a nuclear first strike; indeed, Russian President Vladimir Putin has made it clear that Russia would not be the first nation to use nuclear weapons in any future nuclear conflict. But he also emphasized that Russia would not be the second, either, meaning that Russia would release its nuclear arsenal without waiting for any US first strike to impact Russian soil.

The Admiral Gorshkov is sending a clear signal to the US leadership that there will be no survivors in any nuclear exchange between the US and Russia.

Amid this muscle flexing, the Science and Security Board of the Bulletin of the Atomic Scientists, a disarmament advocacy group founded in 1945 by Albert Einstein and University of Chicago scientists who helped develop the first atomic weapons in the Manhattan Project, and which currently maintains what is known as the “Doomsday Clock” that reflects the risk of nuclear conflict, decided to move the hands of the clock ten seconds forward from the current 100 seconds to midnight. In a statement announcing this decision, “A time of unprecedented danger: It is 90 seconds to midnight,” the board declared the following:

“The war in Ukraine may enter a second horrifying year, with both sides convinced they can win. Ukraine’s sovereignty and broader European security arrangements that have largely held since the end of World War II are at stake. Also, Russia’s war on Ukraine has raised profound questions about how states interact, eroding norms of international conduct that underpin successful responses to a variety of global risks.

“And worst of all, Russia’s thinly veiled threats to use nuclear weapons remind the world that escalation of the conflict—by accident, intention, or miscalculation—is a terrible risk. The possibility that the conflict could spin out of anyone’s control remains high.”

The ignorance of this statement is manifest. What the Board calls “Russia’s war on Ukraine” ignores the fact-based historical truth that the Ukraine conflict was, and is, solely the byproduct of a concerted plan by the United States and NATO to use Ukraine as a foil to generate conflict designed to bring down the government of Russian President Vladimir Putin.

This plan has been in place since at least 2008, when the former US Ambassador to Russia (and current Director of the CIA), William Burns, warned that any effort by NATO to bring Ukraine into its ranks would precipitate an eventual Russian military intervention. Despite this stark warning, NATO extended an invitation to Ukraine in November 2008, clearly initiating a known cause-effect relationship that defined NATO’s policy toward Russia as being one which sought a proxy conflict using Ukraine as a stand-in for NATO.

This policy as furthered by the US, EU and NATO all acting in concert to precipitate a coup in Ukraine in February 2014 designed to oust the constitutionally elected president, Victor Yanukovych, and replace him with a new, ultra-nationalist government dominated by adherents of the odious ideology of Stepan Bandera. The coup succeeded, and in April the new Ukrainian government declared war on the ethnic Russian population of the Donbas. This action triggered the Russian annexation of Crimea and the provision of military support by Russia to the Donbas, triggering the very military intervention William Burns had warned about six years prior.

Ukraine and its NATO allies then sued for peace, initiating negotiations that led to the adoption of the Minsk Agreement, which put in place a ceasefire in exchange for guarantees regarding Ukrainian sovereignty over the Donbas as well as relative autonomy for the ethnic Russians of the Donbas, protecting their language, religion, culture, and traditions.

The Minsk Accords floundered for eight years, with Ukraine failing to implement the required constitutional changes necessary to secure the rights of the ethnic Russians of the Donbas. The reasons for this delay are today well known, thanks to the public confessions of former Ukrainian President Petro Poroshenko, former German Chancellor Angela Merkel, and former French President Francois Hollande, all three signatories to the accords. These three national leaders have acknowledged that the Minsk Accords were simply a sham designed by Ukraine to buy time to build a NATO proxy military capable of reclaiming both the Donbas and Crimea.

Russia’s decision to invade Ukraine on February 24, 2022 was not an unprovoked act of aggression, but rather a legitimate exercise of its right, together with the newly independent republics of Lugansk and Donetsk, of preemptive collective self-defense in the face of the imminent threat of aggression by Ukraine’s newly trained army which was, by design, little more than a NATO proxy.

The fact that the esteemed members of the Bulletin of Atomic Scientists – which includes among its ranks ten Nobel laureates – seem ignorant of this history, colors their ability to comprehend the true nature of the threat facing the world today, and from whence that threat comes.

The United States, having deliberately provoked a pre-meditated conflict with Russia, is now trying to implement a two-tracked policy designed to trigger a Maidan-like moment in Moscow (named after Maidan Square, in Kiev, where US-backed neo-Nazi’s staged a violent coup against former Ukrainian President Victor Yanukovych) where the Russian population would rise up against the government of President Vadimir Putin, overthrowing him and installing a pro-western leader who would return Russia to the colonial-like existence of the 1990’s, when Boris Yeltsin allowed the collective west to rape Russia economically and dominate Russia politically.

The two-tracks of this policy involve the imposition of economic sanctions linked to Russia’s decision to militarily intervene in Ukraine, and the prosecution of a proxy conflict in Ukraine designed to bleed Russia white. The goal of this policy is to engender massive unrest among a demoralized Russian population which would in turn rise and remove President Putin from power.

The insanity of such a plan is incomprehensible. Imagine for a moment that Russia embarked on a plan of action designed to strip away Mexico from the US sphere of influence and, in doing so, promulgated a conflict the goal of which was to have Mexico re-take by force the territory encompassing the states of California, Arizona, New Mexico, and Texas. The idea that the United States would sit idly in the face of such a threat is ludicrous. So, too, is any concept that Russia should do the same.

A quick history lesson for the Bulletin of Atomic Scientists:

  • It was the US, not Russia, that withdrew from the Anti-Ballistic Missile and Intermediate Nuclear Forces treaties.
  • It is the US, not Russia, that has frozen talks on the extension of the New Strategic Arms Treaty.
  • It is the US, not Russia, that has recently promulgated a nuclear posture policy which allows for the preemptive use of nuclear weapons in a non-nuclear scenario.
  • It is the US, not Russia, that has deployed a low-yield (i.e., “usable) nuclear warhead (the W-76-2) on Trident submarine launched ballistic missiles, and conducted war games where the Secretary of Defense has practiced the communications procedures necessary to launch this weapon where Russia was the named target of the missile.
  • It is the US, not Russia, that is building a Ukrainian proxy army designed by intent to be able to capture territory Russia claims as its own (the four former Ukrainian provinces annexed by Russia in September 2022, and Crimea), knowing full well that one of the triggers for release of Russian nuclear weapons is any conventional military force that threatens the existential survival of Russia.

The Bulletin of Atomic Scientists would have to be deaf, dumb, and blind not to know these underlying facts, and not to see them as truth.

Which means they are complicit in the nuclear terror being perpetrated by the United States, and indifferent to the consequences thereof.

The Bulletin of Atomic Scientists is therefore fundamentally wrong in its assessment of it being 90 seconds until midnight.

The truth is the world is one second to midnight, and the clock can strike at any time, something the presence of the Admiral Gorshkov off the coast of the United States proves only too well.

==========

US decivilisation

US decivilisation  By Mike Adams, Natural News, 30 December 2022

Warning from Ed Dowd: 7,500 Americans are killed or disabled EACH DAY as vax jabs take heavy toll…

(Natural News) Ed Dowd, author of Cause Unknown (available at BrighteonBooks.com and other book resellers) joined me for an interview last night to share updated — and slightly horrifying — numbers about post-vaccine excess fatalities and excess disability claims.

The short version of that conversation is that each day in America, there are about 2,500 excess deaths and 5,000 excess disability victims due to covid-19 vaccines. This means, on average, about 7,500 Americans are removed from the potential labor pool each day. Granted, not all 7,500 are currently working, but most of them theoretically could contribute to the work force if they chose to.

Our conversation goes way beyond the mere numbers, however. We look at the macroeconomic implications of this daily removal of 7,500 people from the potential labor pool and what it means for America’s economy and military security, among other things. To hear the full conversation, listen to the interview below.

The decivilization of the USA

One of the more startling realizations in all this is that the United States of America is suffering the early stages of a “decivilization” event, not merely a temporary bump in the road. That term refers to the dismantling of the critical, complex pillars of a modern advanced civilization, rendering it unable to function.

The sudden collapse of Southwest Airlines’ flight schedule now being witnessed across the country is an excellent example of this. Here’s an airline company that can hardly fly planes because it can’t schedule its own crew members to show up. Reportedly, Southwest Airlines failed to invest in its IT systems and after “years of neglect,” the crew scheduling systems have cratered. Now the airline has cancelled more than 10,000 flights and may not survive much longer as a viable business entity.

Here’s a tweet from Michael Sainato:

Southwest Airlines flight attendants represented by TWI Local 556 call out the airline company for massive cancellations that are also leaving flight attendants stranded and blame years of neglect to technological improvements that would fix operational issues.

The level of rank incompetence that Southwest Airlines demonstrates here is also widely demonstrated by banks, government offices, utility companies and many other service providers. But many people miss the reasons behind it all. One of the primary reasons is that the covid vaccine is removing competent, experienced people from the work force by killing or injuring them.

In fact, as Ed Dowd reveals, the vaccine did the most damage among those who are employed. 2021 was a very dangerous year to have a job, it turns out, as the Biden regime forced employers across the country to mandate vaccines for all their workers. Many workers complied with the jab mandates and have since died or become disabled as a result. The fact that 7,500 additional Americans are suffering this fate every day points to not merely an economic recession or depression, but a decivilization outcome that risks ending western civilization as we know it, forcing the vaccine survivors into an existence they hardly recognize.

The “glacial Mad Max”

Ed Dowd calls this the “glacial Mad Max” scenario: It’s going to get very bad but not all at once. The slow, steady erosion of the pillars of civilization will become increasingly apparent over time as another 2.7 million people are killed or disabled by the vaccines each year. And that’s based on current rates of mortality and disability… rates that may become significantly worse among those who continue to take the mRNA jabs that obliterate their immune systems and caused their bodies to generate mysterious fibrous clots (which are not simply blood clots, by the way).

“Globalization is over,” Dowd declares in the interview (below). And that means the era of cheap, easy stuff is also coming to an end. The world we once knew, where we could visit a local Walmart or Target store and pick up foreign-made goods on the cheap, is over. From here, things are going to become a lot more expensive and less available. Rather than a global expansion into long, complex supply chains and economies of scale, we are living through the early stages of a global contraction and the collapse of globalism itself. The world is about to become a lot more local, with all the global supply chain efficiencies vanishing in short order.

And this is colliding with the fact that the U.S. work culture is practically non-existent among younger Americans. They have grown up never expecting to actually produce anything. They are consumers, after all, not factory workers or creators of anything real (your favorite celebrity NFT or crypto coin doesn’t count). Thus, at a time when globalization is collapsing and when Americans are going to have to grow, manufacture and process things at the local level, there’s hardly any local work knowledge remaining that could accomplish such a transition.

Those who know how to do anything — the working class of America — are being systematically annihilated by the jabs, leaving behind the non-working welfare class who possess no practical skills and believe they are deserving of never-ending universal basic income subsidies so they can continue to be consumers. Their world is about to come to a frustrating end, and America as a whole is going to witness the ravages of the reversal of the globalization miracle that made goods affordable, readily available and easily replaced.

Why the Pentagon can’t fight a war with Russia

Part of the definition of a nation is the ability to project power for the purposes of both defending your own shores and also extracting resources from other nations (via trade, coercion, or otherwise). This has been accomplished throughout history under various empires such as the British Empire, and the U.S. empire mastered the art of global resources extraction with its 1944 Bretton Woods agreement and the positioning of the dollar as the world reserve currency.

But to project power, a nation must maintain a degree of domestic industrialization so that it can manufacture munitions and weapons of war. This requires a long, complex supply chain of steel, polymers, oil, rubber, electronics and the like. More importantly, it requires a skilled and willing labor force that’s able to work in munitions factories.

No such work force currently exists among American culture. Soy boys don’t build bombs, and woke idiots can’t run lathes.

In the USA, the productive labor force is being decimated by the jab. The culture wars have also sapped any last shred of work ethic out of the youth, rendering a generation of virtue signaling snowflakes who are incapable of using their hands to do anything other than play video games and masturbate (possibly at the same time for the truly inspired).

As a result, there’s nobody left in America to run the war factories.

That is, until you consider the illegals who are crossing over the open borders by the millions. My contention is that the DoD plans to recruit illegals to run the munitions factories, because otherwise the United States has near-zero ability to run the industrial manufacturing necessary to sustain any real war effort with Russia or China.

After killing Americans with the bioweapon, the Pentagon will recruit illegals to man the munitions factories

After having sent the vast majority of its supply of artillery shells, drones, anti-tank systems and now even artillery pieces to Ukraine, the United States of America has very little left to defend itself against an invasion force from an enemy nation like China. Granted, the Pacific Ocean is a large moat, but given advances in the scale and efficiency of maritime transportation, it’s no longer the formidable chasm it was in World War II. China has the capability to sail hundreds of millions of tons of military equipment to invasion forces that might assault the West Coast of America, and China has the blackmail to force Joe Biden to order America to stand down its own military as such an invasion takes place.

The loss of the ability to defend your own borders is part of the decivilization now accelerating in the United States. And the vaccine fatalities and disabilities only accelerate this alarming phenomenon. Combined with the anti-fertility effects of the mRNA jab, it now looks like the USA will be utterly unable to achieve a sustainable reproduction rate to maintain its labor force. The Americans people are being deliberately killed off and replaced by illegal migrants, and those migrants are both willing to work and capable of reproduction — two critical properties that are being stripped away from Americans via the weaponization of the vaccine.

The end result of all this is not in doubt: The economic, military and demographic collapse of the United States of America — a top goal of one world government globalist types who have long regarded the USA (and its Constitution) as a thorn in the side of global domination.

Thus, the positioning of the vaccine as a depopulation weapon is just one part of an engineered collapse event designed to take down America and terrorize the world with another set of carefully planned (and previously simulated) crisis events.

You are being annihilated, then replaced

Those who fail to understand the macroeconomic and geopolitical implications of the vaccine depopulation scheme are missing the bigger picture. It isn’t merely about killing people off, it’s about killing certain people so they can be replaced by a foreign workforce that’s still willing to run the munitions factories and sweep the floors. The robot takeover, after all, hasn’t arrived yet. Until it does, the globalists are happy to make do with a migrant takeover, just as long as they can keep the weapons factories operating as long as possible.

The vaccines targeted the most competent, first world professionals on purpose. As those people are swept out of the way, they will be replaced by obedient, low-education illegals who will be granted amnesty, then work permits, and then voting rights to help keep the uniparty in power as they engineer the total collapse of western civilization — a process now accelerating by the day across Western Europe, by the way. Note carefully that both Democrats and RINO Republicans are all in favor of amnesty. This should be no surprise once you understand the reality of the replacement effort now under way.

In summary, we are not merely watching genocide; we are witnessing the permanent rejiggering of the economic order by malicious, anti-human Luciferians who celebrate death and destruction. Every person who takes another booster shot is inadvertently working on their behalf, by the way, helping to achieve their malicious aims.

And to top it all off, the oblivious masses have no idea any of this is happening, even as their own family, friends and coworkers are being maimed or killed by the vaccines. The global vaccine holocaust is being carried out right under the noses of the ignorant, and thanks to CIA-controlled narratives across media and tech platforms, those who don’t possess the mental capacity to question false authority are instead spellbound by it, and they will soon be destroyed by it.

Learn more in today’s eye-opening podcast and interview with Ed Dowd:

– German minister calls for climate change dictatorship, strict limits on your movements
– Mainstream music video depicts vaccine transhumanism, fallen angels and rising evil
– Collapse of Southwest Airlines reveals widespread incompetence / idiocracy in America
– Western countries try to punish Russia with $60 oil limit, only hurting themselves
– Why the US keeps the border wide open: Americans are being REPLACED
– 7,500 Americans are DEAD or DISABLED each day thanks to mRNA jabs
– This is why banks, airlines, government, etc., can barely function
– DoD likely to start hiring illegals to run munitions factories
– Illegals actually WORK, while inner city Americans LOOT and STEAL
– USA ability to sustain a war with Russia is nearly non-existent due to labor collapse
– Detailed interview with Ed Dowd, author of “Cause Unknown”
– Macroeconomic implications of loss of 7,500 people each day from the potential work force
– “Glacial Mad Max” has been unleashed
– “Globalization is dead” – local production and trade will dominate
– The era of cheap, easy STUFF is over – life will get more difficult from here

Brighteon: Brighteon.com/5219767b-aee8-4296-bdec-93ffa6c4bab1

Rumble: Rumble.com/v22xe3u-situation-update-122922-7500-americans-killed-or-disabled-every-day….html

Bitchute: Bitchute.com/video/IFuLm9akvGd4/

Banned.Video: Banned.video/watch?id=63ad7b7a779ce207728f03d9

iTunes podcast: Healthrangerreport.com/situation-update-dec-29-2022-7500-americans-killed-or-disabled-every-day-after-vaccine-mandates-feat-ed-dowd

=========

History will record colonialism as an abject failure

 

History will record colonialism as an abject failure  By Batiushka, for the Sake blog, 28 November 2022

 

The Ukrainian people will be liberated from their Neo-Nazi rulers, they deserve to live as friends and good neighbours and prosper alongside their Slav brothers’.

Sergei Lavrov, TASS, 26 November

Introduction

There is such a thing as retribution. This is what it says directly in the verse, ‘Vengeance is mine; I will repay, saith the Lord’ (Rom. 12: 19) and what lies behind the New Testament, ‘Do as you would be done by’. However, other cultures have other words for retribution, ‘karma’ for example in India. Then there is the proverb, similar in several languages, which in English appears as: ‘Sow the wind, reap the whirlwind’. (See Galatians 6: 7). Then there is another saying which is also pretty universal. The Maltese form says: ‘Don’t spit in the air’ – there is no need to quote the second half – you can imagine the spit falling back onto the spitter.

In Russian we have the same proverb, only that is to do with spitting in the well – since you might yourself need to drink the water. Others quote: ‘What goes around, comes around’. Australians and others speak about ‘the boomerang effect’ and Americans speak of ‘blowback’ and ‘payback’. The fact is that there is a universal spiritual law, the law of cause and effect, that when you do something good, there are always good consequences, and when you do something bad, there are always bad consequences. Sooner or later. Anyone who has lived a little can confirm it from experience. Basically, you simply cannot get away with it. And this is what is happening to the Western world today. It’s payback time.

The Perfect Storm

I mention consequences because the history books of the future will be asking the question: ‘Where did the perfect storm in the Western world in 2022 come from’? One thing for sure, it did not come out of the blue. Any number of dates will be put forward as the origin, as far back as 1492 and even further back, for instance, the First Crusade in 1096. From more recent dates we could suggest:

1917, when after nearly three years the US elite entered the first part of the Europeans’ twentieth-century Civil War, having forced Russia out of it through violent regime change. To this day these utterly corrupt Western propagandists justify this cunning strategy by declaring that the Tsar’s government was utterly corrupt (sic!) and going to collapse anyway (sic!) and all were well rid of it (sic!). Some people actually believe that propaganda. They should investigate it objectively, instead of naively swallowing the West’s self-justification for creating the conditions for its genocide.

1944, when US forces invaded and occupied Continental Europe, making it into the first US-occupied Eurasian peninsula, just as they later did with other Eurasian peninsulas, (South) Korea, and (South) Vietnam, in the latter of which they were defeated.

1991, when the USSR collapsed and was (briefly) colonised by the US, leaving chaos and poverty with Chicago-style gangsters everywhere and millions dying of despair and drinking themselves to death.

2014, when the US took over the Ukraine in a violent regime-change coup.

2021, when the US was humiliated in Afghanistan.

2022, when the US clearly began to lose against Russia’s war of liberation of the Ukraine, its equipment and its relations with Western Europe in ruins.

We will leave other dates and the details of the debate to the history books of the future. But the debate will be there, you’ll see. However, beyond the detail that we can leave to the disputes of the academics, the main question that future generations will be asking is: ‘However did the Western world think it could get away with it?’ Where did its delusion come from? These are the questions I will be trying to answer below.

Losing the War in the Ukraine

The US lost the war in the Ukraine the day it began. Russia had been preparing for it for eight years. Ever since, the US and its vassals have just been prolonging the agony by financing a Nazi regime, supplying it with arms, training its troops and sending it paid-for mercenaries. Pessimists see the agony now dragging on for years and years, whereas optimists think it will be much shorter, just a couple of months more. I would like to think the optimists are right, but I actually go along with a more pessimistic ‘another eighteen months’. I hope I am wrong. Every day is a day too long. The fact is the US elite will have to put a lot of effort into face-saving. They hate losing, even though they lost in Vietnam, Iraq, Afghanistan, Syria etc.

Backing down from the confrontations they began and chaos they caused is not something they like doing. But when the last US helicopters take off from the roofs of the US embassies in Kiev and Lvov, we shall see. Last Friday an electrician near Kiev said to my friends there: ‘This war is horrible. And it’s only going to get worse. There’s only one solution. We’ll line up all the politicians from the Rada (Parliament) and shoot them. Then peace will come immediately’. I am told from Kiev that there are more and more Ukrainians saying the same thing: there must be a popular revolt to stop it all. Get ready for it there and, at the rate things are going, get ready for the same thing in Western countries as well.

Losing the EU

In the longer term, however, there is the much more serious problem for the US of losing Europe. The national slogan of the Ukraine since 2014 has been: ‘The Ukraine is Europe’. This is of course nonsense. Geographically, the Ukraine, like the Russia where most Russians live, is obviously Europe. Indeed, most European territory is inside Russia. Of course, what the Kiev regime means is that the Ukraine belongs to Western Europe, the EU, only it does not say that. This is because it obviously does not belong there, apart from the small region of Galicia which is now in the far west of the present borders of the Ukraine, formerly Poland, formerly the Austro-Hungarian Empire. In 2014 the EU actually dismissed the Kiev fantasy, telling it that Ukrainian membership of the EU might be considered in 25 years’ from then.

The nonsense about ‘the Ukraine is Europe’ reminds me of a visit to Moldova five years ago. All official buildings flew the EU flag and that was in a country that is not part of the EU and never will be. In other words, ‘The Ukraine is Europe’ is a political daydream, a fantasy. Today, as a result of US incompetence and its lickspittle poodle UK enthusiastically blowing up the Nordstream pipeline, as though that were a present to Germany, we can see that although the Ukraine is not Europe, Europe is fast becoming the Ukraine. In other words, Europe is being corrupted by US political intrigues, being sucked into the same black hole as the Ukraine, without finance, heating, lighting and sewerage. In the words of that old Eastern European joke: ‘Which are the two most corrupt countries in the world? Lithuania is first and the Ukraine is second. But only because the Ukraine bribed Lithuania to take first place, so that it could be second’. Well, today the whole of Europe is being Ukrainianised. Well done, US/UK/EU elite!

Losing the World

Beyond Western Europe, the US elite is also losing the rest of the world. At one time, the US was No 1. Today it is China. At one time Europe was the most populated area in the world. Today over one third of the world’s population is in China and India. At one time the G7 was respected. Today it is a ghetto, representing only a small and increasingly irrelevant part of the world. At one time the G20 represented twenty countries which were pro-Western or at least Western-controlled. Today, definitely not. The G-20 is being taken over by BRICS +.

At one time the dollar was the world’s reserve currency. Today the world is being dedollarised, as countries sell dollars and US treasury bonds and trade in their own countries. After all, who wants to invest in a deindustrialised country which may illegally confiscate (= steal) your assets, gold reserves included, whose currency is not underpinned by gold, but only by printing presses, and whose national debt totals 31 trillion dollars, nearly all of which has been accumulated in the last forty years?

Conclusion

After 500 years of bullying the rest of the world, with the genocides of the native peoples of the Americas and Australia (100 million dead?), the manipulations of imperialism, colonialism, slavery, the Opium Wars, the salt hedge in India, the massacres in the Belgian Congo and in German South-West Africa, the bloodiest Western War in history which it called two World Wars (70 million dead), exporting Marxism outside Western Europe (millions dead), the carpet bombing of Korea, the French massacres in Algeria, the US genocide in Vietnam, uranium-tipped shells in Iraq and Yugoslavia, the pillaging of Eastern Europe and Russia under Western-appointed puppet governments, the war you started in the Ukraine and the mass of arms you are supplying Ukronazis with. However did you think you could get away with it? Where did your delusion come from? Because you came to believe in your own lies. You are delusional.

I do not fear the civil authorities in Western Europe and their death-threats. I fear only the traitors to Russia, who in fact are CIA assets. I fear today’s traitors, who want to make money from this war or have endless zoom meetings with their American masters and let people be massacred by the Gestapo Nazis from Kiev, trained by the CIA and MI6. True, there are fewer of those traitors than there were. Now I will tell you too: You will not get away with it. There are forces at work which are far greater than any of you. ‘The Ukrainian people will be liberated from their Neo-Nazi rulers’. Yes, they will be liberated, just as the German people were liberated from their Nazi rulers, but at such a price. I tremble for you traitors, because your end is coming too. For everything you have done, you will have to repay. Did you really think you could get away with it and that payback time would never come? You spat in the well? Now you will have to drink from it.

================

The Ukraine war is all about politics

 

The Ukraine war is all about politics  By John Rofe, 24 November 2022

Editor’s note: This letter is from John Rofe, a highly experienced fraud investigator in New Zealand. The letter is addressed to a range of NZ politicians and media.

Dear Politicians,

You got us into this war, now please get us out.

We think of President Volodymyr Zelenskyy as a “Churchillian” hero – a “David” standing against the Russian “Goliath”.  Yet I argue that he is now responsible for the worst crimes against humanity since Pol Pot and Adolph Hitler.   He is both the front for the Oligarch Nazis who owned the Azov battalion and the tool of the White House & US State Department’s plan to weaken Russia and lead to the end of the Putin Regime. The difference between Zelenskyy, the actor/comedian (and sometime cocaine user) and the person who is to be hung out to dry so that US President Biden can wash his hands of the atrocities to date, is the power of the globalist owned and controlled Western media which has so far whitewashed the Zelenskyy regime’s wrong-doings.

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=UIDP1Ac4Xds

With his army commander who wears Nazi insignia on his uniform to a cabinet comprising many neo-Nazis, I argue that Zelenskyy carries the ultimate responsibility for the propaganda war which has seen every deliberate false-flag and atrocity performed by the Ukraine secret service and military attributed to the Russians.  We are spoiled for choice.  Bucha murders, the cluster bombs rained on the Kramatorsk Railway station, the repeated strikes on the Zaporizhzhia nuclear power plant, the extra-judicial killing of both Ukrainian and Russian POWs , the castration of Russian POWs, the killing of strikers in Odessa last week, the deliberate missile and artillery strikes on the Donetsk civilians, the murder of ethnic Russian and Jewish civilians (known as “non-people” or “Kikes” to the Nazis), the horrific reprisals in every town captured.  None of these would have been possible without the active complicity of the USA, UK and the NATO advisers.  The UN Security Council was itself aware of the pre-war atrocities because Russia brought them forward for them to be laughed off by the USA and G7 allies.

To be fair the UN pressured the Ukraine Parliament to sack the head of Ukraine’s human rights ministry.  She was simply making up  stories of Russian atrocities to feed to the compliant Western media when caught.  When caught her excuse was, well it got us more weapons didn’t it?  These lies were always supported by the US CIA etc., but only until they brought the consequences of risk of world war 3 to the USA.

For someone like me who only got into the detail of the Ukraine civil war because of Joe Biden’s malfeasance as Vice President and point man for the Obama Ukraine project in 2014.  His role in running a protection racket through his son Hunter Biden and others for the Ukraine oligarchs, had come to light during the Trump impeachment hearings of early 2020.  I had watched in the hope of see President Trump get his come-uppance and found to my horror that within six months the entire concatenated Clinton/Obama/ Biden conspiracies against a sitting president were being substantiated.  Trump was obviously innocent of all charges and no real allegations or evidence was furnished by the “Democrat political lynch mob”.

I watched the entire daily video footage of the hearing and was amazed to see Joe Biden himself “thrown under the bus” by civil servants and yet Biden’s malfeasance was totally ignored by the media which printed the most bizarre allegations against Trump.  The Congressional and Senate hearings were misrepresented in their entirety by the New Zealand media which took feeds direct from fabricated stories from the likes of CNN, The New York Times, Washington Post, MSNBC and the British gutter press.  Every story was just propaganda.

Since 2014 Russia has been trying to protect Ukrainians who had the misfortune to be ethnic Russians ( and other minorities).  During that time the atrocities of the Ukraine army and the Nazi brigades that had been integrated into it, had led Russia to seek compromises to justify leaving the Donbas and other Eastern oblasts within Ukraine, even though various oblasts’ polls showed they had wanted to join the Russian Federation.  Two treaties were signed and broken.  Then by December 2021 Russia was left no alternative but to send in its military.

The Ukraine atrocities are widely known throughout Russia but banned in the OECD.  Torture, rape, public floggings, crucifixion, the whole works.  So Russia brought the allegations to the UN General Assembly in October 2022 and a resolution was passed on 4 November.  This commentary shows that the Indian mainstream media have a reasonable understanding of the issues that you may wish to acquaint yourself with.  Perhaps your conscience will be pricked by the knowledge that New Zealand did not need to stick up for the war crimes committed by the Nazis.  Instead we should have remonstrated with the US ambassador…

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=dA3UTRC0dq8&t=35s

It is clear President Biden wants Volodymyr Zelenskyy to be replaced.  After all, something must be done to stop the string of false flag events and atrocities.  Even more important, Ukraine is in DEEP SHIT.  No-one is stepping up to bail it out, nor can they do so until hostilities end.

  1. Ukraine as a country is un-governable, non-viable and bankrupt. It is totally dependent both militarily, economically and financially on the countries on whose behalf it is waging war against what is arguably the world’s most powerful military.
  2. Overnight 100% of Ukraine’s electricity supply was cut off with 50% of the Ukraine electrical infrastructure destroyed.  At least 10 million people are without power and heating.  https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=tFTeEwdXWNY
  3. The W.H.O. warns of a major humanitarian crisis for the Ukraine population within a week of today.
  4. The Ukraine army taking pot shots at Poland and the Zaporizhzhia nuclear power plant are acts of desperation as they realise the prospects of a victory against Russia are gone unless the EU, UK and US bring in their own troops and weapons to defend Ukraine.
  5. If Zelenskyy tries to negotiate with Russia, he knows the Nazis will kill him because a primary objective of Russia is the de-Nazification of Ukraine.  Yet it is the only way to stop huge and imminent loss of life.
  6. Host countries of the war refugees(except Russia) are sick of long-stay Ukraine refugees (while Zelenskyy drags out the war) with several countries evicting them unless they are paid for disbursements yet there are at least 10 million more that will need housing and feeding this winter.  There are no plans to provide for the extras so many will die before help reaches them.
  7. The winter has started and unless Zelenskyy asks to negotiate Russia will go on the offensive.  First they will destroy all the bridges over the Dnipro river, finish off the power stations and the remaining gas/petrol supplies.
  8. Ukraine is once again stealing gas destined for Hungary and others, so Gazprom is about to cut them off.  If that happens, even more will suffer.
  9. 318,000 reservists have now been integrated into the army facing Ukraine.
  10. Russia has until now been “playing nice”.  Only one Kinzall hypersonic missile has been used and only one TOS-1A hyperbaric missile unit employed.  This is what Ukraine soldiers will face…https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=V2_fot8m5AA  and  https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=4UCLuvhshnw
  11. NATO has shown its fear at being drawn in for good reason. NATO does not have access to the equivalents of the Russians’ high tech weapons.  Russia’s 2.5 million recent reservists are on high alert.  Ukraine has already expended most of NATO’s heavy weapon stocks as well as almost all of their own.  https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=MmQp80LnGC4

This war must be stopped ASAP.

The fact that the US and NATO over-promised and under-delivered is something they will never admit to.  But that is a fact.  But to be fair, I wonder if President Zelenskyy still believes in Santa Claus.  Disaster was always going to be the final outcome.

Figuratively, unless the US and NATO acts decisively to rein in the Ukraine military and Ukraine government and demand they enter negotiations with Russia forthwith, sacking and replacing Zelenskyy will be like changing the position of the deck chairs on the “Titanic” after it hit the iceberg.  The freezing ocean is today about to swallow up all of Ukraine’s passengers and crew.

Time is of the Essence!

For his role, I sincerely hope Joe Biden is impeached.  There will be no shortage of evidence.  Just start with Hunter Biden’s lap top and the corroboration

================================

The New Cuban Missile Crisis That Isn’t

 

The New Cuban Missile Crisis That Isn’t  By Dmitri Orlov for the Saker blog, 3 November 2022

The Cuban Missile Crisis is a malicious misnomer. Cuba never had any nuclear missiles; it temporarily played host to some Soviet ones. The crisis started when Americans put their intermediate-range nuclear missiles in Turkey that posed a new threat the Soviet Union, which responded by placing similar missiles in Cuba, evening the score. The Americans flew into a rage but eventually calmed down and withdrew their missiles from Turkey. The Soviets withdrew their missiles from Cuba and the crisis was over. And so it should be called the American Missile Crisis.

What’s happening now couldn’t be more different. Unless you spent the last few weeks hiding under a rock, you have probably heard that some sort of new nuclear crisis is underway because of “Putin’s nuclear blackmail” or some such. Some people have suffered nervous exhaustion as a result, neglecting their duties and generally letting themselves go. Take former British PM Liz Truss, for instance. The poor silly thing latched on to Putin’s words that “the wind rose can point in any direction” (a factual point about the utter uselessness of tactical nuclear weapons). She then allowed the British economy to go into free-fall while she obsessively tracked the wind direction over the Ukraine. It all ended badly for poor Liz. Don’t be like Liz.

I am here to tell you that there is nothing going on beyond the usual—the usual Western propaganda fakery, that is.

In particular, this has nothing to do with anything Putin or with anything nuclear. Instead, this is all part of a desperate attempt to compensate for narrative failure, and a failed attempt at that. The problem for the collective West is simply this: 80% of the world’s population has refused to join it in condemning, sanctioning or otherwise punishing Russia, with some very large countries (China, India) either supportive or neutral on the subject.

Most of the world, including Asia, the Middle East, Africa and Latin America, is carefully watching Russia systematically destroy what was by far the largest and most capable NATO-equipped, NATO-commanded army in the world (the Ukrainian army, that is), understanding full well that what is unfolding is Washington’s Waterloo. Some countries (Saudi Arabia, for instance) are so sure of the result that they are already refusing to obey Washington’s dictates. This is a problem, because all the Washingtonians know how to do is impose their will on the world. Treating others as equals or looking for opportunities to negotiate a win-win is simply not part of their core competence—or any of their competence, for that matter. Once defanged, all they know how to do is bark and drool.

To fix this problem, the narrative-mongers in Washington and Brussels have decided to play the nuclear card and accuse Russia of nuclear blackmail. Meanwhile, all that Russia has done is decimate the Ukrainian army several times over, then accept four former Ukrainian regions into the Russian Federation based on highly conclusive local referenda closely watched by a goodly number of international observers, and then announce that it will defend these regions against foreign attack by all means necessary. These, obviously, include nuclear means, since Russia does have them, and would use them in accordance with its nuclear doctrine, which precludes their first use.

Meanwhile, the US has no such stipulation in its nuclear doctrine, has actually used nuclear weapons against civilians (in Japan), and has for decades dreamed of developing a nuclear first strike capability that could not be countered. If any country should be judged to be a nuclear threat, it is the US, not Russia… except, as I will explain, the US is no longer much of a nuclear threat either. Putin barely hinted at this, but a mere hint was enough to utterly infuriate the US national defense establishment, whose worst enemy is reality itself. Putin pointed out that at this point Russia has some weapons in its nuclear deterrent arsenal that are superior to that of the West.

These new weapons, of which more later, guarantee that any nuclear attack on Russia would be a suicidal move. That is, the West has no way of reliably destroying Russia (it is too big and its economic core is too independent and too well defended with air and space defense systems) while Russia can reliably destroy the West (which is not nearly as well defended) but will not do so unless the West attacks first. Unlike back in the old Soviet days, Russia has no missionary zeal; it is happy to sit back and watch the West starve itself (due to a lack of Russian chemical fertilizer) in the dark (due to a lack of Russian oil and gas). All it wants to do is gather the pieces of the shattered Russian world and all the people and lands that the collapse of the USSR abandoned behind some Bolshevik-decreed border. In this situation, the risk of a nuclear war is pretty much zero. Please sit back, take a series of deep breaths and let the good news soak in. Feel the joy.

But the joy probably won’t last if you listen to craven idiots whose job is to lie to you about “Putin’s nuclear threat.” When, for instance, Jack Philips writes that Moscow has threatened to use… tactical nuclear weapons… in Ukraine to salvage its war there,” he is basically just lying to us, and not once but thrice in the same sentence: Russia did not threaten to use tactical nuclear weapons but instead pointed out their uselessness; and Russia’s special operation is a success. The fact that there is no threat is the main message of this article, but let us briefly digress and describe of Ukrainian victory and Russian defeat look like.

The Ukraine is victorious in that according to the IMF its GDP is down 35% in 2022; according to its national bank inflation has topped 30% and isn’t slowing down; according to the World Bank next year 55% of Ukrainians will be below the poverty line, subsisting on less than $2.15 per day; according to the Ukraine’s economics minister, unemployment has reached 30%; according to its prime minister, it will be unable to pay pensions and salaries without immediate foreign aid; according to the UN, 20% of the population has left the country and another 33% are internally displaced; according to its energy ministry, it has already lost 40% of its electricity generating capacity. The Ukrainian army is drafting any male up to the age of 60, having run out of reservists, and the casualties it is suffering at the front are nothing short of horrific.

Meanwhile, Russia is vanquished because according to Reuters the Russian ruble is the strongest currency in the world; according to the Guardian Putin is more powerful and popular than ever; according to its agriculture ministry this year’s grain harvest is over 150 million tonnes, 50 million of which are for export, making Russia the world’s largest grain exporter; according to The Economist, Russia is emerging from recession just as the West is entering recession; and according to Goldman Sachs the index of economic activity in Russia is now higher than in the West. Russia just got done calling up 300 thousand, or 1%, of its trained and experienced reservists, who are now being drilled in the latest NATO-fighting techniques before being sent to the Ukrainian front.

But let’s not let facts stand in the way of the dominant narrative: the Ukraine has to be winning and Russia has to be losing because otherwise what could possibly cause Russia to become so utterly desperate as to threaten the world with its nuclear weapons? That part is simple; what is less obvious is why Western propagandists are sufficiently desperate to concoct and promulgate the false narrative of “Putin’s nuclear blackmail”?

The reason for all of this hectic propagandizing is that the collective West cannot hope to survive politically or economically unless Russia is brought to its knees and agrees to exchange its energy and mineral resources freshly minted digits that reside inside computers at Western central banks which can be confiscated at any time and for any reason. The situation is dire: the US is running through its Strategic Petroleum Reserve at breakneck pace, yet facing a shortage of diesel fuel and stubbornly high gasoline prices. It has a massive debt to roll over and expand but can only do so through direct money-printing, driving inflation, already at over 10%, ever higher. Europe is bracing for a harsh winter of ridiculously high energy bills, industry shutdowns and massive unemployment, while the US is not far behind. The fracking bonanza in the US was never quite profitable and now has perhaps a year or two before it is tapped out. Then the dream of US liquefied natural gas replacing Russian pipeline gas in Europe, never a realistic plan, will be dead for good while industry shutdowns spread to the US.

To avoid this scenario, desperate measures have been applied, and all of them have failed. First there was the plan of sanctions from hell, forcing numerous Western companies to stop shipping product to Russia and doing business there. This has done great harm to Western companies while providing Russia with an opening to steal their market share. What couldn’t be replaced with domestic production has been replaced with “parallel imports” via third countries.

Next, the West (Europe in particular) curtailed its Russian energy imports through a number of means, from sanctions against Russian tankers, to bans on the use of existing pipeline capacity through the Ukraine and through Poland, to outright terrorist strikes on Russian gas pipelines in the Baltic. An outright ban on Russian oil imports to the European Union is scheduled for December, and it will make the situation predictably worse. The result is that Russia has started shipping oil and gas to its partners in Asia instead, China in particular, and the West is now welcome to compete for this energy on the spot market, while spare supplies last. They won’t. Because of higher prices, Russia is exporting less energy but earning more foreign revenue.

And so an ingenuous plan was hatched for a nuclear provocation in the Ukraine. The Ukrainians, with some US and British help, were to take an old Soviet-era ballistic missile (a Tochka-U), load it up with nuclear waste from one of the Ukraine’s nuclear power plants, blow it up somewhere in the Chernobyl exclusion zone (which is already contaminated with long-lived radionuclides) and then Western media and diplomatic sources would all wax hysterical and blame it all on Russia in unison, hoping that at least some of the countries around the world that have been refusing to join Western sanctions against Russia would be cajoled into joining them.

How well did it go? Not at all well, apparently! First, Russian intelligence got the details on the whole operation from an inside source or two or three. This is not surprising, since no self-respecting nuclear engineer would be too excited to take responsibility for such a travesty. Second, Russia’s defense minister Sergei Shoigu, under direct orders from Putin, made phone calls to his counterparts throughout the world, sharing this evidence with them. Third, Russia specifically requested that the IAEA go and investigate the two Ukrainian sites at which the travesty was being concocted. The end result is that the Ukrainians are now hurriedly destroying the evidence and covering their tracks. Considering that every gram of such highly controlled substances must to be inventoried and its every movement logged, this coverup may come to involve some incidents, accidents and force majeur circumstances. A nasty little accident involving a teacup of nuclear waste and a firecracker is not to be ruled out, to be blamed on Russia, of course.

Meanwhile, in the real world of nuclear superpower standoffs, two interesting events took place. On Thursday, October 20, 2022, the American nuclear sub West Virginia, an Ohio-class sub that carries 24 Trident II ballistic missiles, each of which carries 10 nuclear charges, surfaced in the Arabian Sea and was visited by Michael Kurilla, commander of United States Central Command. I imagine that he lined up the crew on deck, stood before them in navy dress whites, then dropped his pants down and did a little “milk, milk, lemonade, round the corner fudge is made” routine… because he might as well have. The purpose of a nuclear sub is to be stealthy because Russian air defense systems can intercept Trident II missiles especially well if they know where they are coming from. Thus, the act of surfacing and holding parades on deck basically announces to the world that the sub is off-duty for the time being.

Why would the Americans do this? Is this a clumsy peace gesture, a cryptic act of surrender or a veiled cry for help? Or are they all going senile because whatever Biden has got is infectious? It is hard for us to tell. Whatever it is, the Russians seem unaffected. The Russian nuclear sub Belgorod recently sailed off into the blue, causing a bit of a panic within NATO. It carries a number of the new Poseidon nuclear-powered drone torpedos, which are all about the number 100. Each of them carries a charge of 100 megatons. Poseidons have almost infinite range, move at around 100 km/h at a depth of 1000m (three times deeper than any nuclear sub) and when detonated near an underwater coastal ridge can raise a 100-meter tsunami. Just five of them are sufficient to demolish both coasts of the US and all of Northern Europe. These would be underwater nuclear tests conducted in international waters—antisocial, yes, but not exactly direct nuclear strikes on anyone’s territory, so hardly a casus belli. And the ensuing tsunami? Uh-oh! Oopsie-daisy, sorry about that! Nobody is going to write “in case of tsunami destroy Russia” into the US nuclear doctrine. Best of all, Poseidons can lie in wait for years, surfacing periodically to receive new orders. But if Russia is destroyed they will rise up and destroy the rest of the world world, because “What use is the world if there is no Russia in it?” (V. Putin)

We can be sure that the Russians won’t launch a nuclear war because it’s risky and they don’t have to take that risk in order to win. We can be sure that the Americans won’t launch one because it would be suicide. And so we can all sit back and relax while the “Putin’s nuclear blackmail” narrative-mongers bark their stupid heads off. As for all those assorted media whores who are scaring people with their nuclear nonsense in order to catch some hype—shame on them!

===============

Previous articles

    • US CFR Says China Must Be Defeated  By Eric Zuesse, Zerohedge, 6 May 2015
    • Obama’s foreign policy disasters  By Greg Sheridan, The Australian, 2 April 2015
    • Why the American dream is dead  By Bill Bonner, 2 April 2015
    • The ‘Deep State’ is now in charge  From Zerohedge, 31 March 2015
    • The next empire  By Jeff Thomas, International Man, 4 Feb 2015
  • Netanyahu’s rapturous welcome  From Andrew Bolt’s website, 4 Mar 2015

More must-read articles. Currently focused on the COVID-19, the so-called ‘vaccine’, the mythical ‘virus’ and future medical technologies

This post discusses the massive global virus fraud, including Covid and related issues such as future medical technologies . Note: The full text of the list of links are below. Many more articles are linked at the end of this post.  

Government & Media Pretending Massive Health Crisis Not Going On

Government ^0 Media Pretending Massive Health Crisis Not Going On  By Greg Hunter’s USAWatchdog.com 14 April 2024

Former Wall Street money manager Ed Dowd is still a skillful number cruncher.  His recently updated and wildly popular book “Cause Unknown: The Epidemic of Sudden Deaths in 2021, 2022 and 2023” has been correctly documenting the huge numbers of deaths and injuries caused by the CV19 bioweapon vax.  Many are waking up to this crime against humanity, but many remain in the dark because the government and Lying Legacy Media (LLM) continue to cover up the worst murder and disability fraud in world history.  Dowd says, “At this point, it’s overwhelming and has become almost comical. . . . This is asymmetric information.  So, we have governments and media continuing to pretend a massive health crisis with chronic illness, deaths and disabilities is not going on.  The data would suggest otherwise. . . . The data we have made public is free, but some people want projections and decision-making ideas.  These are things we might end up starting a business from.  I would have never thought we could.  This is what asymmetric information does, and the government and the media are suppressing this information.”

A quick look at the overall casualties from the CV19 vax reveal an unparalleled medical disaster.  Dowd explains, “I went before Senator Ron Johnson in February to talk about the ‘pandemic scorecard,’ which is abysmal.  Ever since the CV19 vaccine came on, we have had 1.1 million Americans die excessively, 4 million permanently disabled and another 28 million injured.  It’s 33 million people who have been negatively affected now.  The question you have to ask is why are these institutions not screaming from the rooftops?  I think the reason why is, it’s all because of the (deadly) vaccine.  It’s all circular, and I think it’s a joke at this point.”

Is the worst over?  The short answer from Dowd is No.  Dowd contends, “Let’s just look at the disability data.  We surged to a new high in June of 2023.  We have not gone to a new high since.  It kind of backfilled a little bit, but the last two months we have seen back-to-back increases.  This is a called a plateauing effect.  If it was all clear, I would like to see that number come down.  Unfortunately, it’s not.  It can start to go back down, or it can have another consolidation and another spurt upward.  The bad news is it is plateauing at a new high level.  The good news is it has not gone up to a new level, but if it does, we have problems.”

One big problem Dowd has spotted is an explosion of cancers and, yes, you cannot get the truth about this either.  Dowd says, “The fact that people will not even say that cancers are on the rise is pretty comical to me.  Doctors were reporting it anecdotally, and now we have the data to prove it.  This is where we are.  In 2022, I said that ‘60,000 millennials died excessively between March of 2021 and February of 2022.  That was a Vietnam War.’  That tweet went viral, and Reuters and AP fact checked me and said no, our experts say that’s not true.  Now, even the establishment is saying there is excessive all-cause mortality.  So, we are now in a stage where cancers are not rising.  They are now denying that.  The lies are just unreal.”

There is much more in the 36-minute interview.

Join Greg Hunter of USAWatchdog.com as he goes One-on-One with money manager and investment expert Ed Dowd, author of the recently updated book called “Cause Unknown: The Epidemic of Sudden Deaths in 2021, 2022 and 2023” for 4.13.24.

(Tech Note: If you do not see the video, know it is there. Unplug your modem and plug it back in after 30 sec.  This will clear codes that may be blocking you from seeing it.  In addition, try different browsers.  Also, turn off all ad blockers if you have them.  Finally, clear your Cashe and that might help too.  https://its.uiowa.edu/support/article/719    All the above is a way Big Tech tries to censor people like USAWatchdog.com.)

========================================

How and who pulled off the COVID-19 scamdemic

 

https://www.bitchute.com/video/5DX1ipwGyji9/ 29 February 2024
 
This 34-minute video is from Dr David Martin, the entire story of how and who pulled off the COVID-19 scamdemic: https://www.bitchute.com/video/5DX1ipwGyji9/
 

David E. Martin PhD is the developer of several innovation-based quantitative indices of public equities and founder of the Purple Bridge Funds and M-CAM International. He has worked closely with the United States Congress and numerous trade and financial regulatory agencies in the United States. Dr. Martin is also a Batten Fellow at the University of Virginia’s Darden Graduate School of Business Administration.


Since 1999, Dr. Martin has been actively tracking patent applications and approvals for the purpose of identifying suspicious activity. In the 34-minute video linked above he shares the findings from his research regarding the laboratory development of a pathogenic coronavirus that started in 1999 and released initially upon human populations in the SARS CoV-1 in 2002-2003, then again in MERS (Middle East Respiratory Syndrome in 2012, and then again in SARS CoV-2 which was renamed COVID-19, as shown below with evidence from the primary development lab in Wuhan China.


His research proves that all of these pathogenic variants of the coronavirus were laboratory-developed, man-made bioweapons. And they’ve all been funded by the NIAID under the direction of a self-proclaimed Jesuit, Dr. Anthony Fauci.

=========================

The US DOD Ran Operation Covid Warp Speed From Its Inception

The US DOD Ran Operation Covid Warp Speed From Its Inception By Dr. Peter and Ginger Breggin, Exposing the Global Predators, 9 January, 2024

The US DOD Ran Warp Speed From Its Inception, Sidelining the FDA and Drug Companies

On January 7, 2024, my research uncovered an official Department of Defense publication (DoD) from May 15, 2020, describing the masterplan for Operation WARP Speed, confirming DoD’s unprecedented role in running Warp Speed as a military operation:(1)

U.S. Department of Defense

IMMEDIATE RELEASE

Trump Administration Announces Framework

and Leadership for ‘Operation Warp Speed’

May 15, 2020 |The opening paragraph of the release places the U.S. military at the center of developing and controlling WARP Speed:(2)

On Friday, the Trump Administration announced the appointment of Moncef Slaoui as chief advisor and General Gustave F. Perna as chief operating officer of Operation Warp Speed (OWS), the administration’s national program to accelerate the development, manufacturing, and distribution of COVID-19 vaccines, therapeutics, and diagnostics (medical countermeasures).

Dr. Slaoui is a venture capitalist and, formerly, Chairman of Global Research and Development and Chairman of Global Vaccines at GlaxoSmithKline, where he led the development of five major novel vaccines. As the four-star general in charge of the U.S. Army Materiel Command, General Perna oversees the global supply chain and installation and materiel readiness for the U.S. Army, including more than 190,000 military, civilian, and contract employees.

From the start, Warp Speed was a Great Reset operation with the chief advisor, a “venture capitalist,” and the man in charge was a four-star general in the U.S. Army. This is an extraordinary example of the military-industrial complex at work, this time directing and organizing the greatest assault ever made on the lives of Americans and the U.S. Constitution. It is the U.S. Army acting as the assault troops for the global predators.

The DoD release describes how the heart of the defense establishment is fully geared up for Warp Speed:

“In addition to deploying 62,000 military service members in direct support of fighting COVID-19 on frontlines across the globe, the Department of Defense is racing towards a vaccine,” said Defense Secretary Mark T. Esper. “Through our research and development labs, such as DARPA and the Defense Health Agency, and our massive logistical knowledge and capacity, we are committed to achieving the goal of Operation Warp Speed for the American people.”

DoD Controls the Entire “Approval” Process for Safety and Effectiveness

The DoD press release makes clear that the FDA, which supervises and evaluates pharmaceutical industry studies for safety and effectiveness, is no longer in charge of vaccine development. The entire process is in the hands of the “government,” meaning the military:

The protocols for the trials will be overseen and set by the federal government, as opposed to traditional public-private partnerships, in which pharmaceutical companies decide on their own protocols.

The “protocols” for the trials are the entire basis of how and by what standards the clinical trials will be performed if they are performed at all. The “government,” in this case, is the DoD with some advisory input from HHS, neither of which has the legal right or the capacity to take this role.

Meanwhile, when discussing the organization of WARP Speed in 2020, Paul Mango, HHS deputy chief of staff for policy, disavowed any government role for testing the vaccines, stating, “Quite honestly, we are not conducting any science whatsoever inside the government to support Operation Warp Speed, none.”(3,4)

So, from the start, the government was completely in charge of the protocols for drug company research, removing the drug approval process from the hands of the FDA and the drug companies; but the “government” itself was doing none of the scientific work. That made a catastrophe inevitable because no one was authorized to conduct a scientific evaluation of the safety and efficacy of the mRNA platform injections that are causing so much death and destruction—and none has ever been done!

As we demonstrated in our book, COVID-19 and the Global Predators: We Are the Prey, and elsewhere,(5) it was well-known in the scientific community by 2020 that efforts to make vaccines for SARS-CoVs in animal experiments had such deadly results they were too lethal to the animals to ever attempt to test on human beings.

Proving the lethality of the mRNA platform and the “vaccines,” the death toll has been climbing since the opening day of the jabs, now with 20,000 reports to the VAERS reporting system monitored by both the CDC and FDA, with most of the deaths occurring in the first three days of the injection. For reasons I’ve already analyzed, based on scientific research and my forensic research experience, fewer than 1 in 100 serious adverse vaccine reactions are reported. Thus, 20,000 reports of death to VAERS indicate a real death toll of 2,000,000 or more.(6) Not only did they fail to do the preliminary scientific evaluation on humans, but they then also ignored and denied the death toll that continues to grow in the U.S. and around the world.

The Military Masterplan Chart Gets Leaked

In September 2020, the journal STAT published an article by Nicholas Florko, which displayed a leaked organization in July 2020 elaborate schematic for Operation Warp Speed, further documenting the vast military involvement. The chart divides responsibility for Warp Speed between “HHS” and “Defense.” The print is too small for a legible reproduction in this column but can be easily found at this link.(7)  STAT reported:

The labyrinthine chart, dated July 30, shows that roughly 60 military officials — including at least four generals — are involved in the leadership of Operation Warp Speed, many of whom have never worked in health care or vaccine development. Just 29 of the roughly 90 leaders on the chart aren’t employed by the Department of Defense; most of them work for the Department of Health and Human Services and its subagencies.

Confirming the Groundbreaking Work of Sasha Latypova and Katherine Watt

Although we just located this May 2020 DOD Press Release, the role of the DoD in Operation Warp Speed has been under diligent examination for some time by brilliant researchers in the health freedom movement, including Sasha Latypova and Katherine Watt.

Sasha Latypova has recently published her “Summary of Everything and Quick Links, Updated –Year End 2023,” which covers research on the militarization of Warp Speed, including her work as well as Katherine Watt’s.(8)

Katherine Watt recently cut to the heart of the matter in regard to the sham role played by the drug companies:

All FDA activity that appeared to be license-related, pertaining to all biological products manufactured since May 2019, has been fraudulent, performative, charade, pretextual, and any other word or phrase that means not real, not substantive, not legally relevant.(9)

Implications for Robert Malone’s Role

Among the Deep State organizations described in the DoD press release as collaborators was “NIH’s ACTIV partnership for vaccine and therapeutic development.” ACTIV is essentially a Great Reset Center in the federal government for these collaborations between government and outside sources of wealth of power. Representatives on NIH ACTIV include The Gates Foundation, many top drug companies, and key government agencies.

In a sworn statement for a legal case dated October 21, 2021, Robert Malone, MD declared himself an “active member of NIH ACTIV” (p. 4 ) and further listed his participation in “Accelerated COVID-19 Therapeutic Interventions and Vaccines: ACTIV Therapeutics Clinical Working Group, NIH. Invited Participant. June, 2020-present” (p. 16).(10)

We were the first to make public Dr. Malone’s participation in NIH ACTIV, and more recently Dr. Malone has declared he is no longer a member. It seems probable that his role on ACTIV made him aware from early on that Operation Warp Speed was, in fact, a DoD operation and the drug companies had a sham role, but we are not aware of his bringing that information to the health freedom movement when he arrived.

As documented in his same sworn statement dated October 21, 2021, Malone also has a long and very active business and professional involvement with the Department of Defense, including managing large contracts and sitting on important committees at DoD and DTRA, The Defense Threat Reduction Agency, a defense and a combat support agency within DoD. Malone also denies any more recent or current involvements with DoD and DTRA.

Our earlier disclosures about Malone’s background were among his reasons for bringing a $25 million defamation lawsuit against us and against Dr. Jane Ruby, on whose show I discussed related issues. The judge has recently dismissed Malone’s defamation suit against all of us. The judge has also warned Malone that he might declare his lawsuit “frivolous,” and he has ordered Malone to explain why he should not be forced to pay the legal expenses of the Breggins and Dr. Ruby.(11)

Overall Implications of DoD Running WARP Speed

The implications of the DoD’s role in Operation WARP Speed are complex and require continuing unraveling. But these investigations may not substantially change the big picture because the ultimate villains are higher up the totalitarian totem pole and remain the same: the international governance being imposed upon the world by the global predators, including many multi-billionaires and the institutions they have captured from the UN and the World Health Organization (WHO) to the global banking system and the military-industrial complex—all of which we thoroughly document in our book, COVID-19 and the Global Predators: We Are the Prey.

1 https://www.defense.gov/News/Releases/Release/Article/2310750/trump-administration-announces-framework-and-leadership-for-operation-warp-speed/

2 https://www.defense.gov/News/Releases/Release/Article/2310750/trump-administration-announces-framework-and-leadership-for-operation-warp-speed/

3 https://www.statnews.com/2020/09/28/operation-warp-speed-vast-military-involvement/

4 There is a fascinating Government Accounting Office (GAO) memo from January 2022, stating that HHS took over control from the defense department in early 2022 and that GAO found that HHS itself did not have the ability to manage Operation WARP speed. https://www.gao.gov/products/gao-22-104453

5 Since our book was published, we also discovered a scientific paper with Robert Malone as coauthor that demonstrated and concluded that mRNA “vaccines” were too dangerous to be tested on humans. https://gingerbreggin.substack.com/p/could-this-man-have-saved-the-world

6 Peter and Ginger Breggin (2021, November). COVID-19 and the Global Predators: We Are the Prey. Available at www.WeAreThePrey.com.  Also see Peter Breggin column, https://gingerbreggin.substack.com/p/jab-induced-immune-fatigue-adex-an

7 https://www.statnews.com/2020/09/28/operation-warp-speed-vast-military-involvement/

Sasha Latypova: Summary of Everything and Quick Links, Updated – Year End 2023

9 Katherine Watt: On the continuing effort to fit a square peg (legalized manufacturing and use of biological weapons) into a round hole (FDA drug, device and biological product regulation).

10 https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/60650721/30/6/navy-seal-1-v-austin/

11 Breggin.com | Judge Dismisses Malone’s $25 Million Defamation Lawsuit

Connect with Peter and Ginger Breggin Substack | Website

===========================

Should We Arrest the Government Down Under?

Should We Arrest the Government Down Under 13 December 2023

Posted By: MaryMaxwell [Send E-Mail]
Date: Tuesday, 12-Dec-2023 16:39:53
www.rumormill.news/233553

Should We Arrest the Government Down Under?

Australia has notified its citizens today that they can comment, before Friday, December 15, on “the response to Covid.” Three-page maximum. Here is my reply, verbatim:

To Australian Government, Prime Minister and Cabinet. From Mary Maxwell, PhD, LLB, 175 Loudon Rd, Apt 6, Concord NH 03301 USA December 12, 2023.

I submit this for public use. It is a reply to Commonwealth Government Covid-19 Response Inquiry, especially terms of reference “governance.” I am a graduate of Adelaide Law School, and a dual citizen of US and Australia. My expertise in the matter at hand can be seen in my 2013 book Consider the Lilies and such parts of my 2011 book Prosecution for Treason that deal in disease as a bioweapon, and which describe how traitors can and do avoid the law.

In 2020, as soon as President Trump ordered Operation WarpSpeed to attain a vaccine for Covid, I was in US district court, and later in First Circuit Court of Appeals to seek a restraining order against the mandating of any vax. My appeal brief, in Maxwell v US Department of Defense, quoted from Questions asked in Australian Parliament, published in Hansard 1 June 2021 and 5 February 2021. My purpose was to show irresponsibility of various governments and the absurdity of the pandemic. (The bolding here was added by me.):

In Parliament, Tony Zappia, MP, asked John Skerritt, Deputy Secretary Health Products Regulation. “Once you get vaccinated, will you have to be vaccinated in, say, 12 months’ time?” Dr Skerritt replied: “If you know the answer to that, could you tell us! That’s the $64 billion question. And that, of course, is one of the primary questions that people following this epidemic are asking. We hope not. There are two possibilities: either the current vaccines don’t provide long-term protection per se, or there is antigenic or virus strain drift.”

Senator Malcolm Roberts asked (thinking of ivermectin?): “The vaccine only has provisional approval. Is it true that provisional approval is only possible where there are no approved pharmaceutical treatments available?” Mr Edwards replied: “The provisional approval is possible where there is not a similar treatment available in that, for that group of patients.”

Fiona Martin, PhD, MP, asked about inconsistency between states as to vaccinating children up to age four years. Dr Murphy replied: “We are spending well over $23 million, I think, on a comms campaign, which is in three phases. The first phase is to get people confident about the registration process. They feature gentlemen in white coats and other people to assure people that our registration processes are as rigorous as anywhere in the world….”

Tony Zappia, MP, asked “Have there been any concerns raised, in respect to pregnancy and the vaccine?” Dr Skerritt replied: “Again, it’s more a lack of data rather than any evidence of miscarriages and the like. … Some clinical groups are recommending that, if you’re not in a high-risk or high-exposure group and if you’re pregnant, you hold off until you have the kid. However, there are the examples of the US and the UK, where you’ve got a number of pregnant healthcare workers and both systems are under such strain. If you took every pregnant doctor and nurse out of the UK at the moment and told them to stay at home for nine months, you’d put the system even under more stress. …There hasn’t been any evidence—and I’ll check with Dr Cook that my statement is correct—of ill effects in pregnancy. It was more that, in clinical trials, it’s normal to exclude pregnant people.”

Mike Freelander, MD, MP asked about providing vaccine to our Pacific neighbors. Dr Murphy replied: “Department of Foreign Affairs and Trade have invested over half a billion dollars in a vaccine for the Pacific.” Dr Skerritt said “The Indonesians have never seen a messenger RNA vaccine before, and they want high-level technical, scientific help with those vaccines…. [We are also] funding procurement that will cover the full population of East Timor, Papua New Guinea and all the Pacific islands, and will cover a percentage of the population—and a lower percentage targeted at vulnerable groups—in countries like Indonesia, Vietnam, Laos, Cambodia, Myanmar, we hope, and the Philippines.” [Poor things.] — end of Hansard quotes

Malice Aforethought

How is it possible, after so many facts have come to light, that the Australian government still doesn’t acknowledge that the Covid illness was planned? It was a bioweapon (similar to many previous ones, such as AIDS and polio). US Senator Rand Paul has shown that certain American persons interacted with Chinese persons in Wuhan to make Covid-19 “jump.”

I now quote Robert F Kennedy, Jr’s 2023 book, Wuhan Cover-Up, Chapter 38 “Spooks in the Kitchen.” (Bolding added by me.):

“The CIA’s cutout USAID invested $64 million in bioweapons research at the Wuhan Institute of Virology [WIV] and, with NIAID, funneled all their grants to WIV through EcoHealth Alliance which the evidence suggests was functioning as a CIA front after December 2015. Sir Jeremy Farrar who masterminded the coverup with Drs Fauci, [Francis] Collins, and [Peter] Daszak, is the Director of Wellcome Trust, an organization with deep ties to MI5….

“In May 2021, President Biden asked US intelligence agencies [oh, please] to conduct an investigation of Covid’s origins…. In August…they told the White House they were unable to determine whether the Covid bug originated in the Wuhan lab. Then … a current CIA officer told Congress that CIA officers had bribed officials on that team … with ‘significant monetary incentive’ to change their position from that [the virus] originated in the Wuhan lab to ‘unable to determine.’ …” Congress then “detailed those charges in a letter to FBI Director William Burns.” No LE action by Attorney General Merrick Garland, has followed.

Fraud vitiates everything it touches. Everything about Covid is fraudulent. Just the fact that no one got arrested after the above whistleblower’s revelations is enough to tell you the US government is hopelessly corrupt. UK, too. From Kennedy’s book again, page 360, “Neil Ferguson made a professional career using crooked modeling to sow panic in a series of concocted pandemics. As Johnny Vedmore observes ‘… No one has made as many false predictions on potential pandemic numbers.’ “In 2001, Ferguson’s wildly exaggerated projections about … foot-and-mouth disease sparked the British government’s culling of eleven million sheep and cattle.” (Bet they knew…. Bet it was economic sabotage.)

Shame, shame on Australia for always licking the boots of US and UK. And shame on America for throwing away its birthright. I can show you that the autism epidemic and also the tragedy of Thalidomide were deliberately caused. And now you are asking citizens to weigh in on the Covid Response. Here is my best advice: Round up all Australians, here or abroad, who played any part in the production or dispensing of Covid and the vaccine. Who approved of the false PCR testing? Who mandated masking and social distancing? Who made a fortune, with taxpayers’ money on the testing and ventilating? Was there genocidal intent?

If so, you can get them for the crime of genocide. You can also get them for war crimes, although that has to be in a context of war. Is killing thousands of citizens and injuring millions a war situation? Probably, but we need not go that far. Ordinary crimes of homicide and assault will do. Grievous bodily harm. Terrorism. Funding terrorists (I mean paying our terrorists in office). Perjury. Theft of public funds. What about the ‘theft’ that occurred when people were dismissed from their job and lost their income based on refusal to be assaulted by the vaccine?

What about the fact that the whole pandemic fakery was intended to lead to a police state with loss of freedom of speech, surrender of property rights, and humiliation of everyone? What about the unjustified lockdowns and loss of small businesses? What about Australia’s worldwide loss of reputation? Can it be regained? It sure can. Let Oz be the leader in the jailing of ministers, bureaucrats, medical traitors, and judges. Remove Australia’s signature right now from the UN Charter and all its pomps and all its works. Throw the globalists out. Or reinvent Port Arthur jail to hold them.

Honor to the first man who will take charge! Admiration to new heroes! If you’re going to die for your country, don’t do it by taking a stupid vax. Do it by truth and guts and energy.

— “And the stockmen tell the story of his ride….” He did it. You can do it! Come on, it’s late. Hurry!

Mary’s website

=======================

Dr Michael Yeadon: Why I Don’t Believe There Ever Was a Covid Virus

Dr Michael Yeadon. Why I Don’t Believe There Ever Was a Covid Virus  By Patricia Harrity, 12 August 2023

Doctor Michael Yeadon has published over 40 original research articles and since 2011 has consulted to more than 20 biotechnology companies. Prior to consulting as an independent, he was Vice President and Chief Scientific Officer of the A&R Research Unit of Pfizer.

Throughout the last few plandemic years he has provided us with rational, scientific information and has shown the government version of “science” to be a farce. Unfortunately, after much vilifying and attempts to silence him, in February 2021 Dr. Yeadon even had to take himself off the Twitter platform saying that he had also been relentlessly targeted in private.

It’s so sad to see his comment “I’m a gentle person and ill-equipped to handle this kind of nastiness.” He clearly had been through so much, but with great strength and integrity continued to bring his knowledge and expertise to the fight against medical tyranny.

Earlier this year, Dr Yeadon, wrote a letter that was published in the Conservative Woman, despite the letter being published months ago, his views are extremely valuable and well worth sharing even now, especially as it is a view that many of us share, that still is being silenced.

Why I Don’t Believe There Ever Was a Covid Virus

By Dr Mike Yeadon March 22, 2023

“I’VE grown increasingly frustrated about the way debate is controlled around the topic of origins of the alleged novel virus, SARS-CoV-2, and I have come to disbelieve it’s ever been in circulation, causing massive scale illness and death. Concerningly, almost no one will entertain this possibility, despite the fact that molecular biology is the easiest discipline in which to cheat. That’s because you really cannot do it without computers, and sequencing requires complex algorithms and, importantly, assumptions. Tweaking algorithms and assumptions, you can hugely alter the conclusions.

This raises the question of why there is such an emphasis on the media storm around Fauci, Wuhan and a possible lab escape. After all, the ‘perpetrators’ have significant control over the media. There’s no independent journalism at present. It is not as though they need to embarrass the establishment. 

I put it to readers that they’ve chosen to do so. So who do I mean by ‘they’ and ‘the perpetrators?  There are a number of candidates competing for this position, with their drug company accomplices, several of whom are named in Paula Jardine’s excellent five-part series for TCW, Anatomy of the sinister Covid project. High on the list is the ‘enabling’ World Economic Forum and their many political acolytes including Justin Trudeau and Jacinda Ardern. But that doesn’t answer the question why are they focusing on the genesis of the virus. In my view, they are doing their darnedest to make sure you regard this event exactly as they want you to. Specifically, that there was a novel virus.

I’m not alone in believing that myself at the beginning of the ‘pandemic’, but over time I’ve seen sufficient evidence to cast strong doubt on that idea. Additionally, when considered as part of a global coup d’état, I have put myself in the position of the most senior, hidden perpetrators. In a Q&A, they would learn that the effect of a released novel pathogen couldn’t be predicted accurately. It might burn out rapidly. Or it might turn out to be quite a lot more lethal than they’d expected, demolishing advanced civilisations. Those top decision-makers would, I submit, conclude that this natural risk is intolerable to them. They crave total control, and the wide range of possible outcomes from a deliberate release militates against this plan of action: ‘No, we’re not going to do this. Come back with a plan with very much reduced uncertainty on outcomes.’

The alternative I think they’ve used is to add one more lie to the tall stack of lies which has surrounded this entire affair. This lie is that there has ever been in circulation a novel respiratory virus which, crucially, caused massive-scale illness and deaths. In fact, there hasn’t.

Instead, we have been told there was this frightening, novel pathogen and ramped up the stress-inducing fear porn to 11, and held it there. This fits with cheating about genetic sequences, PCR test protocols (probes, primers, amplification and annealing conditions, cycles), ignoring contaminating genetic materials from not only human and claimed viral sources, but also bacterial and fungal sources. Why for example did they need to insert the sampling sticks right into our sinuses? Was it to maximise non-human genetic sequences?

Notice the soft evidence that our political and cultural leaders, including the late Queen, were happy to meet and greet one another without testing, masking or social distancing. They had no fear. In the scenario above, a few people would have known there was no new hazard in their environment. If there really was a lethal pathogen stalking the land, I don’t believe they’d have had the courage or the need to act nonchalantly and risk exposure to the virus.

Most convincingly for me is the US all-cause mortality (ACM) data by state, sex, age and date of occurrence, as analysed by Denis Rancourt and colleagues. The pattern of increased ACM is inconsistent with the presence of a novel respiratory virus as the main cause. If I’m correct that there was no novel virus, what a genius move it was to pretend there was! Now they want you only to consider how this ‘killer virus’ got into the human population.

Was it a natural emergence (you know, a wild bat bit a pangolin and this ended up being sold at a wet market in Wuhan) or was it hubristically created by a Chinese researcher, enabled along the way by a researcher at the University of North Carolina funded by Fauci, together making an end run around a presidential pause on such work? Then there’s the question as to whether the arrival of the virus in the general public was down to carelessness and a lab leak, or did someone deliberately spread it?

I also need to point out that the perpetrators have hermetic control of the mass media via a Big Tech and government stranglehold documented in part herehere and hereThat’s why they’ve found it so easy to censor people like me. If a story appears on multiple TV networks, it’s because they’re either OK with it or it has been actively planted. It won’t be genuine. They never tell the truth. I don’t think they’ve told the truth since this coup began and probably much earlier. Most so-called journalists have lost sight of what truth ever was.


I believe that the perpetrators (who could be all or any of Gates, Fauci, Farrar, Vallance, CEPI, EcoHealth Alliance, DARPA and numerous others) planted the controversy about the origins of SARS-CoV-2  because a little embarrassment of the establishment was a small price to persuade most of us that there surely must be a novel virus when there isn’t. (And they have got away with it to date.)  I have colleagues who do not believe what we’ve been told (i.e. that a virus has been experimentally constructed) is even possible technologically. I don’t have the background to assess that idea. But the rest hangs together for me in a way that no other explanation does.


To this point, an ex-pharmaceutical industry executive Sasha Latypova, speaking with Robert F Kennedy Jr on his podcast of last Thursday, March 16, describes the extensive evidence of the contracts and relationships that were in place before the Covid era. Contracts were signed for billions of dollars in February 2020. Not only would the required production never happen (from a standing start, to sign such a large commitment is ridiculous) but it cannot be done. She estimated that approximately one kilogram of DNA was required.

There isn’t that much medicinal grade DNA on the planet at any one time. That’s because it’s hard to do, very expensive, wholly bespoke and difficult to store for long periods. Also, the amounts of any specific DNA sequence required and held in store by commercial suppliers would be milligrams or perhaps grams at a stretch. So it was always completely unfeasible, regardless of how much money was thrown at the problem, to have accomplished what they claim to have done in a short time.

Consequently, no other conclusion is supported by the facts than that it’s a huge crime, extensively planned. In itself, that rules out a natural emergence of a pathogen, unless divine providence occurred. Logically we’re left with a leak or, as I argue, a lie plus a PsyOp. The former may or may not be possible, but what isn’t arguable is that something like this could be done and would be likely to run smoothly, with a real pathogen. Almost any outcome but the one presumably wanted is likely if a pathogen is released. I can reach no other conclusion than that it’s fake. 

In closing, I’m not saying people weren’t sick or that they didn’t die in huge numbers. I’m arguing only about the causes of illnesses and deaths. People were made sick and some killed by all the pre-existing causes, amplified by fear, resulting in immunosuppression and then a host of revolting actions. Note even the official overlap of signs and symptoms of ‘Covid-19’ and existing illnesses. 

Notably, they chopped antibiotic prescriptions in the US by 50 per cent during 2020. They ensured large numbers of frail elderly people were mechanically ventilated, a procedure which, in such subjects, is close to contraindicated. Some were administered remdesivir, which is a poison for the kidneys. In care homes, they were given midazolam and morphine, respiratory depressant drugs which in combination are all but contraindicated in patients with breathing difficulties. If used, close monitoring is required, most usually automated alarm systems attached to vital cardiorespiratory monitoring, including fingertip monitoring for blood gases. That didn’t happen in care homes.

I believe the main reason for the lies about the novel virus is a desire for total predictability and control, with the clearly articulated intention of transforming society; beginning by dismantling the financial system through lockdowns and furlough, while the immediate practical goal of lockdown was to provide the causus belli for injecting as many people as possible with materials designed not to induce immunity, but to demand repeat inoculation, to cause injury and death, and to control freedom of movement.

I’m sure they’re pretty content with getting at least one needle into 6,000,000,000 people.
Note that though an estimated 10-15million have been killed with poisonous ‘vaccines’, these are the but first of many mRNA injections to come. The indications are that ways to force you to accept ten more have been anticipated, because that’s the number of doses your government has agreed to purchase. Purchasing what? Well, it’s already been mooted that all existing vaccines are to be reformatted as mRNA types. 

If this happens, I don’t believe anyone injected ten more times is likely to escape death or severe, life-limiting illnesses. Inducing your body to manufacture non-self proteins will axiomatically induce an autoimmune attack by your own body. Your disease will be related to where the injected dose goes and of course the consistency of that injected product.

They’ve been horribly erratic so far. It’s not certain they ever could have been made and launched if they had been subject to the usual quality requirements and not granted ’emergency use’ authorisations. Of course, as we now know, the regulators played an important role beyond lying for the US military, the organisation which made the original orders for ‘vaccines’, and set all the contractual conditions for companies such as Moderna and Pfizer.

The chickens are coming home to roost right now in the banking system.

As I always say, I cannot know much for sure. I don’t have a copy of the script of this, the greatest crime in history. But, whatever Covid actually is, I don’t believe that what was called influenza disappeared conveniently in early 2020. It’s another lie. It’s what they do. It’s all they do.

To those who sense that all is not well but are unwilling to make the psychological leap to the diabolical world I believe we’re now living in, I point out the asymmetry of risk. If you follow the official narrative and I’m right, you and your children will lose all your freedoms and probably your lives. If you believe what I’m saying and I’m wrong, you’ll be laughed at. These options aren’t faintly balanced. A rational actor should cease believing what we’re being told. It’s not a safe position, keeping your counsel and your head down. It’s the most dangerous thing you could do.

===================

Startling Revelations Change Everything New Zealanders Have Been Schooled to  Believe

 

 

 

From the Hatchard Report, 2 August 2023

Bombshell revelations reported this weekend by The Australian, a leading broadsheet owned by the Murdoch group, have huge implications for pandemic policy here in New Zealand. They should completely change public perceptions and understanding of the Covid landscape. These implications include legal liability, safety of public health measures, future pandemic responses, and personal health choices.

The Weekend Australian leads with an investigative article entitled ‘Covid Cover-Up: How Science was Silenced’ covering a chilling admission of guilt from Robert Kadlec—former Assistant Secretary for Preparedness and Health at the US Department of Health. Kadlec told The Australian that he, Dr. Fauci and National Institute of Health Director Francis Collins privately discussed how to turn down the heat on China in the early days of the pandemic by playing down concerns about a lab leak from Wuhan.

Kadlec said “I think Tony Fauci was trying to protect his institution and his own reputation from the possibility that his agency was funding the Wuhan Institute of Virology researchers who, beyond the scope of the grants received from the National Institutes of Health, may have been working with People’s Liberation Army researchers on defensive coronavirus vaccines.”

‘Defensive coronavirus vaccine research’ is a euphemism for military-funded gain of function research to mutate deadly pathogens in order to explore the creation of vaccines for use in the event of a bio-war.

Kadlec admitted “We think vaccine research resulted in the pandemic—that vaccine research was the proximate cause.”

As a result, Kadlec said “we decided to encourage a group of leading international scientists to calm down speculation on the origin of the virus.”

The front page Australian article dated 29th July 2023 and three other articles on subsequent pages of the same edition, all covering the explosive admissions, are hidden behind an expensive online paywall shared with the WSJ but you can view a photo of the newspaper here and examine more detailed evidence here.

It comes on top of leaked private communications showing that leading scientists, very publicly debunking the lab leak theory, in actuality believed it was almost certainly correct. At the time, my own communications with top scientists working in the gene therapy field showed that it was widely understood that the genetic structures associated with the Covid spike protein were man made, yet saying so could lose you your job.

If you are new to this kind of discussion, you are probably asking why haven’t we seen articles like these here in NZ? The answer is revealed by a reporter from ABC News, talking with colleagues from the Sydney Morning Herald and the Australian which was inadvertently caught on a hot mic. One describes it as ‘annoying and amazing’ that the lab leak theory now looks to be correct. The journalists admit that they never looked at the lab leak theory dispassionately, but relied on their ideological rejection of those asking questions. In other words, there was no credible investigation of the facts by mainstream media.

The implications for New Zealand of the latest Covid revelations

For three years we have been divided as a nation along the lines of vaccinated versus unvaccinated. It is now abundantly clear that both Covid and Covid vaccines originated from risky biotechnology research on mutated deadly pathogens.

Rather than a divided nation we could have been a united nation, standing shoulder to shoulder against novel biotechnology experimentation.

There is a need to spell out the technical implications of this. The engineered spike protein has features which are completely foreign to our immune system. At the start of the pandemic, our physiology had no evolutionary context or memory of fighting off these novel genetic sequences. It is now apparent that the spike protein has a toxic profile, especially for the heart and circulatory system. Thus Covid infection had both short and long term unquantified implications for health. The various Covid vaccines were designed to teach our cells to produce Covid spike proteins in quantity, therefore the vaccines inevitably also had significant short and long term implications for health dictated by their pathogenic design.

If we had known that Covid was an engineered pathogen, we would have recognised that concerns about Covid vaccine safety were legitimate.

New Zealand was misled by the US administration. The lesson here is very clear. New Zealand must be more circumspect to scrutinise the health information supplied to our nation from nations and institutions who are clearly tied to commercial endeavours seeking to profit from actions and policy decisions resulting from this information. This includes information received from the WHO, ICMRA, FDA, CDC, WEF, and possibly through Five Eyes. It is now clear that some information we received during the pandemic from these sources was unreliable. False and/or misleading information was received at multiple levels of government including Medsafe, the PM’s office, and probably our intelligence organisations. Yet NZ adopted a trusting perspective and vigorously acted upon it, possibly more stringently than other nations. The result has not just been policy missteps, but high rates of vaccine injuryexcess deaths, economic hardship and lasting social division.

There is no doubt that PM Jacinda Ardern curated misplaced trust in foreign official sources. We now know these sources were editing scientific dialogue and results to suit commercial and geopolitical agendas.

In a gross error of judgement, Ardern’s department created a policy of exclusion aimed at those questioning the severity of Covid, the lab leak hypothesis, and Covid vaccine safety. This legitimised actions at every level of government and the judiciary to cancel those raising concerns. The Ardern government with the approval of opposition parties framed this as a moral crusade and pursued agreements with social media companies to exclude legitimate science and debate. In actuality, we were being played by foreign interests. Our sovereign independence was being undermined to an extent it never has been before. We were losing our right to choose as a nation, and thereby our right to choose as individuals. This illustrates the inherent bankruptcy of the globalist outlook as opposed to our traditional NZ outlook of self-determination. It highlights the need for extreme caution in a world of globalised information and media dilution of science.

How serious are the potential dangers?

In a globalised world, we have to be very circumspect of foreign interests which certainly do not coincide with those of New Zealand. Consider this article—New evidence of Beijing’s Covid cover-up and possible Wuhan lab leak revealed: China’s public health authorities cracked virus’ genetic code five DAYS before the world knew about the disease, scientist claims. China, like the US, was not sharing information, rather they were sharing disinformation, and they are likely to do so again in future.

The freewheeling attitude to biotech risk management was underlined this week by a horrifying article entitled “Unassuming warehouse in California turns out to be illegal Chinese-run virus laboratory that was genetically engineering mice and experimenting with HIV, herpes and malaria“. The safety rules governing biotechnology experimentation are simply inadequate for the task. Risky experimentation involving deadly pathogens at poorly secured locations are proliferating around the world. Worse, many are being funded by governments and legally sanctioned. The entire gene editing enterprise, whether safely contained or not, is fraught with unacceptable levels of risk and rife with accidents. Much publicity generated by commercial biotech interests is aimed at persuading the public that these serious risks are non-existent.

On top of this we have to consider that politicians have little ability to reliably sort the significance of varying evidence when considering any complex scientific advice they receive. Consider this paper published in the Annals of Internal Medicine entitled “The Effect of Influenza Vaccination for the Elderly on Hospitalization and Mortality”, which studied 170 million episodes of influenza care and 7.6 million deaths among those over 64. It concluded back in April 2020:

“No evidence indicated that flu vaccination reduced hospitalisations or mortality among elderly persons. The estimates were precise enough to rule out results from many previous studies.”

Do we hear about this when being urged to take our flu shots? No. The media and the government have long since stopped caring about the exaggerations and profiteering of the pharmaceutical industry.

Across the board, the globalist agenda and the associated information network is driven by ideological priorities remote from our national interests.

Listen for example to John Kerry, US Special Presidential Envoy for Climate, implying that agricultural production has to be curtailed to contain global warming. It doesn’t seem to bother John Kerry that he frequently travels by private jet. Nor does he seem to appreciate that modern civilization relies on agriculture which started in the Indus Valley 10,000 years ago. By a rambling circuitous route that lacks continuity of thought, Kerry arrives at the idea that because the world’s population is increasing we should reduce the global food supply, an argument worthy of concentration camp systems designed to work people to death. What does that mean for agricultural producers like NZ? This is being used to target NZ farmers. Our local supermarkets have swallowed the bait, hook, line and sinker (see here). Remember, the US sees NZ as an agricultural competitor to be controlled rather than assisted. We need to become alert and look out for our own interests.

In the wake of this weekend’s revelations we must appreciate that there are outstanding questions of legal liability.

We have covered some of these in our previous articles:

·  Were we sufficiently warned by Pfizer of the results of trials and post-marketing data indicating very high levels of vaccine adverse effects across a range of conditions? Apparently not.

·  Did our government decide to ignore concerning and unprecedented levels of domestic adverse effects of Covid vaccines because the US and UK authorities were spreading propaganda designed to dampen concerns around biotechnology in order to protect their commercial domination in the field of vaccine research, development and marketing? It appears so.

·  As a result, did the New Zealand Government, our health service, and the Accident Compensation Commission unfairly deny the existence of Covid vaccine injuries, dismiss patients without investigation or testing and withhold compensation? Yes, they did.

·  Did our courts trust government sources without requiring cross examination of government witnesses, and thereby disadvantage appellants? Yes, repeatedly.

·  Is the NZ government still funding a disinformation project driven by ideology aimed at cancelling anyone asking questions about Covid origins, vaccine safety and pandemic policy? Yes, vigorously.

Unfortunately none of these concerns are within the scope of the NZ All of Government COVID-19 Royal Commission of Inquiry which no doubt needs to be urgently widened (https://www.beehive.govt.nz/sites/default/files/2022-12/Summary of ToR for Royal Commission into COVID and any future pandemic.pdf).

In particular, the government seems to be unaware of the pitfalls of concluding an agreement which cedes our health sovereignty to the World Health Organisation (WHO). People working in distant offices in Geneva Switzerland, heavily influenced by the global pharmaceutical industry, are unlikely to fully appreciate the concerns of independent scientists and the unique interests of New Zealand and the health of its citizens. On past and present evidence, they are more than likely to work against our interests.

For example a study published by the prestigious BMJ on 26 February 2020 entitled WHO’s malaria vaccine study represents a “serious breach of international ethical standards” details WHO’s disregard for the adverse effects of an experimental malaria vaccine called Mosquirix in Malawi, Ghana, and Kenya. The trial was projected to involve 720,000 children, yet previous clinical trials found a rate of meningitis in those receiving Mosquirix 10 times that of those who did not, increased cerebral malaria cases, and a doubling in the risk of death (from any cause) in girls. The article bemoans the complete lack of informed consent concerning these serious risks offered to the unsuspecting African child participants and their parents. This is vile. Sound familiar? The WHO 2030 Agenda expects that we will all receive hundreds of novel vaccines over the next ten years, but WHO can’t even manage a single vaccine without violating accepted ethical safeguards. Our government wishes to hand over control of our medical system to these people. Why?

In conclusion, the New Zealand government, the media, the health service and the judiciary have failed to seriously consider safety questions that have been repeatedly raised, despite them being backed by published data and studies. Precaution has been thrown to the winds. The public has been left in the dark because of ideological prejudice and an ill-conceived reliance on foreign authority, alien to our history of self-sufficiency and cultural integrity. This represents a collective failure of our national systems of governance, science, education, information, health and justice. We are waiting to hear words of caution from those among the major parties standing for election in October. Proceeding with our election without anyone in authority admitting and correcting these mistakes will initiate a nightmare journey to further national chaos.

Guy Hatchard

How to Share this Article
Download/Print a PDF version or share this link with others:
https://hatchardreport.media/pdf-files/startling-revelations-change-everything-new-zealanders-have-been-schooled-to-believe.pdf

Or share this link to our website:
https://hatchardreport.com/startling-revelations-change-everything-new-zealanders-have-been-schooled-to-believe/

 

======================

Covid, the greatest fraud and crime the world has ever known

  Covid^J the greatest fraud and crime the world has ever known By Guy Hatchard, HatchardReport.com , 31 May 2023

 

The military’s primary role is protective. It must be alert to think ahead and be ready to eliminate tomorrow’s challenges today.

The military must be alert to protect the peace so that citizens may sleep soundly in their beds at night. The military can count itself fully successful if it never has to go to war.

Pandemic outcomes have highlighted defense and security weaknesses that every nation’s military faces as we enter an era dominated by the development of genetic technology and AI systems. These pose unique strategic challenges that have cast a shadow over our collective future.

Military Involvement Has Distorted Pandemic Policy

Persistent accounts of military involvement in the pandemic response around the world have been published during the last three years. Military organizational capabilities were called up by governments, but did the association run deeper than that?

Biological weapons have been used in warfare since antiquity. In 1347, Mongol forces catapulted plague-infested bodies over the walls into the Black Sea port of Caffa. Intense military interest in bioweapons has continued to this day. Any military power would be remiss if it failed to monitor both offensive and defensive developments.

The full significance of the difference between conventional bioweapons and genetic weapons has so far escaped military planners. Conventional bioweapons include a wide range of naturally occurring pathogens and toxins like anthrax or smallpox, but genetic weapons are engineered versions, which some believe in error can be designed to attack specific ethnic populations.

This repugnant idea has attracted the attention of all military powers because they fear that other nations are developing such weapons.

As it has turned out, ethnically targeted bioweapons are a myth. DNA shared by all ethnic human groups is sufficiently similar so that active genetic pathogens will rapidly find a way to infect all the available types. Genetic sequences are highly mobile and rapidly adaptive to their environments. Nor can they be recalled after release. The Covid pandemic has fully confirmed the impossibility of containing the spread of novel pathogens.

The Military is Interested in Vaccines

From a purely offensive military perspective, the development of viable bioweapons must be paired with antidotes that only one side has developed. Hence the longstanding military interest in vaccine development and deployment.

mRNA and adenovirus vaccines directly invade cells to reconfigure genetic functioning to produce specific sequences which in theory will stimulate the immune system to resist a pathogen. This hasn’t worked. They have prevented neither infection, transmission, nor severity of Covid illness

Importantly, higher human faculties are dependent on cellular genetic functioning whose characteristics are not fully understood. The cell is the building block of life and the home of immunity and physiological stability. Altering cellular function, as for example, mRNA vaccines do, has been shown to generate multiple adverse health conditions. Thus long-term health of the entire world’s population has been put at risk by the new generation of genetic vaccines. This is contrary to all military objectives.

Genetic Vaccines are Inherently Mutagenic

There are other deeper reasons why genetic technology is never going to be containable or safe. As we have discussed elsewhere in multiple articles available at https://globe.global, genetic processes operate at the interface between consciousness and matter, between physical law and physiological processes. Both physical law and consciousness are universal, they span time and space. Editing of genetic information and functioning has mutagenic and inherently unpredictable effects which will modify our relationship with experience and the wider environment. It can undermine our capacity to gain and apply knowledge.

Within the military establishment, there are competing philosophies at work. There are destructive tendencies and protective tendencies, offensive and defensive ways of thinking. It is now clear from published scientific research on the pandemic that genetic vaccines fall entirely into the destructive category, they are indiscriminately mutagenic and usually harmful.

Military Preparedness Pepends on Alertness

All the agencies which aim to protect the public, including the armed forces, the police, and the intelligence services, rely on the alertness of their individual members. Because mRNA vaccines modify genetic functioning which supports mental and physical health, they can undermine the performance of military personnel, defeating the ultimate purpose of defense.

Health data from the US Department of Defence indicates that mass mRNA vaccination has had a devastating effect on the health of personnel. This could be described as ‘defeat before war’.

Between destructive and protective tendencies, there is a middle ground, a field of creative thinking. In my book, Your DNA Diet, chapters 11-13 describe a military philosophy of ‘victory before war’. Enhancing the alertness of military personnel, protecting their mental and physical health is a first step to the creation of lasting peace whereby conflict, crime, and destructive tendencies can be reduced.

The Military Lessons of the Pandemic

On first hearing about the widespread massacres of Jews following the invasion of Russia, Churchill informed the public: “We are in the presence of a crime without a name.” The pandemic falls into that category. There is sufficient indication that Covid escaped from a lab. Worse, a lab that is suspected to have enjoyed military funding or support.

Doubling down on gain of function research in the name of public health or military preparedness, as is happening now, is both a folly and, given the scientific evidence of adverse effects, a crime so serious as to be unparalleled in history. The extent of Covid pandemic crime is overwhelming. The millions of pandemic casualties rank it with war, but a war without any point or outcome other than global suffering and international chaos. A global suicide mission.

Call for Action to Ban Genetic Experimentation

We are writing with a sincere hope that the implications of the increasingly cautionary results of the latest scientific research into the safety of mRNA and adenovirus vaccines (regularly reported by the Hatchard Report and GLOBE) will encourage the military authorities to ask questions and expect answers.

Don’t let the PR hype of those profiting from biotechnology contracts, overcome independent and commonsense assessment of outcomes.

Military authorities must be aware by now that there are long term health implications of biotechnology vaccines. Consequences which have not been fully assessed but are already known to include elevated risks of heart disease, cancers, infertility, neurological illness and strokes.

Don’t ignore the results of recently published studies or rely on outdated claims of safety.

As New Zealand began its mRNA Covid vaccination program ten months before widespread Covid infection began in our country, we are in a unique position to attest to the harmful effects of Covid vaccination in isolation from Covid infection. Currently, New Zealand has an unprecedented all-cause mortality rate that is the second highest in the OECD. It began to rise steeply before Covid infection reached our shores.

GLOBE is calling for action to ban biotechnology experimentation. The military powers of the world should initiate a conference to limit the development and spread of biotechnology research and interventions which adversely affect the integrity of the human cell and the effectiveness of immune responses—the basis of life everywhere.

Guy Hatchard, Ph.D., was formerly a senior manager at Genetic ID, a food testing and certification company (now known as FoodChain ID).

Guy is the author of Your DNA Diet: Leveraging the Power of Consciousness To Heal Ourselves and Our World. An Ayurvedic Blueprint For Health and Wellness.

Guy Hatchard

Share this article from our website:
https://globe.global/military-thinking-and-the-pandemic/

======================

Why Pathogens Don’t Exist

Why Pathogens Don’t Exist  By Dr Sam Bailey, 5 May 2023

Many of us who can see that viruses don’t exist, find it easier to do so as virology is an off-shoot of germ theory.

If germ “theory” is wrong, there is no sense in pursuing alleged disease-causing sub-microscopic organisms. That’s why the germ theorists don’t want us scratching beneath the surface of the so-called ‘science‘ involving bacteria either.

Let’s have a look at why the concept of “pathogens” is a complete fail on their own terms from Koch’s Postulates through to some modern day animal experiments.

Connect with Drs. Sam (Samantha) & Mark Bailey

Transcript prepared by TCTL (Truth Comes To  Light) editor:

 

Dr. Sam Bailey

When it comes to science and the scientific method, we need to be precise. Very precise.

One of the problems many people have noticed during the COVID-19 fraud is that the “science” is anything but precise. For example, the public was told that according to the science, masks were not useful. But then useful a few weeks later, even when no new data was provided.

This is not science, of course, but political whims and agendas in motion.

However, the problem goes much deeper than most people can imagine. In the last three years, we have spent a lot of effort exposing the pseudoscience of the virus model.

This is a branch of the fallacious germ theory paradigm. And many of us find it easier to see that viruses don’t exist. Because if germ theory is false, then pathogens do not and cannot exist either.

~~~

In 2020, when I was coming up to speed with virology, the work of my soon-to-be “Virus Mania” co-authors Torsten Engelbrecht and Dr. Claus Kohnlein, as well as the Perth Group, caused a paradigm shift in my thinking.

For the first time I looked at virology critically and became focused on the terminology being used. That unlocked the door to understanding the methodologies of their experiments and a realisation that their claims that viruses existed were not backed up by scientific evidence.

In other cases, it is through the perversion of the English language that the public is deceived into believing they have produced various results.

There came a wider realization that doctors and the majority of people involved in science were not actually scientists. They are practitioners and technicians, following “guidelines” and so-called best practice protocols.

By contrast, to be a scientist, it really means someone who systematically gathers and uses research and evidence to make hypotheses and test them, to gain and share understanding and knowledge.

Some of the keywords here are ‘systematically’ and ‘to test hypothesis’.

As we and others have demonstrated, the virus model is being held together by ether.

The various hypotheses involved in virology have been systematically refuted, and in most cases these refutations are on their own terms.

All that is left now are apologists who embarrass themselves by claiming that we don’t need the old science because detecting genetic sequences proves that viruses exist.

As I have mentioned, virology is an offshoot of germ theory and started gaining momentum at the end of the 19th century when the latter was taking hold, largely due to the promotions of Robert Koch and Louis Pasteur.

The germ theorists were convinced that microbes they could see under the light microscope were the cause of various diseases. It was thought that these microbes were behind the concept of contagion.

However, in some diseases, specific microbes, whether they be bacterial or fungal, could not be identified. So it was imagined that even smaller microbes, so-called viruses, were responsible for disease causation and contagion.

Without even worrying about virology, the problem for germ theory is that it never got off the ground, and it is only through sustained fraud that it continues to be touted as a scientific theory.

Once again, it is more accurately defined as a long-refuted hypothesis, which we will now explore.

In order for there to be germ theory, there needs to be pathogens. The Merriam Webster Dictionary defines a pathogen as a specific causative agent, such as a bacterium or virus of disease.

The keyword here is causative. They are saying that there are microbes that can make an organism sick by coming into contact with it.

Medical News Today spelled it out, saying ‘A pathogen brings disease to its host’ and ‘Pathogens can spread in a variety of different ways’.

Whenever scientific claims such as these are made, there should be specific evidence that is cited. However, this charade has been going on so long that various individuals and organisations will now claim that it is common knowledge and doesn’t require citations.

Remember that I have pointed out previously that Wikipedia’s scientific theory page states ‘Some theories are so well-established that they are unlikely ever to be fundamentally changed’. Alas, the germ theory of disease is one of them.

Wikipedia’s germ theory of disease page, then doesn’t bother to provide any reference for the claim that ‘microorganisms known as pathogens or “germs” can affect disease. These small organisms, too small to be seen without magnification, invade humans, other animals, and other living hosts. Their growth and reproduction within their hosts can cause disease’.

Invade. Now that is strong language.

The claim is that we are potential prey for invading microorganisms or germs with a vicious streak. It would be scary if it were true.

While the Wikipedia page doesn’t provide any direct citations, it of course mentions Louis Pasteur and Robert Koch. These heavily promoted historical figures are generally considered to have cemented the scientific foundations for germ theory by people that are relying on accounts of their work.

Rather than having actually read their source publications, with regard to Pasteur, Wikipedia states that ‘Louis Pasteur’s spontaneous generation experiment illustrates that liquid nutrients are spoiled by particles in the air rather than the air itself. These results of these experiments supported the germ theory of disease’.

This is a trap for young players. They are conflating spontaneous generation with germ theory. Pasteur’s Swan Neck Flask experiments do not support germ theory at all.

If we look at the first experiment, any bacteria in the flask are killed by the heating process. And then if no further bacteria can reach the nutrient broth, no bacteria grow.

Actual conclusion: Heating bacteria to high enough temperatures will denature them, as happens to all organisms. And if bacteria can’t get somewhere, you won’t find them there.

Experiments two and three show that bacteria will recolonise nutrient broth after sterilisation if they can reach the broth.

Actual conclusion: Bacteria are everywhere and will grow in nutrient broth.

And that’s it.

You’re supposed to believe that this is evidence of germ theory. Humorously, this is actually evidence of terrain theory.

The problems for the germ theorists is that a nutrient broth is not an organism, such as a human. The experiments do not show that bacteria can invade a host. They show that bacteria will proliferate in suitable terrain, which could be a nutrient broth or could be dead or dying tissue.

They describe the liquid nutrients as “spoiled”. But what does that mean?

If you put out some tasty food on the dining table, do you say that your family are spoiling it as they enjoy nutritional intake that is suitable for them.

As a little segue, here’s something we did at home recently that acts as a good illustration of terrain.

Our older boys picked buckets of apples from our orchard to make apple juice.

We took some of the juice and placed it in a five litre demi jar for controlled fermentation by yeast. The result: A lively and fruity cider a few weeks later.

And another partially-filled demi jar with exactly the same starting juice. The fermentation was less controlled and it smells like it is on its way to apple cider vinegar, which is also a welcome addition to the home pantry.

Now do we say that the apple juice is spoiled? Not at all.

When the juice was inside the apple and attached to a living tree, the yeast all over the apple did nothing to it. However, when the apple was removed from the tree and juiced, the yeast went straight to work.

If you want to keep it as apple juice, then you need to kill the yeast first and then bottle it up right away so that no more yeasts can get to it.

We do not say that the yeast is a pathogen that can invade a host, because its only capacity is to work on breaking down tissue.

Pasteur’s Swan Neck Flask experiments do not show evidence of pathogenic behaviour of microbes.

As we have just discussed, a nutrient broth or apple juice is not the equivalent of an organism.

Nutrient broths do not get diseases and it is silly to call something spoilt or infected when you have laid out an all-you-can-eat buffet for our microbial friends.

It may be inconvenient if your apple juice unintentionally becomes vinegar, but nature doesn’t make mistakes as it orchestrates the life force in our world.

The only problem is for people who think they can fight nature and view many microbes as unwanted troublemakers or worse, the agents of their all-too-often self-inflicted disease.

We have examined the fraudulent nature of Pasteur’s other work on several occasions and covered this in Virus Mania as well.

Pasteur never demonstrated that bacteria could invade and cause disease in any of the animals he experimented on. His cruel experiments involved unnatural exposure roots and failed to show that bacteria had any capacity to invade a healthy host.

Additionally, it eventually came to light that he had deceived the world with regard to the effectiveness of his vaccines.

No surprises that injecting the filthy products of disease into a healthy host was a foolish and dangerous practice.

The next big gun that Wikipedia’s germ theory of disease entry pulls out is Robert Koch.
Now the famous Koch’s postulates are actually reasonable scientific postulates. The problem for the germ theorists is that they have never been fulfilled.

Of course, only the most foolhardy virologists suggest that they have satisfied Cox postulates.

As my husband Mark wrote in A Farewell to Virology: “…whether different virologists want to entertain the validity of Koch’s Postulates or not, it is simply another distraction as the postulates require the physical isolation of a microbe rather than assertions that one exists through means such as computer simulations, imaging vesicles of unknown biological function, or claiming that unpurified biological soups given to animals contain ‘viruses’.”

However, even outside of virology, the germ theorists have distanced themselves from Koch’s Postulates. Because if they follow the scientific method, they end up refuting their own hypotheses.

Wikipedia covers things up by stating, ‘While Koch’s postulates retain historical importance for emphasising that correlation does not imply causation, many pathogens are accepted as causative agents of specific diseases without fulfilling all of the criteria’.

They provide a citation in the form of a 2002 publication titled Natural History of Bartonella Infections (an Exception to Koch’s Postulate).

This is a review article and it does not provide evidence that bacteria are pathogenic. It simply states that some bacteria are pathogens.

So where does the distancing of themselves from Koch’s postulates leave the germ theorists? The lack of evidence of a microorganism in its entirety exhibiting pathogenic behaviour has led them to sight Stanley Falkow’s ‘Molecular Koch’s postulates…’ which was put forward in 1988.

This is a system to purportedly show that a gene present in a microorganism gave it a virulence or ability to cause disease factor.

Then we had Fredericks’ and Relman’s 1996 publication: ‘Sequence-Based Identification of Microbial Pathogens: a Reconsideration of Koch’s Postulates’.

Once you understand what they are doing here, you can see that they can’t produce a smoking gun. So now they are presenting gunpowder.

We have covered this previously, including in my video ‘Koch’s Postulates, Germ School Dropout’, where we also looked at these attempts to modify the postulates over the years and the desperation to keep alive germ theory.

Mark and I also obtained a translation and analysed Koch’s pivotal paper from 1882, ‘The Etiology of Tuberculosis’, in which we expose the uncontrolled nature of his TB experiments, and the fact he only showed association of mycobacteria with disease rather than causation.

But wait! Some germ enthusiasts say we have shown that mycobacteria cause TB in modern day studies. Really?

In 2021, our colleague Michael S wrote to the New Zealand Ministry of Health, the Ministry of Primary Industries and the Institute of Environmental Science and Research, with an Official Information Act request for ‘all studies and/or reports in the possession, custody or control that uses purified bacterium, Mycobacterium bovis to prove causation of the alleged Tuberculosis disease in animals’.

None of them claimed to have this evidence. And the Ministry for Primary Industries transferred the request to Ospri, the agency that “provides a national traceability scheme to help create a TB-free New Zealand”. Ospri thought they had this one covered, and with brazen audacity said to Michael S: The information we hold in relation to your request is publicly available. Per section 18(d) of the Official Information Act, we are not obliged to provide publicly available information. However, as a goodwill gesture we have elected to provide copies of the following:…” And listed eight publications.

Now at this stage we can tell by simply glancing at most of these papers that they are a waste of time. But their trump card is a study, “Experimental Mycobacterium bovis infection of cattle”, published in the New Zealand Veterinary Journal in 1994.

As always with animal studies, we need to go to the experimental design. We see here that each cow was knocked out with intravenous xylazine and then a cut was made in the neck. A 2.5 centimetre cut was then made in the trachea and a bronchoscope was inserted down to the level of the first bronchus. At this point, a broth containing the mycobacteria was injected directly into the lungs. Five cows received a low dose, five cows a high dose, and five pregnant cows also a high dose.

A control experiment was performed where five cows were injected with an albumin broth. Although this is an inappropriate control as more than one variable was changed. It should have consisted of the developed Mycobacterium broth with the bacteria then removed.

Another flaw with the experimental design was that it was not blinded.

So did the cows subsequently become sick or succumb to the bacteria?

Well, no. There was no report of them becoming ill, but every cow was slaughtered and subjected to extensive gross post mortem examination, between 161 and 171 days post inoculation.

They found tuberculosis lesions in the lungs and draining lymph nodes of the cows that were injected with the bacterial broth, and reported that the lesions were larger in the high dose group.

  1. bovis was isolated from the animals that had been injected with the bacteria but not in those that had not been injected.

So-called antibody levels through an elisa technique and interferon levels were also recorded. But neither of these bodily responses to the insults can offer direct evidence of bacterial pathogenicity.

So how on earth is this study supposed to show that this mycobacterium is a pathogen?

Unless you believe that natural exposure means trapping an animal, knocking it out, cutting open its airway, injecting large numbers of bacteria into its lung, and then killing it a few months later?

It doesn’t.

It offers no evidence that a healthy cow can inhale certain bacteria which then attack it, or that animals could pass disease between each other via microbes.

There are many entities, including non-living ones, that are harmless to organisms through natural exposure, but toxic if nature is perverted through mechanisms such as direct injection.

We are also constantly inhaling alleged pathogens such as these mycobacteria species.

And what do they do to us? Absolutely nothing. Because if our lung terrain is healthy, there is no suitable tissue for them to work on.

The establishment needs cover stories, such as the person with a certain disease being immunocompromised. But this does not mean there microbes have pathogenic capabilities.

The problem for the unwell is not their so-called immune system, but the fact that their health is so poor that areas of their body are devitalized. At this point, the microbes simply do as they are designed, and breakdown the dead and dying tissue.

There are no studies that show that microbes can attack a healthy host in natural circumstances and spread around to attack other hosts.

Pathogens do not exist, as has been claimed.

You are best to ignore these fear-inducing germ narratives that benefit vested interests and evil agendas.

======================

MAHA has concrete proof for court evidence SARSCOV2 does not exist

 

MAHA has concrete proof for court evidence SARSCOV2 does not exist  By Editor, cairnsnews, 29 April 2023

 

Editor’s note: Considerably more evidence that supports this article can be seen on Drs Sam and Mark Bailey’s website, drsambailey.com and on many other websites and ar ticles.

THERE IS NO SARSCOV2 VIRUS And hence, there is no Covid19 Pandemic

It is all a huge fraud

All thanks to a wonderful German Engineer, Marvin Haberland, and a great American researcher Christine Massey and an incredible German biologist, Dr Stefan Lanka and many others.

Christine has proved through hundreds of FOI requests and responses, that the SARSCOV2 virus has never been isolated anywhere in the World.

See https://bit.ly/3oK2RCg and https://bit.ly/41Efi0Y and the hundreds of FOI’s on Christine’s website https://bit.ly/3AxNKyA

When Greg Hunt, the then Australian Federal Health Minister was questioned by Solihin Millin he responded with a pathetic letter (see https://bit.ly/3JVOYGf) stating he was unable to prove the explicit existence of the SARSCOV2 virus other than through citing the results of a single pseudo-scientific experiment carried out by the Doherty Institute associated with the University of Melbourne in Australia. (Editor: The Doherty Institute had connections to US biolabs in Ukraine)

For the results of a scientific experiment to be validated a second precisely similar experiment must be carried out without introducing the supposed causative agent, in the case of the Doherty Institute, a human sample supposed to be infected with the SARSCOV2 virus.

Marvin Haberland was astute enough to question this Doherty Institute pseudo-experiment, and the Doherty Institute under FOI (Freedom of Information) confirmed that the Doherty Institute never carried out a control experiment, thereby scientifically invalidating their findings.

Further, a great German biologist Dr Stefan Lanka showed through running the missing Doherty Institute control experiment that the results using a placebo (inert substance) resulted in exactly the same experimental outcome. (see https://bit.ly/40GjThN)

Marvin Haberland was fined by the German Covid19 authorities and refused to pay the fine, so he was taken to court.

Here is his complaint (translated into English) https://bit.ly/40BWjD7

Marvin Haberlandhas won his case in Germany heard on the 26th April 2023.

This is now hard scientific and legal evidence for MAHA to raise in our up and coming Australian Federal Court Class Action that the SARSCOV2 virus does not exist.

Hence Covid19 does not exist since it is meant to be caused by the non-existent SARSCOV2 virus.

And hence Covid19 is a total fraud.

In addition there is a great deal of proof that the PCR test and associated false positives that was used to create the false Covid19 cases, is completely false and cannot be used to test for a disease.

A Portuguese court confirmed this – see https://bit.ly/41VMK2E

As did a request for retraction of the original Drostin paper recommending the PCR test to test for SARSCOV2 and hence Covid19 (see https://bit.ly/3Lx5lNb and https://bit.ly/3NipFDo)

Further huge amounts of evidence are available to MAHA confirming that the Covid19 Plandemic has been falsely constructed to enable the distribution of otherwise illegal, dual purpose gain of function poisonous bio-warfare mRNA based nanotechnology gene altering injections and other lethal and harmful nano substances by the United States of America Department of Defence.

What has been called the SARSCOV2 virus is a chimeric (made by humans) in silico (only exists in computers, created by human imagination) biological poison developed for bio-warfare. (see https://bit.ly/3zHGuQ6)

We’ve won

In addition we have hard evidence that the Australian TGA has hidden death statistics in order to support the false Australian Government Covid19 injection narrative. (see https://bit.ly/3Lb4791 and https://bit.ly/3LubEBb)

With these simple facts which will be presented via the MAHA Class Action to the Australian Federal Court we have proved the falsity of the entire Covid19 Plandemic

Australians rejoice

You are about to be compensated for this hugely destructive shocking lethal and injurious fraud that the Australian Governments have inflicted on us all.

===================

Societal Betrayal Has Destroyed Trust Forever

Societal Betrayal Has Destroyed Trust Forever  By Graham Crawford, henrymakow.com, 20 March 2023


Are the vaccinated damned?

 

The very thought of that potentially ticking time bomb may be too much for many to bear. How will they cope? How will they and the rest of the world hold together under the weight of collective anxiety and anger at being callously misled and coerced into taking, often repeatedly, a highly suspect experimental injection they never actually needed?

“I am also now like a wary dog, constantly watchful of the abusive master should he attempt to raise his hand again.”

 

The Needle and the Damage Done


 “I regretted it the moment the needle went in, and I’ve regretted it ever since.”

For that person, the irreversible leap into the unknown had been made, and there was no going back.

Depending on what figures you believe, around 50 million people in the UK and 5.5 billion worldwide made the leap.

Many remain in ignorance of what it truly means, but as reports and general chat leaks out about horrendous numbers of vaccine- related deaths and terrible side effects, how much longer before they are hit by the harsh reality?

Psychologically, it will be a nightmare place to be in.

The very thought of that potentially ticking time bomb may be too much for many to bear. How will they cope? How will they and the rest of the world hold together under the weight of collective anxiety and anger at being callously misled and coerced into taking, often repeatedly, a highly suspect experimental injection they never actually needed?


Some weeks ago, I was in one of Glasgow’s busiest shopping streets at a memorial for those killed and severely injured by the covid injection, when a passer-by in her early seventies told me how she had ended up in A&E twice following the jab.

She had taken it very much against her instinct after being continuously hounded, badgered and guilt-tripped by her husband and other family members.

A year on, she was still clearly deeply angry at her husband – and also at herself for eventually succumbing to the bullying.

She said as much, and also admitted that because of it all, she no longer felt the same towards her husband, and did not know if her marriage of 50 years could survive.


This lady, and millions, possibly billions, of others may also have to deal with an enormous sense of utter betrayal by governments, scientists, Big Pharma, doctors, and all the other establishment institutions – not least of all the complicit corporate and national media.

The latter were the very people who should have sought to give us ‘fair, balanced and accurate reporting’, but who instead relentlessly terrified entire populations with their disproportionate and misleading fear messaging about the virus, and their endless threats of social exclusion or worse for dissenters of lockdowns, masks and the so- called vaccines.

But here is the thing: I believe that those of us who did not buckle under the strain of this pressure actually faced our own severe trauma.

We could see from early on that the covid emperor had no clothes – that it was all an exaggeration, a colossal illusion built on deception after deception, until the truth became the lie, and the lie became the truth.

To bear witness to this, and hold on to solid ground, was extremely difficult.

But I, and others, discovered we were not quite alone in this cruel dystopian nightmare. By the sheer will of spirit, we remain bloodied but unbowed; but there is so much still to heal. And that is a process I doubt will ever be complete. A scar is a scar; it may soften in time, but it never quite goes away.

I know I will never view governments in the same way again as I did pre-covid. Any residual trust has gone completely.


I will never again trust the BBC and the rest of the mainstream media, and, as a former journalist, that is a deep gash.

I will never quite trust doctors or nurses who fell into line and stayed silent – and still do.

Or so-called scientists and academics who, again, stayed silent, or were prepared to fudge the truth to protect their grants and jobs.


Or police who turned so easily from community-supporting crime fighters to unthinking, ruthless, masked-up, tooled-up government enforcers, breaking up peaceful protests and political meetings.


Or hysterical teachers and their unions who gave away their great lie that ‘the children must come first’.

Or most churches, temples and mosques for their complicit silence and hate-inspiring statements, such as ‘Jesus would want everyone to be vaccinated and to do otherwise is an act of selfishness’.

And then there are the neighbours, friends, family members and strangers who displayed a total lack of critical thinking; who put me, and my like, at risk with their compliance. They still do. What jeopardies do they hold for us in the future with their weak, blind and unnecessary obedience?

They were complicit in the theft of more than two years of my life.

My worldview has changed forever.

I am also now like a wary dog, constantly watchful of the abusive master should he attempt to raise his hand again.

Only now I know that no one is my master – or ever will be.

And do you know what else? I am one of a huge pack.

====================

Trump CV19 Vax Contract Violated by Pfizer

 

Trump CV19 Vax Contract Violated by Pfizer  By Greg Hunter, 19 March 2023

 

Karen Kingston is a biotech analyst and former Pfizer employee who understands complicated medical and biological contracts.  Kingston has been doing a deep dive into the contract President Trump signed with Pfizer for their version of the CV19 vax.  The contract proves Trump required Pfizer to follow the law to produce a safe and effective vaccine.  The Pfizer vax was not safe or effective and violated the contract.  On top of that, the Pfizer vax turned out to be a bioweapon.   Pfizer says it produced 63% of the 13 billion injections worldwide.  Kingston explains, “Unlike any other contract I have ever read before, the contract says right up front the President said they had to produce a safe and effective vaccine, and they would have to promise it would protect against SARS-Cov-2 infections and all its variants.  Oh, and by the way, all those Emergency Use Authorization (EUA) laws that give you immunity under Obama and Bush, Jr., you are going to forfeit those. . . .  Trump said he wanted it by October 31, and the vaccine must be safe and effective.  This was not safe and effective under the emergency use vaccine even though it was going to be EUA authorized.  They cite the FDA laws under initial new drug applications that it must adhere to.  In fact, Pfizer had to adhere to initial new drug application laws that were separate from EUA laws.   On top of that, it had to be guaranteed to be safe and effective. . . . The contract that Trump had Pfizer sign made them guarantee this was safe and effective.  So, they broke the contract, and Pfizer is not protected under the EUA law. . . . The way the contract is written, it looks to me, Trump said if we need a vaccine to reopen the country, you have to make sure it was safe and effective. . . . The phrase is in there over a dozen times.  There is no gray area that the product (Pfizer CV19 vax) had to be safe and effective.”

The bioweapon/vax is research that has been under development for a couple of decades.  Kingston contends, “Even Bobby Kennedy said the last 20 years of Fauci (NIH) and Ralph Baric (UNC) research was bioweapon research.  Bioweapon research is based in mRNA technology.  So, anyone working on mRNA technology under the guise of vaccines and gene therapy was really working on a bioweapon.  This is exactly what Lt. General Kirillov, who heads up Russia’s bioweapon program, stated that this is what mRNA technology is.  He said they are artificial viruses . . .  pathogens based in mRNA technology.  Basically, they are technology pathogens.  They are meant to cause disease, disabilities and death in humans.  They have developed this under the guise of vaccines. . .”

Kingston has been trying to get the leaders around the country and in Congress to stop ignoring the extreme death and disabilities caused by the CV19 bioweapon/vax.  The evidence is now overwhelming, and, yet, this huge ongoing bioweapon attack is being ignored.  Kingston says, “The NIH, CDC and FDA were co-conspirators, that’s what they are.  They were complicit in developing mRNA bioweapons and deploying them, not just in the United States, but deploying them globally.  By ignoring the crime, you become complicit in the crime.  My concern is also for President Trump.  These are clearly defined as bioweapons . . . that do not prevent infection, or transmission, does not prevent hospitalization and was done under criminal and fraudulent experimentation, that is the definition of a bioweapon, especially when it causes harm. . . .This is my warning to America and Congress.  We cannot ignore that a bioweapon was developed by American companies and unleashed on the global population.  If you continue to ignore this, then you are complicit in a crime. . . . You don’t want a foreign power to come in and take care of this.  The way Russia takes care of many criminals is they execute them or assassinate them.  This is not something that America wants another global military power to take care of.”

In closing, Kingston says, “We must stop mRNA technology because it will be used to destroy humanity.”

===============================

Med Beds, the future medical technology

 

Med Beds^J the future medical technology  By Medeen Greere, 8 March 2023

Editor’s note:  Click on the link above to see the full PDF article including graphics. Note also that some of the links have already been taken down.

New Way of Healing! Med Bed, Quantum, Anti-Gravity, Concealed Technologies, Replicators & Perpetual Fountain of Youth

Medeea Greere, an independent publisher, is now on Telegram at https://t.me/AMGNEWS2022 and exists only on reader support as we publish Truth, Freedom and Love for public awareness. Thank You for your support!

Within a year’s time most hospital procedures are obsolete. Healing through Frequency Therapy.

Anyone who is not on the specific Earth-frequency for awakening and healing, meaning open to incoming ascension energies; the inward waves of harmonic resonances leading to unity consciousness, will either have to transform or fail.

This consist of your body and soul, and is not fantasy, it is measurable, real science and fact, called Schumann resonances that are global electromagnetic resonances, generated and incited by energies in our universe and noticeable during lightning.

The older we get; the more errors occur in the coding of DNA. As a result, the overall condition of our bodies decreases over time. We grow old, we get wrinkles, we get sick and eventually die.

A method to treat physical complaints by means of radio frequencies, is aided by highly advanced and avant-garde equipment, to treat physical complaints or to prevent, reduce and heal. Intentionally, hidden from the public eye, as it is not benefitting Big Pharma.

We hear sound because our ears distinguish different frequencies and resonances , which are interpreted as sound by the brain. Light is received by our eyes and translated by the brain into images. Both sound and light have frequencies. Radio frequencies are used in this treatment.

The equipment transmits specific frequencies to the body. These are particularised for each individual. People can distinguish different musical instruments and individual tones in the complexity of frequency signals of music, so can our body individually distinguish radio frequencies from a complex signal.

Some do feel this as vibrations, others cannot. Every matter has its own frequency; just tap the table or the window and you will hear the difference in sound, which is each own frequency. In the same way, atoms and molecules and cells have their own frequency.

If those frequencies correspond to the frequency of cells or molecules in the body, a resonance is generated. This is called bio-resonance. Living matter reacts to any frequency that matches and consequently can be received.

Cells can be affected by bacteria, fungi, viruses, cosmic radiation, X-rays, ultraviolet light and toxic substances. These changes in the DNA code, which is copied to the next generation, occur through cell divisions, ionising radiation, some viruses and recently through mRNA Covid vaccination. These changes in codes are passed on to the next cell generation.

 

At each cell division, errors occur in copying DNA, and even after repair by the cell’s own DNA repair mechanism, some of the errors remain. As a result, of DNA changes over time cells can no longer perform their original function.

This, among other things, is called auto-immune reaction that increases, together with an ever-worsening presence of pathogenic micro-organisms. A protective mechanism against further mutation is existent, causing the irreparably damaged cells to be put into a silent mode, called senescence, aging of organism, a sort of hibernation, stopping further cell divisions.

These senescent cells increase in number during aging and in themselves have a degenerative influence on their immediate environment. All in all, both the quality and quantity of functional cells decrease. – New research is underway enabling the removal senescent cells to be replaced by functional cells.

Frequency therapy applies a multitude of different frequencies simultaneously. It is a homeopathic harmless treatment, comparable to rewriting a hard disc in a computer, but in this case the rewriting of the immune system and DNA structure who are reprogrammed completely eliminating autoimmune diseases that among other roots are caused by mRNA injection.

Within a year’s time most hospital procedures are obsolete

President Donald Trump said on June 14, 2020 to the nation,

“within a year’s time or so almost all hospital procedures will be obsolete.”

Every city will have many medical beds and Tesla chambers capable of healing and repairing DNA along with curing all ailments. Like Age regression, up to 30 years.

No more Cancer, Autism, Alzheimer, Fibromyalgia (fi·bro·my·al·gi·a) a condition that causes joint pain all over the body, sleep problems, fatigue, and often emotional and mental distress, and many other deficiencies.

 

Proof is in the signed executive orders. Med beds have the ability to regrow organs that are missing, such as a gall bladder, kidney or lymph nodes etc. Through the use of light spectrums and frequencies.

The Holographic Medical Pods or Med Beds are automated Stations where a medical expert Healer selects the type of procedure to be done from the computer database, the patient lies down in the Pod or Bed and the Machine performs the medical operation or procedure. Finally, lasers close the points of entry from where the procedure commenced.

The Med Beds diagnose, treat and perform a wide range of surgical procedures with ultra fine-laser incisions that are guided by 3D anatomical scanning. The 3D scanning has refractory lenses that take live scans of the body in order to perform various medical procedures.

A Med Bed is based on tachyon particle energy those are hypothetical faster-than-light particles and plasma energy. Plasma energy comes of the universe, balancing planets to keep them in their position, in order they do not collide with each other. In other words; the solar system is in balance with itself and with all the planets.

The soil, atmosphere, water, everything is plasma energy, actually, everything in the universe is plasma energy, it’s just in a different form amid dissimilar vibrational frequencies.

The Med Beds have controllable Artificial Intelligence (AI) so it cannot get out of control and run wild, actually a computer. It operates like a magnetic resonance imaging – MRI, that makes a magnetic oscillation and resonance scan of your body to diagnose disease.

Med Bed scans skin, muscle tissue, all organs and everything else in the body. It shows everything – all the way down to the micron level of the blood. It actually identifies your DNA and it does a complete internal analysis of the body. Doing so, it picks up any disease and any genetic imperfection. For example, stage 4 leukaemia on a Med Bed is cured in about 2.5 minutes, without any side effect.

If an organ has been removed; Med Bed’s re-atomisation process regenerates that organ as if it had been never removed. Due to the body’s original resonance, its vibrational frequency. The body always remembers when an organ has been removed or stopped functioning. Med Bed’s artificial intelligence links into the body’s vibrational frequency and DNA to regenerate the organ. It is simple like that.

Concealed Technologies Med Bed, Quantum, Anti-Gravity Propulsion, Replicators

Again, Med Bed technology has been “suppressed” and “concealed” from the public for a long, long time. This technology is not available for purchase or services to the general public, until after the Deep State Cabal is rendered powerless.

Fortunately, because of the recent planetary shift from 3D to 5D, and increasing demand for transparency by the human collective consciousness; courageous people are coming forward to disclose what has been hidden for decades, even centuries, and most likely for thousands of years.

The global transition for decades, and has information about many topics the general public is not aware of, including but not limited to, off-world ET technology gifts to humanity like the Quantum Financial Monetary System, Anti-Gravity Propulsion, Replicators and Med Beds.

It’s not difficult to imagine that there are suppressed technologies today that are being purposely hidden from the common masses for the benefit of those who are at the top of the society; those who are “in charged” of the system to maintain their control on everything – natural resources, institutions, the military, political, and even the psychological aspect of every individual. What is difficult to accept, however, is the claims that these advance technologies are not from earth but was given or left by extra-terrestrial beings existing from other planets.

There exist three types of Med Beds: Holographic; Regenerative which regenerates tissue and body parts, and finally Re-Atomisation Med Bed that in about two- to three minutes regenerate the whole human body, head to toe.

Perpetual Fountain of Youth

What does this advanced technology mean for an 80-year old person? He/she could be 30-years old again in less than three minutes. Fifty years pealed off his/her life. Now, she can have children again. They could have a whole new family if they want. It looks like, Med Bed technology is a perpetual fountain of youth.

Med Bed technology looks at the body and corrects imperfections. This technology has been around for quite some time. It has been kept hidden from the human race for a very long time. Some people may think this healing technology is science fiction. Too good to be true. It is even not too complicated to manufacture those Med Beds in quantities and distribute them everywhere it is desired. Jered Rand says;

“When you are in a Med Bed, you don’t go through any pain, you don’t go through radiations. It’s not like some evil event. You go into a deep sleep. There’s no injection, no needles or anything. You wake up and look in the mirror and your creepy skin is gone. Your white hair is the colour it was when you were in your twenties (20s). It’s the same for your eyesight, your hearing, your taste, your smell. Everything is restored to a perfected younger state again,”

This is the new age for the new Earth and new human race. It’s totally the opposite of what we’ve lived. These technologies are already here. It’s a matter of getting them safely to the people that can use them.” At last, since year 2020 Med Beds technology is not available to the general public.

Replicators recycle old things back into plasma energy. There’s no waste, no trash, no garbage, nothing to pollute the environment or to destroy the eco-system. Soil is plasma energy. Plants are plasma energy. Take a replicator to a poor village and those people can have everything they ever dreamed of in a matter of minutes. Replicators will eliminate the need for massive amounts of land to feed the population. Anything you want, you can have it.

ALSOSecret NASA Experiment Confirms 500 B.C. Chakra Teachings: Wealth Manifestation Offer Taking The Market By Storm

3D printers are the forerunners of replicators. Accelerate that a hundred times and you have a Med Bed replicator. Everything in creation and is composed of plasma energy. Replicators are off-world technology, given to us by the Galactics, who are sharing this technology with the human race. This technology is coming! It’s going to be available everywhere. You will be able to have a phenomenal future.

There is a list of genetic diseases and disorders so long it’s unbelievable! Once you understand how DNA, RNA, mRNA, and proteins work, you soon understand that all diseases are genetic mutations. Those mutations, or variants are all caused by something that changed the information of the RNA, which the mRNA gave to the protein to tell the cell what it would become.

Think about; Vaccines cause genetic diseases; since the 50’s these are the causativeness of all variants/mutations which cause a genetic disorder. In other words, the medical establishment causes every disease on earth, while curing none of them! They have destroyed the quality of life for billions of people over the years.

======================================

Putin Orders Destruction of All Covid-19 Vaccines in Russia

Putin Orders Destruction of All Covid-19 Vaccines in Russia  By Michael Baxter, 5 March 2023

Russian President Vladimir Putin has ordered the destruction of all Covid-19 vaccine stockpiles on Russian soil, citing an undeniable connection between what has been dubbed the “Moscow Vax” and a sudden surge of HIV infections in vaccinated persons, Federal Service Bureau agent Andrei Zakharov told Real Raw News.

Although Putin has not made a formal announcement, he has tasked his right-hand man, Defense Minister Sergei Shoigu, with purging hospitals, clinics, and pharmacies of the Sputnik and CoviVac vaccine variants. The military will ensure compliance by auditing vaccine repositories and performing spot inspections.

Like President Trump, Putin was deceived by a lie; a global consortium of devious doctors, health professionals, and government stooges spun a convincing yarn about a virus that would ravage the world unless vaccines were developed to inoculate the population as soon as possible. The WHO had infiltrated the Russian Ministry of Health and planted agents of evil within the Council of Ministers and State Duma, and Western propaganda—fables of people sick with Covid falling dead on the street—seeped through Russia’s once secure borders. No nation was immune to the most elaborate disinformation campaign in the history of humanity.

On 2 December 2020, Russia launched its first mass vaccination experiment, beating other nations to the punch and delivering 6.9 million doses in the first week. As of 21 June 2022, 81.5 million people have received at least one dose, with 74.3 million fully vaccinated. In the West and Russia, vaccine recipients presented side effects such as cardiac ailments, seizures, and blood clots, with many dropping dead at home, at work, or in the streets.

“The American CIA is brilliant. When harmless Covid spread, they made up stories of so many people dying to get us all to beg for the vaccine. Then when the vaccines came, we did start dying, and the governments can blame it on Covid, not vaccines. It was such a clever plot, the world believed it,” Zakharov said.

In December 2022, the Ministry of Health reported a dramatic, countrywide spike in HIV infections among persons who had received three or more Covid-19 vaccinations and did not fit the standard demographic—homosexuals and needle users. Between 2015-2019, Russia averaged 16,000 new infections per year. In 2022, that figure skyrocketed to 63,000 to include celibate, non-drug users.

Vladimir Putin, Zakharov said, arrived at the inescapable conclusion that vaccines could cause a person to develop HIV and AIDS. The evidence was unassailable; the more jabs a person got, the greater the odds of contracting HIV. Putin viewed the correlation as more than a simple coincidence—the vaccine was tailored to deliver Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndrome.

“A fake sickness tricks people into getting a vaccine that gives them real sicknesses,” Zakharov said. “Only satanic people could have dreamed this up. For President Putin, this is a very personal affair.”

Putin, he added, has remained “pureblood,” or unvaccinated, but one of his daughters was diagnosed with HIV two weeks after she’d taken her third jab.

“President Putin told her not to get any more vaccines, but she is Westernized, she accepted the lies, and now she must stay on medicine her whole life. This infuriated President Putin,” Zakharov said.

The daughter’s diagnosis was the last straw. On Wednesday, Putin decreed that Covid-19 vaccines be destroyed, and he banned all vaccine imports. The Russian military, our source said, has already destroyed vaccines at hospitals in Moscow, Saint Petersburg, Kazan, Chelyabinsk, Samara, Nizhny Novgorod, and Saratov, and was forced to “put down” hospital staff that resisted the vaccine purge. Putin has reportedly said he will not rest until every vial is shattered.

Also, Putin has ordered the execution of 130 scientists responsible for creating the Sputnik vaccines.

“Here we don’t bring the guilty to trial—a waste of time. Why waste time when we know they are guilty. We deal with these matters severely,” Zakharov said.

In closing, we asked Zakharov whether Putin would have ordered such drastic action had his daughter not been diagnosed with HIV.

“No, he still would take care of these criminals. But her diagnosis crystallized his hatred for these evil people. There will be no more vaccines in Russia,” he said.

==============================

Previous articles

August 2016

  • The monumental stupidity of the failed war on drugs  By Mike Krieger, Liberty Blitzkrieg blog, from Zerohedge, 25 August 2016
  • The Genocide of a Land  By Paul Craig Roberts, 23 August 2016
  • Prohibition – it should be banned  By Lizzie Marvelly, NZ Herald, 20 August 2016
  • Globalization on Its Head  From Mauldin Economics’ newsletter, 8 August 2016

July 2016

  • A Stark Warning About the Coming Revolution From Inner Circle, 28 July 2016
  • Why Sajid Tarar thinks Donald Trump is the leader Muslims need  By Michele Manelis of news.com.au
  • There’s a revolution happening all over the world  By Julian Tomlinson, the Cairns Post, 7 July 2016
  • Australia, disruption ahead as voters reject political contortions  The Australian editorial, 4 July 2016

June 2016

  • Gorka’s plan to defeat ISIS  By Dr Sebastion Gorka, 27 June 2016
  • Shut down the sheiks who incite violence by Muslims  By Janet Albrechtsen, The Australian, 18 June 2016
  • Making rational instead of political decisions  By Bjorn Lomborg, The Australian, 17 June 2016
  • New conservatism of Western progressives is killing humour  By Bill Leak, The Australian, 11 June 2016
  • Anti-establishment Trump a voice for the West’s silent majority  By Maurice Newman, The Australian, 8 June 2016
  • Predicting the Efficacy of a Coming Revolution  By Jeff Thomas, Casey Research, International Man, 7 June 2016

May 2016

  • The impact of immigration on Auckland NZ housing and infrastructure  By John Rofe, 26 May 2016
  • Why Islam needs a reformation  By Ayaan Hirsi Ali, The Wall Street Journal, 21 March
  • Russia’s Palmyra concert reveals what the West lacks  By Tim Black, editor of spiked review, 14 May 2016

April 2016

  • Leftists erode our social fabric  By Maurice Newman, The Australian, 29 April 2016
  • Union power in NZ and Australia is ruinous  By Dr Muriel Newman, NZCPR, 29 April
  • Black hole revelation may upset understanding of the universe  By Oliver Moody, The Times, 25 April 2016
  • Where Is Australia’s John Galt  By Merv Bendle, Quadrant Online, 15 April 2016
  • Muslim integration ‘I should have known better’  By Raheem Kassem, Breitbart, 12 April 2016
  • The West’s Slow-Motion Lobotomy  By Merv Bendle, Quadrant Online, 3 April 2016

March 2016

  • Australian watchdogs asleep at the wheel  By Hedley Thomas, The Australian, 13 April
  • The Enemy is standard Islam, not ‘radical’ Islam  By Peter Smith, Quadrant Online, 28 March 2016
  • ISIS is faithful To Islam  By Patrick Buchanan, Zerohedge, 26 March 2016
  • Apartheid by stealth, in New Zealand of all places  By Dr Muriel Newman, NZCPR Weekly, 25 March 2016
  • Federal election 2016, Voters doubly disillusioned  By Maurice Newman, The Australian, 23 March 2015
  • North Korean Strategy, the rationale for appearing irrational  By George Friedman, Mar 21, 2016
  • Same-sex marriage imposition  By Janet Albrechtsen, The Australian, 16 March
  • Putin And The Press, The Demonology School Of Journalism  By James Petras, Eurasia Review, 14 March 2016
  • Emperor Xi Jinping must offer hope, rather than personality cult  By Jasmine Yin, The Australian, 9 March 2016
  • Beijing and the South China Sea  By Alistair Pope, Quadrant Online, 7 March 2016
  • Could there be an Australian Donald Trump?  By Robert Gottliebsen, The Australian, 3 March 2016

February 2016

  • Ukraine Collapse Is Now Imminent  From Zerohedge, 31 February 2016
  • The New Mind Control  By John Mauldin, 26 February 2016
  • Multiculturalism has proven divisive, not coalescent, so let’s ditch it  By Janet Albrechtsen, The Australian, 24 February 2016
  • China is moving towards one-man rule  By Michael Sheridan, The Times, 22 February
  • The disenfranchised find their voices, led by Trump  By Merv Bendle, Quadrant Online, 19 February 2016
  • Loathing of the political elite  By Nic Cater, The Australian, 16 February 2016
  • Real-time language translaters coming soon  By James Dean, The Australian, 8 February 2016
  • Blockchain, and how it will change everything  By James Eyers, Sydney Morning Herald, 6 February 2016
  • Zeka, another apocalyptic narrative du jour  By Tom Slater, Spiked Online, 6 February
  • Neo-puritans strive to find offence — anywhere  By Janet Albrechtsen, The Australian, 3 February 2016

January 2016

  • Donald Trump’s policies, as opposed to media hype – Peggy Noonan, WSJ, 29 January
  • Social agendas are sure to wreck the military  By Greg Sheridan, The Australian, 29 January 2016
  • War on cash, Governments and Banks want complete control  From Zerohedge, 25 January 2016
  • CEOs are the next corruption target  By Robert Gottliebsen, The Australian, 22 January
  • Why is the NZ government planning to bring in apartheid  By Dr Muriel Newman, 21 January 2016 –
  • Political Correctness exposes the West  By Janet Albrechtsen, The Australian, 20 January
  • The new Kafkaesque Europe  By Brendan O’Neill, Editor, Spiked Online, 16 January
  • The US role in ISIS and Mosul  From Zerohedge, 14 January 2015
  • When faith takes up arms, silence is no option  By Henry Ergas, The Australian, 11 January 2016
  • Understanding Iran v Saudi Arabia and the exhaustion of politics  By Brendan O’Neill, Editor, Spiked Online, 9 January 2016
  • Understanding North Korea and its nuclear tests  From Associated Press, 7 January
  • Australian unions, “louts, thugs, bullies, thieves, perjurers etc.” protected by the Labor party  By Henry Ergas, The Australian, 6 January 2015

December 2015

  •  Islamic State v Islam  Article by Tom Harley, The Australian, 30 December 2015, a counter view by ‘Andrew’ and a full response by Andrew Bolt, Herald-Sun
  • 2015, the year of speaking twaddle  By Professor Judith Sloan, The Australian, 29 December 2015

November 2015

  • Islamist extremism is the ideology that must be defeated  From The Australian, 22 November 2205
  • Paris, IS and the resurrection of old Europe  By George Friedman, from Mauldin Economics, Outside the Box, 19 November 23015
  • Hard left student authoritarian demands  From Zerohedge
  • Salus populi suprema lex esto, said the Romans  By Henry Ergas, The Australian, 16 November 2015
  • For liberals, doomsday is the religion of choice  Brett Stephens, Wall Street Journal, 9 November 201
  • Yet another last chance to save the planet  Rodney Hide, NZ Herald, 8 November
  • THE CLIMATE WARS, and the damage to science  By Matt Ridley, GWPF, 6 November

October 2015

  • THE DANGERS OF JUNK SCIENCE  By Dr Muriel Newman, NZCPR, 30 October 2015
  • Challenging Chinese coercion  The Australian editorial, 29 October, 2015
  • Misjudging Putin’s Russia  By Marin Katusa, Zerohedge
  • Stultifying academic groupthink  Editorial, The Australian, 23 October 2015
  • Rape, Islam and the deafening silence  By Christie Davies, Quadrant Online, 20 October 2015
  • Surgeons’ culture of concealment  By Hedley Thomas, The Australian, 17 October 2015
  • Media distortions and lies  By Bjorn Lomborg, The Australian, 13 October 2015
  • Big lies as the UN suppresses truth with ideology  By Jennifer Oriel, The Australian, 5 October 2015
  • Syria, another failure by the US-led alliance  By Tom Switzer, The Australian, 1 October

September 2015

  • President Putin address to the UN General Assembly, 280915
  • Learn the lessons from Iraq, Libya and other fiascos  By Tara McCormack, Spiked Online, 26 September 2015
  • A failure in our democratic system  The Australian editorial, 24 September 2015
  • A Marxist clothed in white papal robes  By Susan Warner, 23 September 2015
  • Modern politics are too polarised.  By Nick Cater, The Australian, 22 September 2015
  • Oxfam’s real agenda – destroy Australian coal industry  By Henry Thomas, Quadrant Online, 14 September 2015
  • Sweden’s ugly immigration problems  By Margaret Wente, The Globe and Mail, 14 Sept
  • The Human Cost Of Socialism In Power  By Richard Ebeling, 12 September 2015
  • Another explanation of the 911 tragedy  By Paul Craig Roberts, 12 September
  • Syria, should USA and Russia join forces to defeat ISIS  From the Times of Oman, 9 September 2015

August 2015

    •  A sea of frothing, sweary, often pompous, intolerance  By Tim Black, Spiked Online, 29 August 2015
    • Labor promises will lead us to become another Greece  By Maurice Newman, The Australian, 24 August 2015
    • The Empire of Offence laying free speech to waste  By Brendan O’Neill, The Australian, 22 August
  • Same-sex marriage and the new Dark Age  By Brendan O’Neill, The Australian, 19 August 2015
  • Academia’s PC police  By Nick Cater, The Australian, 18 August 2015
  • Shadow Boxing with Keynesianism  By Peter Smith, Quadrant Online, 16 August 2015
  • Obama’s road to disaster  By Greg Sheridan, The Australian, 8 August 2015
  • Australia’s supposed Aboriginal ‘stolen generation’  By Dallas Scott, 5 August

July 2015

  • What next for the EU?  By John Mauldin, 26 July 2015
  • Obama’s blunder gives us a nuclear Iran  By Greg Sheridan, The Australian, 16 July
  • Has Germany just killed the golden goose  By Raul Ilargi Meijer, 14 July 2015
  • History lesson, why democracy has always failed in the past  By Patrick Buchanan, 13 July 2015
  • The EU’s contempt for democracy  By Brendan O’Neill, Spiked 11 July 2015
  • Greece, Take Back Your Democracy With Your Head Held High  Address by UKIP’s Nigel Farage, 9 July 2015
  • We need a better model for democracy  By Greg Rudd, The Australian, 7 July 2015
  • Why Greeks should embrace a future a Euro exit  By Tim Black, Spiked Online, 4 July
  • Xi’s Anti-Corruption Campaign Is Key to China’s Prospects  By George Magnus, 2 July

June 2015

    • Papal prescription for flawed economic order  The Australian editorial, June 27, 2015
    • Nature Rebounds, Jesse Ausubel, 2015 Jesse H. Ausubel 2015
    • Interview with President Putin  Via interviewer Charlie Rose, 24 June
    • The Pope joins the EU in a sad world of make-believe  By Christopher Booker, The Telegraph, 23 June
    • The Climate Wars’ Damage to Science  By Matt Ridley, Quadrant Online, 20 June 2015
    • Yet another papal failure  By Julia Hartley-Brewer, The Telegraph UK, 19 June
    • Britain’s Royal Society abandons science, now a lobby group  From Breitbart, 17 June
    • China’s mocks G7, a gathering of debtors, disastrous confrontation  From Zerohedge, 16 June
  • “The US is destroying Europe”  From Zerohedge, 11 June

May 2015

  • Deradicalisation of radical Muslims is not a viable option  By Clive Kessler, The Australian, 30 May
  •  “War is just a racket”, General Butler, 1933  By Paul Craig Roberts, Zerohedge, 25 May
  • The fury of the elites  By Brendan O’Neill, Spiked, 16 May 2015ay 2015
  • Australian universities’ shift to green left ideology  By Nic Cater, The Australian, 12 May 2015
  • Establishing a nanny state in NZ  By Sir Bob Jones, 12 May 2015
  • University shame  By Henry Ergas, The Australian, 11 May 2015

April 2015

  • Which is worse, Islamist terror or the Cold War  The Australian Editorial, 29 April 2015
  • Democracy in decay  By Maurice Newman, The Australian, 22 April 2015
  • Deep green parlour-pink anti-development government  By Greg Sheridan, The Australian, 16 April 2015
  • Is inequality a bad thing  By Pater Tenebrarum, 13 April 2015
  • Understanding China  By Maurice Newman, The Australian, 9 April 2015
  • Heretical thoughts about science and society  By Freeman Dyson, 8 July 2007
  • The Squirrel and The Grasshopper  An old story updated, 7 April 2015
  • Obama’s Iranian nuke deal a dismal outcome  By Greg Sheridan, The Australian, 6 April 2015
  • Lattebelt luvvies put Greens in power  By Nic Cater, The Daily Telegraph.  1 April 2015

March 2015

    • Political correctness stifles vital debate  By Nic Cater, The Australian, 24 March 2015
    • Australian politics heading towards Greece  By Henry Ergas, The Australian, 23 Mar
    • The political system is broken  By Paul Kelly, The Australian, 19 Mar
    • Australia, the prejudice of the Left  By Maurice Newman, The Australian, 17 March
    • The liberal elite versus the hoi polloi  By Brendan O’Neill, Spiked, 16 March 2015
    • The massive EMP threat  By F. Michael Maloof, 13 Mar 2015
    • Australia is slipping downhill  By Rowan Callick, The Australian, 12 Mar 2015
    • United Nations – hypocrisy, twisted priorities and ineffectiveness  By Chris Kenny, The Australian, 10 Mar 2015
    • Bellicose NATO, Berlin stunned  From Zerohedge, 9 Mar 2015
    • London property boom build on dirty money  By Jim Armitage, Independent, 6 Mar
  • Battlefield of ideas is where fanatics will fall  By Janet Albrechtsen, Australian, 4 Mar

February 2015

    •  
    • What ISIS Really Wants  By Dr Muriel Newman, NZCPR, 26 Feb 2015
    • No end to Age of paternalism  By Nick Cater, The Australian, 24 Feb 2015
    • The bigotry of the elite  By Brendan O’Neill, Editor of spiked. 21 Feb 2015
  • The US’s suicidal strategy on Ukraine By Chris Martenson, 19 Feb 2015
  • The US’s suicidal strategy on Ukraine  By Chris Martenson, 19 Feb 2015
  • We, the people, are the threat to fiscal reform  By Janet Albrechtsen, 18 Feb 2015
  • Message to Indonesia, the meaning of Sovereignty  By Greg Craven, 17 Feb 2015
  • Cagey about condemning the Islamic State  By Brendan O’Neill, Spiked.  14 Feb 2015
  • Ukraine Proxy Wars  From Zerohedge, 13 Feb 2015
  • 42 ADMITTED false flag attacks  By WashingtonsBlog, 12 Feb 2015
  • Obama administration supports Muslim terrorists  By Jerome Corsi, 11 Feb 2015
  • Obama’s plan to regulate the internet sounds Orwellian  By Chriss Street, 10 Feb 2015
  • Obama Yawns at Evil  By Mark Steyn.  7 Feb 2015
  • Scientists losing credibility  By Jo Nova, 5 Feb 2015
  • The Chinese economy, dangers ahead  By Craig Stephen,  Market Watch, 4 Feb 2015
  • UN plans New World Order via climate change  From United Nations Regional Information Centre for Western Europe, Tuesday 03 Feb 2015
  • The end of the American dream By Michael Snyder, from Zerohedge, 1 Feb 2015

January 2015

    • The only thing necessary for evil to triumph  By Paul Rosenberg, Jan 30, 2015
    • Ron Paul, failures of the Fed and fiat currencies By Ron Paul , 29 Jan 2015.
    • British Greens are even nuttier than ours  By Hal GP Colebatch, The Australian, 28 Jan.
    • Understanding the Greek mess  By Greg Canavan, The Daily Reckoning, 27 Jan 2015 
    • How President Woodrow Wilson ruined the Western World – By David Stockman, Contra Corner blog, 26 January 2015
    • Shock Waves from Zurich …  By Henry Ergas, The Australian, 19 January 2015.
    • The Digital Arms Race….By Jacob Appelbaum et al, Spiegel Online, 18 Jan 2015. 
    • The party’s (nearly) over  By Vern Gowdie, the Daily Reckoning, 16 Jan 2015.
    •  My predictions for 2015…By Ron Paul, Ron Paul Institute. 14 Jan 2015.
    • Restore the right to offend……By Brendan O’Neill, The Australian, 10 January 2015.
    • An evolutionary disaster in Africa……By Kevin Myers, Irish Sunday Times, 11 Jan 2015.
    •  Je Suis Charlie ….  By Ayaan Hirsi Ali, The Australian, 10 January 2015.
    • The Left’s Unholy Alliance with Islam. By Frank Pledge, Quadrant Online, 8 January 2015.
    • With Nero in the (US) house we should be worried By Maurice Newman, The Australian, 7 Jan 2014.
    • Russia’s startling proposal – EU invited to join EEU…….From Zerohedge, 5 January 2015.
    • Predicting a bear or bull market for 2015 ….By Vern Gowdie, Daily Reckoning, 5 January 2015.
    • The EU’s Keynesian fallacies ….By Patrick Barron via Mises Canada, 4 January 2015.
    • And now for the good news from 2014….By Brendan O’Neill, Spiked. 3 Jan 2015.
    • Beware red tape…..  By John Lloyd, The Australian, 2 January 2015.
  • Australia’s anti-military  …A reader’s comment in Quadrant Online.  1 January 2015.

 

Environmentalism and ‘Science’: Failures, gravy trains, lies, hidden agendas and alarms such as ‘Climate Change’, 5G and GSMs.

Scroll down to read the most recent articles; links to previous articles follow.

New documentary thoroughly debunks the ‘climate crisis’ baloney … again

Climate: The Movie New documentary thoroughly debunks the ‘climate crisis’ baloney … again – www.cairnsnews.org 30 March 2024

Climate: The Movie (The Cold Truth) is a new documentary by the British filmmaker Martin Durkin, who previously in 2007 made The Great Global Warming Swindle. Producer of the new film is climate podcaster Tom Nelson. The Clintel Foundation organised the Dutch premiere of the movie on March 14 in the Figi Theatre in Zeist, The Netherlands. The theatre was fully packed with 570 visitors.

Clintel was not involved in the production of the movie, but helps with the distribution by providing subtitles in many different languages. So far we have: French, German, Spanish, Italian, Dutch, Polish, Hungarian, Danish. If you want to help making a subtitle in your language, please contact Evert Doornhof, evert.doornhof@clintel.org. The film can be watched on the Youtube channel of Clintel.

Introduction of the movie by Tom Nelson
This film exposes the climate alarm as an invented scare without any basis in science. It shows that mainstream studies and official data do not support the claim that we are witnessing an increase in extreme weather events – hurricanes, droughts, heatwaves, wildfires and all the rest. It emphatically counters the claim that current temperatures and levels of atmospheric CO2 are unusually and worryingly high. On the contrary, compared to the last half billion years of earth’s history, both current temperatures and CO2 levels are extremely and unusually low. We are currently in an ice age. It also shows that there is no evidence that changing levels of CO2 (it has changed many times) has ever ‘driven’ climate change in the past.

Why then, are we told, again and again, that ‘catastrophic man-made climate-change’ is an irrefutable fact? Why are we told that there is no evidence that contradicts it? Why are we told that anyone who questions ‘climate chaos’ is a ‘flat-earther’ and a ‘science-denier’?

The film explores the nature of the consensus behind climate change. It describes the origins of the climate funding bandwagon, and the rise of the trillion-dollar climate industry. It describes the hundreds of thousands of jobs that depend on the climate crisis. It explains the enormous pressure on scientists and others not to question the climate alarm: the withdrawal of funds, rejection by science journals, social ostracism.

But the climate alarm is much more than a funding and jobs bandwagon. The film explores the politics of climate. From the beginning, the climate scare was political. The culprit was free-market industrial capitalism. The solution was higher taxes and more regulation. From the start, the climate alarm appealed to, and has been adopted and promoted by, those groups who favour bigger government.

This is the unspoken political divide behind the climate alarm. The climate scare appeals especially to all those in the sprawling publicly-funded establishment. This includes the largely publicly-funded Western intelligentsia, for whom climate has become a moral cause. In these circles, to criticise or question the climate alarm has become is a breach of social etiquette.

The film includes interviews with a number of very prominent scientists, including Professor Steven Koonin (author of ‘Unsettled’, a former provost and vice-president of Caltech), Professor Dick Lindzen (formerly professor of meteorology at Harvard and MIT), Professor Will Happer (professor of physics at Princeton), Dr John Clauser (winner of the Nobel prize in Physics in 2022), Professor Nir Shaviv (Racah Institute of Physics), professor Ross McKitrick (University of Guelph), Willie Soon and several others.

The film was written and directed by the British filmmaker Martin Durkin and is the sequel of his excellent 2007 documentary The Great Global Warming Swindle. Tom Nelson, a podcaster who has been deeply examining climate debate issues for the better part of two decades, was the producer of the film. #ClimateTheMovie will be available for free at many online locations starting on March 21 2024. Subtitles for numerous languages are currently being created by the Clintel Foundation. Follow @ClimateTheMovie and @ClintelOrg for updates.

=====================================

Dramatic Recovery Of Coral Calls Into Question Integrity Of Science, Media

Dramatic Recovery Of Coral Calls Into Question Integrity Of Science^J Media  By Chris Morrison, Principia Scientific International, 12 February 2023

For decades, scientists and their trusted media messengers have hyped up the temporary loss of coral to promote climate Armageddon and the need for a Net Zero political solution

Last year the story suddenly disappeared from the headlines as coral on the Australian Great Barrier Reef (GBR) showed its highest level since records began in 1985.

Professor Peter Ridd, who has studied coral on the GBR for 40 years, has published a damning report charging that “serious questions” are raised “about integrity in science institutions and in the media”.

The GBR – the reef for which we have the most consistent and longest record – “has never been in better shape”.

Professor Ridd notes that coral usually takes at least five to 10 years to regrow from a major event, so the record high coral levels in 2022 suggest reports of massive mortality events were erroneous.

“An uncharitable observer might conclude that periodic mass coral mortality events, which are largely completely natural, are exploited by some organisations with an ideological agenda and a financial interest,” he observed, adding: “this includes many scientific organisations”.

He said that the periodic mass loss of coral is visually spectacular, emotionally upsetting and makes gripping media stories. The slow but full recovery is rarely reported, he added.

It is often claimed that coral reef systems are particularly sensitive to ‘human-caused climate change’. As the ‘canary in the coalmine’, they have become a major poster scare story in the fight to introduce a command-and-control Net Zero agenda.

Ridd recalls that in 2018, the IPCC wrote “with high confidence” that coral would decline worldwide by 70-90 percent with a 0.4°C increase in temperature, and another 0.5°C would wipe out 99 percent.

These figures have been repeated everywhere, from media reports to school teaching material. But, states Ridd, research has shown that coral bleaching “is part of a remarkable adaptive mechanism that makes coral potentially one of the organisms that is least susceptible to rising temperatures”.

In June 1999, George Monbiot told his Guardian readers that marine biologists had reported 70-90 percent of the coral reefs they had surveyed in the Indian Ocean had just died. Within a year, much of the remainder was likely to follow.

From this, Monbiot concluded that “at least one of the world great ecosystems is now on the point of total collapse”. Monbiot is an acknowledged leader in catastrophic climate prose, but his doom-laden diatribes are repeated endlessly across both science and mainstream media publications.

However, Ridd has much good news to impart. Data are less reliable outside the GBR, but it seems that across the globe there has not been a major drop in coral cover. Data for the East Asia Seas coral bioregion, with 30 percent of the world’s coral reefs and containing the particularly diverse ‘coral triangle’, shows no statistically significant net coral loss since records began in 1985.

The above graph from the Ridd report shows coral on the GBR at its highest level since local records began, despite four much publicised bleaching events.

The author notes that of the 3,000 individual reefs, none have been lost. All have excellent coral, although there are large fluctuations in cover from year to year, mostly as a result of cyclones and starfish predation.

Bleaching is noted to occur when corals expel symbiotic algae that live inside them, often subsequently replacing them with a different species when they recover. The process is said to make them “highly adaptable” to changing temperatures, and most corals do not die. This latter point is “rarely made by science institutions or the media”.

The coral story is a classic of its kind showing how a laudable environmental concern is hysterically hyped to promote an elite collectivist vision of economic and societal change.

Reefs are under threat in parts of the world, but the damage is largely caused by planned human activities Ridd identifies the physical destruction of reefs for the development of ports and airports and quarrying for cement.

It might be noted that such reef destruction has been carried out by Pacific islanders, claiming, often erroneously, that their homes are disappearing beneath the waves due to ‘climate change’ and demanding ‘reparations’ from wealthier nations. The author also notes the recent destruction by China of entire reef tops for military bases in the South China Sea.

On a wider front, Ridd says we cannot expect the coral reef science community to admit that it has exaggerated threats of bleaching or has been wilfully negligent in reporting recent research that show corals’ remarkable adaptability and toughness.

There is little possibility that eminent scientists who have built their reputations on ‘crying wolf’ will suddenly admit they have got it wrong.

“Tens of thousands of jobs depend on the proposition that the reefs of the world will be gone sometime in the future – but not too distant future,” he adds. There are many scientific issues, such as the broader climate debate, “where one can suspect that the scientific advice is not as reliable as it could be, and that the scientists are now mostly motivated by ideology”.

See more here dailysceptic.org

========================

Time to assume that health research is fraudulent until proven otherwise?

 

Time to assume that health research is fraudulent until proven otherwise  By Richard Smith, 31 August 2022

Health research is based on trust. Health professionals and journal editors reading the results of a clinical trial assume that the trial happened and that the results were honestly reported. But about 20% of the time, said Ben Mol, professor of obstetrics and gynaecology at Monash Health, they would be wrong. As I’ve been concerned about research fraud for 40 years, I wasn’t that surprised as many would be by this figure, but it led me to think that the time may have come to stop assuming that research actually happened and is honestly reported, and assume that the research is fraudulent until there is some evidence to support it having happened and been honestly reported. The Cochrane Collaboration, which purveys “trusted information,” has now taken a step in that direction.

As he described in a webinar last week, Ian Roberts, professor of epidemiology at the London School of Hygiene & Tropical Medicine, began to have doubts about the honest reporting of trials after a colleague asked if he knew that his systematic review showing the mannitol halved death from head injury was based on trials that had never happened. He didn’t, but he set about investigating the trials and confirmed that they hadn’t ever happened. They all had a lead author who purported to come from an institution that didn’t exist and who killed himself a few years later. The trials were all published in prestigious neurosurgery journals and had multiple co-authors. None of the co-authors had contributed patients to the trials, and some didn’t know that they were co-authors until after the trials were published. When Roberts contacted one of the journals the editor responded that “I wouldn’t trust the data.” Why, Roberts wondered, did he publish the trial? None of the trials have been retracted.

Later Roberts, who headed one of the Cochrane groups, did a systematic review of colloids versus crystalloids only to discover again that many of the trials that were included in the review could not be trusted. He is now sceptical about all systematic reviews, particularly those that are mostly reviews of multiple small trials. He compared the original idea of systematic reviews as searching for diamonds, knowledge that was available if brought together in systematic reviews; now he thinks of systematic reviewing as searching through rubbish. He proposed that small, single centre trials should be discarded, not combined in systematic reviews.

Mol, like Roberts, has conducted systematic reviews only to realise that most of the trials included either were zombie trials that were fatally flawed or were untrustworthy. What, he asked, is the scale of the problem? Although retractions are increasing, only about 0.04% of biomedical studies have been retracted, suggesting the problem is small. But the anaesthetist John Carlisle analysed 526 trials submitted to Anaesthesia and found that 73 (14%) had false data, and 43 (8%) he categorised as zombie. When he was able to examine individual patient data in 153 studies, 67 (44%) had untrustworthy data and 40 (26%) were zombie trials. Many of the trials came from the same countries (Egypt, China, India, Iran, Japan, South Korea, and Turkey), and when John Ioannidis, a professor at Stanford University, examined individual patient data from trials submitted from those countries to Anaesthesia during a year he found that many were false: 100% (7/7) in Egypt; 75% (3/ 4) in Iran; 54% (7/13) in India; 46% (22/48) in China; 40% (2/5) in Turkey; 25% (5/20) in South Korea; and 18% (2/11) in Japan. Most of the trials were zombies. Ioannidis concluded that there are hundreds of thousands of zombie trials published from those countries alone.

Others have found similar results, and Mol’s best guess is that about 20% of trials are false. Very few of these papers are retracted.

We have long known that peer review is ineffective at detecting fraud, especially if the reviewers start, as most have until now, by assuming that the research is honestly reported. I remember being part of a panel in the 1990s investigating one of Britain’s most outrageous cases of fraud, when the statistical reviewer of the study told us that he had found multiple problems with the study and only hoped that it was better done than it was reported. We asked if had ever considered that the study might be fraudulent, and he told us that he hadn’t.

We have now reached a point where those doing systematic reviews must start by assuming that a study is fraudulent until they can have some evidence to the contrary. Some supporting evidence comes from the trial having been registered and having ethics committee approval. Andrew Grey, an associate professor of medicine at the University of Auckland, and others have developed a checklist with around 40 items that can be used as a screening tool for fraud (you can view the checklist here). The REAPPRAISED checklist (Research governance, Ethics, Authorship, Plagiarism, Research conduct, Analyses and methods, Image manipulation, Statistics, Errors, Data manipulation and reporting) covers issues like “ethical oversight and funding, research productivity and investigator workload, validity of randomisation, plausibility of results and duplicate data reporting.” The checklist has been used to detect studies that have subsequently been retracted but hasn’t been through the full evaluation that you would expect for a clinical screening tool. (But I must congratulate the authors on a clever acronym: some say that dreaming up the acronym for a study is the most difficult part of the whole process.)

Roberts and others wrote about the problem of the many untrustworthy and zombie trials in The BMJ six years ago with the provocative title: “The knowledge system underpinning healthcare is not fit for purpose and must change.” They wanted the Cochrane Collaboration and anybody conducting systematic reviews to take very seriously the problem of fraud. It was perhaps coincidence, but a few weeks before the webinar the Cochrane Collaboration produced guidelines on reviewing studies where there has been a retraction, an expression of concern, or the reviewers are worried about the trustworthiness of the data.

Retractions are the easiest to deal with, but they are, as Mol said, only a tiny fraction of untrustworthy or zombie studies. An editorial in the Cochrane Library accompanying the new guidelines recognises that there is no agreement on what constitutes an untrustworthy study, screening tools are not reliable, and “Misclassification could also lead to reputational damage to authors, legal consequences, and ethical issues associated with participants having taken part in research, only for it to be discounted.” The Collaboration is being cautious but does stand to lose credibility—and income—if the world ceases to trust Cochrane Reviews because they are thought to be based on untrustworthy trials.

Research fraud is often viewed as a problem of “bad apples,” but Barbara K Redman, who spoke at the webinar insists that it is not a problem of bad apples but bad barrels if not, she said, of rotten forests or orchards. In her book Research Misconduct Policy in Biomedicine: Beyond the Bad-Apple Approach she argues that research misconduct is a systems problem—the system provides incentives to publish fraudulent research and does not have adequate regulatory processes. Researchers progress by publishing research, and because the publication system is built on trust and peer review is not designed to detect fraud it is easy to publish fraudulent research. The business model of journals and publishers depends on publishing, preferably lots of studies as cheaply as possible. They have little incentive to check for fraud and a positive disincentive to experience reputational damage—and possibly legal risk—from retracting studies. Funders, universities, and other research institutions similarly have incentives to fund and publish studies and disincentives to make a fuss about fraudulent research they may have funded or had undertaken in their institution—perhaps by one of their star researchers. Regulators often lack the legal standing and the resources to respond to what is clearly extensive fraud, recognising that proving a study to be fraudulent (as opposed to suspecting it of being fraudulent) is a skilled, complex, and time consuming process. Another problem is that research is increasingly international with participants from many institutions in many countries: who then takes on the unenviable task of investigating fraud? Science really needs global governance.

Everybody gains from the publication game, concluded Roberts, apart from the patients who suffer from being given treatments based on fraudulent data.

Stephen Lock, my predecessor as editor of The BMJ, became worried about research fraud in the 1980s, but people thought his concerns eccentric. Research authorities insisted that fraud was rare, didn’t matter because science was self-correcting, and that no patients had suffered because of scientific fraud. All those reasons for not taking research fraud seriously have proved to be false, and, 40 years on from Lock’s concerns, we are realising that the problem is huge, the system encourages fraud, and we have no adequate way to respond. It may be time to move from assuming that research has been honestly conducted and reported to assuming it to be untrustworthy until there is some evidence to the contrary.

Richard Smith was the editor of The BMJ until 2004.

==================

Submission to the Climate Change Bill Inquiry

Submission to the Climate Change Bill Inquiry  By Australian Senator Malcolm Roberts, 25 August 2022

Opening Hearts and Minds to COVID Mis-management

On Wednesday 17 August my office hosted 12 hours of interviews with medical, legal and human rights professionals, pharmaceutical experts, lawyers, academics and politicians to focus on the threats to the doctor-patient relationship, treating long COVID and the aftermath of COVID injection injuries.

The mis-management of COVID and the mandating of experimental “vaccines” are global issues.  My national and international guests provided compelling testimony on many deeply concerning issues.  All interviews and transcripts can be found on my website. Below are a few very worthy testimonies.

Brook Jackson: Pfizer Testing Regime
Dr Phillip Altman: Death Data and Fertility Rates
Julian Gillespie: Is the doctor-Patient Relationship Under Threat?
Peter Fam: Human Rights
Professor Iain Benson: Medical Ethics

 

As elected members of parliament we have a shared solemn duty to behave with integrity.

This embraces our duty to ensure legislation and policies are solidly based on accurate and objective data so that the consequences on our constituents and nation are safe, affordable, reasonable and fair.

Yet Attachment 1 shows there has never been, and there remains no, factual scientific basis presented in parliament for legislation cutting or limiting the production of carbon dioxide from human activity. Parliament has never debated the climate science.

The term logical scientific point means the empirical scientific data within a logical scientific framework proving causality. Senators and members of parliament have never been presented with the necessary logical scientific points to justify legislating the cutting or limiting of carbon dioxide from human activity. Nor has parliament ever been presented with the specific, quantified effect of carbon dioxide from human activity on any aspect of climate or weather.

Attachment 2 shows that CSIRO, the Bureau of Meteorology (BOM) and The Chief Scientist have never produced the logical scientific points needed as the necessary and essential basis for climate change legislation. The supporting detailed scientific documents are Attachments 6 and 7.

I acknowledge and thank Senator Arthur Sinodinos as then Minister for Science and his predecessor Mr Greg Hunt for supporting me in arranging for my science and senate office teams to cross-examine government climate science agencies.

Attachment 3 concisely summarises facts explaining that no government, institute, agency or entity of any kind anywhere has produced the necessary logical scientific point. Together with climate scientists and climatologists internationally and within Australia we have held agencies, institutions, universities and individual academics accountable.

Attachment 3 notes that Maurice Strong was the United Nations Under-Secretary-General who triggered and fanned global climate alarm. He did so while having many serious conflicts of interest including being a director / shareholder of the Chicago Climate Exchange trading global Carbon Dioxide credits and being disgraced for his involvement in the UN Oil-for-Food program. Following allegations of serious breaches of American law he fled from American law enforcement agencies to exile in China. The United Nations Environment Program that he founded and led stands accused of contradicting scientific evidence and causing the avoidable deaths of 40-50 million people from 1972 through 2006.

Attachment 4 reveals the repeated results of two global natural experiments and prove that cutting carbon dioxide from human activity can have no effect. The associated limited summary of the science introduces concepts explaining why the cutting of carbon dioxide from human activity can have no effect on global or regional climate or weather. Included are basic facts on Earth’s essential, natural atmospheric trace gas that is the focus of legislation before our parliament.

Attachment 5 presents the fundamental basis for policy and legislation and for measuring progress toward achieving legislative aims and targets. This is combined with core questions that are at the heart of senators’ responsibilities to our constituents and I ask the committee to consider and deliberate upon these fundamental questions that must precede any consideration of the climate change legislation.

Attachment 6 summarises the staggering and sometimes crippling cost burdens of climate and energy policies.

Attachments 7 and 8 provide details underpinning Attachment 2Attachment 7 provides a detailed scientific report documenting our discussions with CSIRO, an entity whose advice politicians claim is the basis for climate and related energy legislation. Attachment 8 cites associated peer-reviewed scientific papers in a scientific and statistical analysis of CSIRO’s presentations of its climate science claimed to underpin legislation. Please note particularly our scientific analyses of Marcott (2013), Lecavalier (2017), Harries (2001) and Feldman (2015) being papers upon which CSIRO relies and note the conclusions.

Attachment 9 provides detailed supporting statistics and analysis for Appendix 6. It cannot be sensibly refuted since the data was professionally and independently sourced from federal and state government budget papers and reports.

The attachments prove that the effect of Australia’s human production of carbon dioxide has never been specified or quantified in any way. Yet sound legislation should be based on quantified and measurable evidence so that we can assess its cost-benefit and measure implementation to track whether the legislation is effective and achieves the desired outcomes.

This is impossible with current climate and related energy policy and the government’s latest climate change bill.

I hope that you, as a fellow member of parliament, share my commitment to doing our due diligence in fulfilling our duty to serve our constituents, state and nation. I hope that the attachments are of assistance to you in fulfilling our duty to the people of Australia.

I would welcome meeting with the committee and welcome an opportunity for me and my team to address the committee in its hearings to afford senators an opportunity to scrutinise our scientific team. We welcome you holding us accountable

Our principal scientist has legally gathered 24, 000 datasets worldwide on climate and energy from peer-reviewed scientific papers, institutes and government agencies including CSIRO and BOM. He is the recipient of an Order of Australia Medal for his services to research.

I hope every member of the committee agrees that in assessing legislation we each have the onus to produce the logical scientific points including the specific, quantified effect of carbon dioxide from human activity on climate or weather. As senators and before endorsing legislation we each have the onus to prove that carbon dioxide from human activity needs to be cut as proposed in government legislation currently before the committee and before all senators in parliament.

The attachments reveal the need for detailed scrutiny and serious consideration of all climate and related energy legislation.

Our Earth’s climate has been changing for 4.5 billion years. Historical empirical scientific evidence shows there is nothing unusual or unprecedented about our current temperatures or weather events.

Climate science has been hijacked. Special interest groups pushing ideological societal change, rent-seekers wanting to profit from taxpayer subsidies and politicians looking for easy new ways to tax citizens are hijacking our nation’s governance and sovereignty. Alarmingly, once highly regarded agencies such as the CSIRO and BOM, have allowed themselves to become a part of the climate change industry and have failed to provide government with robust competent science advice, upon which to base policy.

There is no logical scientific point with empirical evidence linking carbon dioxide from human activity as the cause of climate variability. No entity or person has ever proven that the ongoing natural climate variability is not entirely natural.

This lack of vigorously tested evidence has allowed governments to create policy that is permanently damaging our once cheap and reliable electricity system. Our manufacturing industries are disappearing overseas, families are struggling to pay their exorbitant power bills, farmers are under pressure, and our once reliable electricity system is on its knees, due to government regulations forcing intermittent wind and solar into the electricity grid.

Even our children are not safe from this alarmism, with eco-anxiety finding its way into the innocent world of our children.

Nor is the environment safe due to the lack of recycling of many solar, wind and battery components with relatively short working lives and due to other inherently damaging aspects of solar and wind.

I implore you to apply the utmost of analytical and sceptical scrutiny to the claims underpinning climate and related energy policy. The effects of climate policy are historic, and Australia has never before faced such a fundamental and arguably monumental change to our way of life and lifestyle. Your extra scrutiny on the claims underpinning climate and related energy policy could be the difference between millions of Australians suffering if the proposed legislation is passed, or alternatively, having a more prosperous nation if existing climate and related energy legislation is rescinded.

I sincerely hope that your decision on legislation is mindful of the costs and burdens on our constituents, on our nation and on our national security. Your vote if in favour of the climate change bill will prevent sound governance while your vote against the bill will enable sound governance, fairness and integrity.

A mandate for a policy and legislation lacking the claimed scientific basis is a mandate based on lies or misrepresentations. As such it is not a mandate.

Every one of us though has a mandate and responsibility to tell the truth and to vote with integrity.

CONCLUSION

After 14 years studying and investigating climate science, along with in-depth research into the United Nations Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change and profound cross-examining of CSIRO and BOM, we know there is no empirical scientific data as evidence proving that carbon dioxide from human activity has changed or will change temperature or any climate or weather factor.

Importantly, the effect, if any, of carbon dioxide from human activity on any climate or weather variable has never been quantified.

In its presentations to my team and I, the CSIRO stated that there is no danger from carbon dioxide from human activity and that there is nothing unprecedented about our planet’s temperature.  Therefore, there is no scientific justification for any government to introduce policies designed to reduce carbon dioxide from human activity.

We are calling for all climate-based policies and subsidies for renewable energy to be rescinded. The consequences of climate alarmism cost the Australian economy in productivity and growth, and in our ability to compete in the highly competitive international arena.

Clearly, it is time to change our approach to climate change.  These Bills must be rejected.

Yours sincerely,

Malcolm Roberts

Enclosures: Attachments 1 through 9

========================

The Australian Academy of Drama Queens

The Australian Academy of Drama Queens  By Tony Thomas, Quadrant Online, 3 May 2021

The green-left Australian Academy of Science has produced another outburst of climate doomism: “The risks to Australia of a 3 degC warmer world.” Nearly 50 years ago the same Academy was assessing the risks to Australia of a cooling world that climate scientists feared might nip crops and leave us shivering under our Doonas. Who would deny that climate science is a slave to fashion? [1]

The Academy report of last March opens and closes with scary pics of fire-blackened bushland. It’s a vanity project, with the authors citing their own works multiple times, especially chair Ove Hoegh-Guldberg (16 self-citations), Mark Howden (11 times) Lesley Hughes (10 times), Will Steffen (10 times), and David Karoly and John Church (8 times). Even Sarah Perkins-Kilpatrick, who is supposed to be reviewing the document, is reviewing herself as she’s cited seven times in the references.[2] Reviewer Jason Evans is cited nine times. Another reviewer is Martin Rice, who works for Tim Flannery’s propaganda outfit Climate Council, but he features only four times in the body of the report.

Perkins-Kilpatrick is convinced by her climate models that warming is turbo-charging everything (but apparently not our cool summer of 2020-21, nor the current deep freeze in the Northern Hemisphere).[3] She’s so confident about the modelling that she’ll mortgage her house and happily bet her kids lives on it.[4] I will necessarily win this bet as the RCPs (Representative Modelling Pathways or official scenarios) she uses are discredited and climate models have overshot actual warming to date by a factor of at least two.[5] I’ll enjoy her house but I promise not to slay her kids.

The above-mentioned Will Steffen’s co-authored piece on “climate tipping points”, was headlined, “The growing threat of abrupt and irreversible climate changes must compel political and economic action on emissions.” The Nature paper included political rodomontade like:

In our view, the consideration of tipping points helps to define that we are in a climate emergency and strengthens this year’s chorus of calls for urgent climate action — from schoolchildren to scientists, cities and countries.

The Australian Academy’s 3deg scare paper in March, also co-authored by Steffen, draws on that Steffen et al Nature article and re-produces its text and graphics of tipping point “domino effects”. Five months after the Nature paper was published, the journal had to grovel horrifically because the seven apex climate scientists had screwed up.[6] Here’s the grovel – try to restrain your mirth (emphasis added):

Correction 09 April 2020: The figure ‘Too close for comfort’ in this Comment incorrectly synthesized and interpreted data from the IPCC. The graph labelled the temperatures as absolute, rather than risesmisrepresented the levels of riskmisinterpreted data as coming from a 2007 IPCC report; extrapolated the focus of a 2018 report; and was not clear about the specific sources of the data. The graphic has been extensively modified online to correct these errors.

Mercifully, Hoegh-Guldberg, Steffen et al have pasted the corrected graphic into their Academy report, not the discarded FUBAR version.[7] Maybe climate science isn’t so “irrefutable” after all.

Just in case, the Academy has given itself a free card to exaggerate and scaremonger:

We adopted the precautionary principle: if a potentially damaging effect cannot be ruled out, it needs to be taken seriously.

The Academy’s authors failed to heed the devastating critique of their scenario methods in a paper last May led by Roger Pielke of University of Colorado, titled “Systemic Misuse of Scenarios in Climate Research and Assessment.”  The Academy paper has about 20 mentions of official but discredited scenario RCP8.5 and about 50 mentions of other RCP scenarios. Typical:

RCP8.5 assumes little mitigation of greenhouse gas emissions and is associated with global warming of 4°c or more above pre-industrial levels by 2100. Up to now, anthropogenic emissions have tracked the RCP8.5 pathway most closely…

Graphics misleadingly show the various scenarios as consistent and comparable. And RCP8.5 is used in the body of the report to imagine horrible warming outcomes, e.g. hailstorms, p32.

Pielke, who is not a climate sceptic, says that, at worst, the extreme and implausible projections of RCP8.5 are touted as “business as usual”. He wrote:

The misuse of scenarios in climate research means that much of what we think we know about our collective climate future may be incomplete, myopic or even misleading or wrong, and as such, ‘uncomfortable knowledge’.

Pielke tracked 4,500 scientific papers misusing the most extreme scenario RCP8.5. The dud scenario featured in 16,800 scholarly articles since 2010. In January-February 2020 alone, more than 1300 studies quoted RCP8.5, at the rate of about 20 per day, with serious misuse at the rate of two studies per day.

The consequences of RCP scenario misuse include a myopic perspective on alternative futures and a correspondingly limited view on policy alternatives, the creation of a vast academic literature with little to no connection to the real world, and an unwarranted emphasis on apocalyptic climate futures that influences public and policy-maker perspectives.

The objective of understanding scenario misuse is not to apportion or assign blame, but to understand how such a pervasive and consequential failure of scientific integrity came to be on such an important topic, how it can be corrected and how it can be avoided in the future.

Pielke and co-author Ritchie sheet some blame home to the incestuous connections among prominent climate scientists.

The IPCC scenario process has been led by a small group of academics for more than a decade, and decisions made by this small community have profoundly shaped the scientific literature and correspondingly, how the media and policy communities interpret the issue of climate change.

The Academy paper, with its incestuous group of self-citing authors-cum-IPCC-contributors, could be a case in point.

Their chair Hoegh-Guldberg is a climate activist par excellenceAs the ABC put it in a fawning interview in 2009 “Hoegh-Guldberg’s work has been embraced by the likes of Al Gore and David Attenborough” and “his mission now is to travel the globe as he fights to raise awareness of what we stand to lose.” He’s been forecasting the bleaching death of the Great Barrier Reef from climate change since 1998, when his modelling put the Reef’s demise as early as 2030 – less than a decade from now. He lamented that his science peers were giving his research bad reviews: “They were meant to be anonymous but someone slipped them to me, and they were very scathing …” Climategate’s cynical emails of 2009 threw plenty more light on this “anonymous” and gamed peer-review system.

In the same 2009 interview Hoegh-Guldberg forecast the disappearance of Arctic sea ice by 2019. He argued with Andrew Bolt: “This is four million kilometres square of ice that’s disappearing. It’s not a tiny thing! But wouldn’t you say that’s a bad sign?” Fact Check: Hoegh-Guldberg confused square miles with square kilometres – but in any event the ice extent last month was 5.7 million square miles or 14.8 million square kilometres. (Hoegh-Guldberg’s “This is four million kilometres square of ice” could not be more wrong. What he said, but doesn’t mean, is a square with sides of 4 million km to give a total area of 16 trillion sq km.)

The ABC interviewer spliced in tape of Hoegh-Guldberg addressing a conference in Saudi Arabia (of all places) and saying, “Let’s now change the world.”

Canadian investigative journalist Donna Laframboise has provided detailed history on Professor Hoegh-Guldberg, under the header, The WWF Activist in Charge at the IPCC (March 30, 2014). Among other things, she accuses him of using “drama queen language”, such as this (you be the judge):

The world is currently facing the greatest challenge of all time … Humanity is at the crossroads. The message is quite simple and the choice stark: act now or face an uncertain, potentially catastrophic future … World leaders can change the history of the planet and directly influence the survival of millions upon millions of people … Basically, the future is looking very gloomy unless we act immediately and decisively.

Laframboise wrote,

The fact that he has spent his career cashing cheques from Greenpeace and the World Wildlife Fund (WWF) was no impediment to him participating in the latest [Fifth] IPCC assessment. The geniuses there decided he wasn’t merely lead-author material, but that he deserved to be placed in charge of a chapter it’s called  The Ocean.

WWF Australia published a spiffy, 16-page brochure titled “Lights Out for the Reef”. Hoegh-Guldberg’s photo and biographical sketch are one of the first things you see. In the foreword, he says that unless we “increase our commitment” to caring for the Great Barrier Reef, it “will disappear.” He knows what the future holds – and he knows it’s apocalyptic. Not content to merely express his own opinions, he presumes to lecture the rest of us. We need to “take action” and “act now.” We need to “deal decisively with climate change.” Behind all of this, of course, lurks a threat: if we don’t follow his advice, we’ll be really, really sorry.

Hoegh-Guldberg’s Queensland University biography lists four reports he did for Greenpeace from 1994-2000. After Laframboise’s post, Hoegh-Guldberg penned yet another tract for WWF, “Reviving the Ocean Economy – the Case for Action – 2015” and the following year he conducted a WWF seminar. The president and CEO of WWF (US), Carter Roberts, recalled schmoozing with him on a diving trip and:

Ove showed us maps tracking elevated levels of CO2 in the oceans, and how those levels corresponded with the declining health of the world’s coral reefs. If current trends continue, he told us, we will watch corals around the world wink out year after year until the only reefs left alive are found in a small remote spot in the South Pacific…

James Cook University’s Professor Peter Ridd was sacked in 2017 for demanding audits of alleged systemic flaws in Barrier Reef scientists’ methodology. He’s now taken his case to the High Court. As a further example of contested reef science, researcher Dr Jennifer Marohasy has challenged the standard methodology of assessing GBR coral die-back from the window of an aeroplane overflying at 120 metres. She says this is too high to give realistic results and when she has dived or used a drone on the same reefs, she’s found the corals perfectly healthy.

None of the Academy folk doing the 3deg report noticed that they were reinventing the (square) wheel. In 2007 climate guru of the era Dr Barrie Pittock wrote a 16,000-word tract for WWF headed: “Dangerous Aspirations: Beyond 3degC warming in Australia”. It’s full of the same guff and doomism as that of the Academy’s folk, who toiled a year over their “Risk to Australia of a 3degC warmer world” lookalike.[8]

The supposedly dispassionate Academy paper makes no mention whatsoever of nuclear power, and just one passing mention of China – whose emissions will swamp whatever cuts Australia tries to make.[9] The Academy paper appears even more ridiculous when set against the views this month of Obama’s chief scientist of the Energy Department, physicist Steven Koonin, who is by no means a sceptic. He expects only 1degC more warming this century – hardly worth spending trillions to combat and easy to adapt to. Further, he says the scientists, politicians and the media have generated a narrative that is absurdly, demonstrably false. That includes the “extreme weather” meme which the IPCC itself rates as “low confidence” – and which the Academy paper touts at least 27 times. The models can’t even agree on the current actual global temperature to within 3degC while claiming 1 per cent precision on key variables. The modellers’ guesses on the temperature impact of doubled  CO2 have not improved in 40 years and are now diverging even more widely, Koonin gripes.[10] The darling of catastrophists circa 2019 was David Wallace Wells with his scare book The Uninhabitable Earth. But even he is calling on fellow activists to revise their advocacy “in a less alarmist direction.”

The Academy – its members are overwhelmingly taxpayer-funded – wants to force Australia’s blue-collars, tradies and non-public servant middle classes into unpalatable and dark-green lifestyle changes. One example: “large-scale adoption of EVs [electric vehicles].” Let’s check the data (the report does not).

EV sales last year were just 6,900, up a mere 182 cars on 2019. That 6,900 total was not even 1 per cent of car sales. To date in 2021, EV sales (excluding Teslas at $73,000 upwards but including hybrids) are just 0.6 per cent. Last year 50 per cent of sales were fat gas-guzzling SUVs, up from 45 per cent in 2019. The Academy wants to push us into EVs via government subsidies and by penalties/restrictions on normal cars.

Ponder the  EV handwaving by the Academy, as evident in the passage below, taken from Academy paper March 31, 2021 (emphasis added):

On current estimates, lifetime costs of electric vehicles (EVs) are similar to those of conventional internal combustion engine vehicles and are likely to fall further.

Now check back into the real world, as described in a Federal Department of Industry, Science and Energy paper published last February:

Currently, closing the total cost-of-ownership gap with battery electric vehicle subsidies would not represent value-for-money. Analysis shows that this would be expected to cost the taxpayer $195-747 per tonne of carbon dioxide equivalent, depending on the vehicle type and usage. This is high when compared to the Emissions Reduction Fund price of $16 per tonne of carbon emitted. This translates to around $4,500 to $8,000 over the life of the vehicle, or around 10-40 cents per kilometre over a 10 year vehicle life.

The Academy leaves it to the omniscient government to fix the “adjustment challenges” to jobs and industries arising from its pro-EV policies. Otherwise, “Australia will be left with an inefficient car fleet, dependent on mostly imported oil, for many years to come.” What’s “inefficient” about my little family car Hyundai i30 (price new, $23,000)? It carries us like a charm on a whiff of petrol.

The Academy calls for “an immediate halt to new thermal coal mines and coal-fired power stations” and expects the bureaucracy to somehow find coal workers better jobs or earlier retirement. But anyway, it cites its own author, economist John Quiggin,

Thermal coal mining is not a major employer in Australia’s overall labour market and most employees in the industry have skills that make them employable in a wide range of industries. Only a small number of communities, mostly in central and northern Queensland, depend critically on coal mining…

Those thermal coal miners whom the Academy is happy to disappear, number about 20,000, out of about 40,000 coal miners in total, plus, of course, their household and commercial dependents. Nevertheless, the Academy continues:

Many coal-dependent workers and communities will be better off under a compassionate, pro-active transition program than by simply carrying on with ‘business as usual’ (Wiseman et al. 2017).”

Professor John Wiseman works at the dark-green end of Melbourne University at its Sustainable Society Institute. The title of one of his co-authored publications, “The Degrowth Imperative: Reducing energy and resource consumption as an essential component in achieving carbon budget targets” gives the flavour. “Degrowth” means reducing living standards like GDP per capita. As Wiseman’s co-author, Samuel Alexander, puts it, “And can we come together to build resilient, relocalised economies as globalised, carbon capitalism comes to an end in coming years and decades?” Wiseman’s also a writer on climate change and mental health, e.g. “And while many people feel grief and despair about the prospects of climate change, others see transformational hope…”

The Academy report starts with a full-page 230-word kow-tow to Aborigines, including a homily by Aboriginal Dr Emma Lee, one of the 15 members of the expert panel of authors. (The Academy signed up to a “Reconciliation Action Plan” in August 2019 to burnish its woke credentials). Dr  Lee told a conference in March about living in Country with ancestors “every day watching our midden sites along the coast getting washed away with increasing tides.”[11] One of the oldest-tide gauge benchmarks in the world is at Port Arthur in south-east Tasmania. CSIRO says it shows 160 years of sea rise there totalling a mere 13.5cm, or about two-thirds of my palm and fingers. A more precise study put the rise there at 1mm a year or 10cm per century. I had no idea that modern Tasmanian Aboriginals could so closely detect the tides increasing.

I checked other recent Academy reports for apologies for squatting on Aboriginal land, without success. One report reviewing “Decadal plans for Australian Astronomy” has 90 words of acknowledgements to whites but not one mention of Aborigines or the pioneering work of Aboriginal astronomers , now being dinned into Australian schoolkids by the ABC and officialdom.

How left can the Academy get? Last November it bagged President Trump and threw in its lot with the doddering fraud Joe Biden:

He will restore funding to environmental and climate programs and, most importantly for Australia, pressure other nations to raise their emissions reductions ambitions…

The [Trump] administration has also harmed the free movement of scientists and ideas. Travel restrictions have made it more difficult for foreigners from different countries to work or study in the US… Rising concerns about Chinese technological advancements have resulted in investigations into links between US-based scientists and China, leading to Chinese claims of McCarthyism—a claim familiar to Australians (My emphases).

What? Why is the Academy recycling propaganda from China intended to minimise the Communist Party’s wholesale stealing of Western know-how? I sought clarification from the Academy but got no response. [12]

And what’s behind the Academy saying that the China-alleged “McCarthyism” is a “claim familiar to Australians”? That comment appears to derive from a Senate committee hearing last October. Liberal Senator Eric Abetz asked three Chinese-Australian researchers whether they were prepared to “unconditionally condemn the Chinese Communist Party dictatorship”. One of them, a Labor candidate for Melbourne’s deputy mayor, later called the question “race-baiting McCarthyism.” [I make no suggestion that the three witnesses are in any way disloyal]. The Venona code-breaking transcripts proved that in the US, Senator McCarthy was not just imagining nests of traitors within the post-war establishment.

The Academy’s climate doomism is squandering prestige built over half a century. Someone there should have run a check on its 3degC warming nonsense before the Academy does any more damage – to itself.

Tony Thomas’s new book, Come To Think Of It – essays to tickle the brain, is available here as a book ($34.95) or an e-book ($14.95)

 

[1] The fourteen Academy people wrote sagely in 1976, “We conclude that there is no evidence that the world is now on the brink of a major climatic change. There is ample evidence that the world’s climate has changed widely during the geological past, and while there is every expectation that it will continue to change in the future, the time scale of these changes is in the range of thousands to hundreds of thousands of years rather than decades or centuries.” (My emphasis).

[2] There is scientific etiquette that a reviewer does not review his/her own prior publications, yet here we see senior climate scientists doing just that.

[3] The UK is copping its frostiest April in at least 60 years, CO2 notwithstanding, according to its Met Office.

[4] At 1.10.00secs in the video.

[5] IPCC’s Third Report 2001: “In climate research and modelling, we should recognize that we are dealing with a coupled non-linear chaotic system, and therefore that the long-term prediction of future climate states is not possible.” (Chapter 14, Section 14.2.2.2. )

IPCC’s Fifth Report, 2014: 111 out of 114 model runs showed temperatures above actual data. [chapter 9, text box 9.2, page 769]

[6] “The Australian Academy of Science comprises 550 Fellows whose common link is their exceptional scientific achievement.

[7] Fouled up beyond all recognition.

[8] The Pittock biography incorrectly credits him with a share in the 2007 Nobel Peace Prize, which the ABC’s Sophie Scott elevated even further to describe Pittock as a “Nobel Prize winner”.[8]

[9] China, pretending at the Paris talks to be a less-developed country, intends to reach peak emissions only in 2030. It’s burning more than half the globe’s thermal coal consumption and is planning or starting 247 gigawatts of new coal-fired power, six times the total coal-power use of Germany and equal to about 80 Loy Yang power plants.

[10] The last official IPCC statement was a footnote in IPCC, 2013: Summary for Policymakers. In: Climate Change 2013: The Physical Science Basis. SPM page 16. It reads ‘No best estimate for equilibrium climate sensitivity can now be given because of a lack of agreement on values across assessed lines of evidence and studies.’

[11] at 1.24.40sec.

[12] In a marvellous each-way bet, the Academy’s anti-Trump document says

  • This analysis has the endorsement of the Secretary for Science Policy, President and Chief Executive of the Australian Academy of Science.
  • “Views expressed in this feature remain those of the authors.”

=======================

A Mass Deception Of Virology & Vaccines: Case Proven?

A Mass Deception Of Virology and Vaccines  By John O’Sullivan, PrincipiaScientific.com, 28 April 2021

Last year we posted an article that triggered both ridicule and debate. It dared to question the accepted narrative of viruses and vaccines; that COVID19 did not exist and terrain theory would topple germ theory when the world awakens from the nonsense of the fake pandemic. Is the passage of time vindicating us?

Today, a clear and undeniable fact persists to annoy the defenders of Louis Pasteur’s theory and undermines all the claims that COVID19 is a deadly virus requiring mass global vaccinations as a remedy.

Have you ever questioned Germ Theory? Our whole society is based on it. The whole medical profession – especially virology – is based on it. It is why they give us vaccines.

One year on, the Achilles Heel for medical science and virology remains: no lab anywhere in the world has provided a gold standard isolate of the SARS-CoV-2 virus – alleged to cause COVID19 – a supposedly novel respiratory disease but with identical systems to colds and flu.

Our own inhouse expert, Dr Saeed Qureshi, has been at the forefront of exposing that telling omission. It is why we are strong supporters of the Statement On Virus Isolation (SOVI).

Moreover, as our corrupt governments and media keep telling us, cases and deaths from COVID run into the millions but we note a strange corresponding collapse in reported cases and deaths from influenza. How is that possible?

Did the novel virus somehow act as an antidote to other respiratory diseases that have plagued humans for millennia?

Hardly.

 

So, as this is the anniversary of our publication of the controversial article,  it behoves us to take stock.

Herein we post the empirical, proven outcomes. The most telling of which, in terms of discrediting virology as pseudo science, may be in this German video presentation of a controlled experiment that exposes a cornerstone of virology as not only unreliable, but patently false.

As reported in thefreedomarticles.com:

“German virologist Dr. Stefan Lanka, who won a landmark case in 2017 which went all the way to the German Supreme Court. Lanka proved in the highest court of the land that measles was not caused by a virus, and that there was in fact no such thing as a measles virus. Lanka is still busy working, and he wrote this article earlier this year (translated into English here) entitled ““The Misconception called Virus”” in which he explains the history of how mainstream science went horribly wrong with its conclusions (really assumptions) to demonize the humble virus and to falsely ascribe pathogenicity to it when there is none.”

Watch the video by Dr Stefan Lanka and Dean Braus and judge for yourselves:

If these lab tests are validated elsewhere, then it would seem that Drs Lanka, Andrew Kaufman, Judy Wilyman, Qureshi, et al. are vindicated.

They have shown us that virology incorrectly states – without proof – that viruses originate outside the body, then ‘hijack’ the RNA or DNA of the cell, and then replicate whilst attacking cells indiscriminately.

If this were true, viruses would replicate endlessly, eventually attacking all healthy cells, but they do not. We know that antibodies, a type of white blood cell, regulates the virus.

There exists no video evidence of viruses hijacking cells, except for 3D renders, and animations based on theory

As so-called “conspiracy theorist” the aforementioned mavericks stayed true to the scientific method and insisted upon actual verifiable proofs as to the nature and cause of the most economically devastating pandemic in modern human history. Their persistence and methodological acumen appear to have saved the world from an evil Big Pharma lie that has corrupted medical science for over half a century.

As thefreedomarticles.com neatly puts it:

“When modern scientists are working with diseased tissue, they think the presence of a virus is causing the disease, instead of realizing that the tissue in question has been cut off and isolated from its host, then doused with antibiotics, and that this separation and poison make it diseased and kill it, rather than any virus. Lanka writes:

“All claims about viruses as pathogens are wrong and are based on easily recognizable, understandable and verifiable misinterpretations … All scientists who think they are working with viruses in laboratories are actually working with typical particles of specific dying tissues or cells which were prepared in a special way. They believe that those tissues and cells are dying because they were infected by a virus. In reality, the infected cells and tissues were dying because they were starved and poisoned as a consequence of the experiments in the lab.”

” … the death of the tissue and cells takes place in the exact same manner when no “infected” genetic material is added at all. The virologists have apparently not noticed this fact. According to … scientific logic and the rules of scientific conduct, control experiments should have been carried out. In order to confirm the newly discovered method of so-called “virus propagation” … scientists would have had to perform additional experiments, called negative control experiments, in which they would add sterile substances … to the cell culture.”

“These control experiment have never been carried out by the official  “science” to this day. During the measles virus trial, I commissioned an independent laboratory to perform this control experiment and the result was that the tissues and cells die due to the laboratory conditions in the exact same way as when they come into contact with alleged “infected” material.”

In other words, the studied cells and tissues die with or without the presence of a virus in exactly the same way; therefore, the virus cannot be the cause of the morbidity and mortality. Interestingly, this exactly what many health experts have stated, namely that there are only two causes of disease: deficiency and toxicity.

  • Viruses are not living organisms or living microbes
  • Viruses do not have a respiratory system, nor a nucleus or digestive system
  • Viruses are not alive and viruses are not contagious
  • Thus, the fear behind COVID19 is wholly unwarranted

At Principia Scientific International, our words live or die by the scientific method. If claims cannot be verified empirically then they should be taken with a grain of salt. Viruses do not multiply on their own. When added to fertile petri-dishes that sustain cellular life, no additional viral protein structures appear.

Dr Lanka has yet to share all the experiment’s details including SOPs, copies of original run sheets, batch records, solutions, concentrations, incubation times, etc. of the CPE experiment. For that reason, we pose the title of this article as a question. It awaits wider confirmation.

Likewise, we urge the medical community to hold true to Koch’s Postulates: if there is no isolation of a virus, there is no purification. Without purification you have only speculation – and that is not solid science!

About John O’Sullivan John is CEO and co-founder (with Dr Tim Ball) of Principia Scientific International (PSI).  John is a seasoned science writer and legal analyst who assisted Dr Ball in defeating world leading climate expert, Michael ‘hockey stick’ Mann in the ‘science trial of the century‘. O’Sullivan is credited as the visionary who formed the original ‘Slayers’ group of scientists in 2010 who then collaborated in creating the world’s first full-volume debunk of the greenhouse gas theory plus their new follow-up book.

=====================

GMO SEEDS ALREADY OBSOLETE?

 

GMO SEEDS ALREADY OBSOLETE  By Joseph P.Farrell, 3 March 2021

 

If you’re a GMO seeds proponent, or an employee of Mon(ster)santo or I.G. Farbensanto, don’t say we didn’t warn you. Our warning was that by trying to create genetically modified crops that would repel pests, that nature would adapt to the modifications faster than research laboratories could adapt GMOs to nature’s adaptations, thus rendering them not only potentially obsolete, but by creating a pest problem, endangering the food supply (and don’t forget those falling crop yields-per-acre that the University of Iowa documented a couple of years ago with respect to GMO yields: falling yields + higher costs to maintain GMO crops = GMO failure, and cost effectiveness makes natural seeds over the long term a better investment. Now it’s officially come home to roost, according to this article shared by B.:

The coming obsolescence of GMO seeds

There’s much to note about this article, but there was one thing that it stated that leaped out at me:

For the $55 billion genetically modified seed industry, the news hasn’t been good lately. The great “successes” of Bt corn and cotton seeds are turning to failure as insects such as corn rootworms and cotton bollworms are developing resistance to the GMO crops. As a result, farmers have to spray more toxic insecticides to kill the resistant insects.

The situation has become so bad that the Environmental Protection Agency has proposed phasing out more than 40 varieties of Bt corn and cotton over the next three to five years as a way to reduce the insect resistance.

Meanwhile, herbicide-tolerant GMO soybeans are facing massive weed resistance problems. With U.S. farmers spraying 300 million pounds of glyphosate on their fields each year, weeds have naturally developed resistance. Monsanto and other biotech companies’ solution was to develop new GMO seeds that would work with dicamba and 2,4-D herbicides, which are more toxic than glyphosate and prone to drift, causing damage to other crops.

The result has been a disaster. Dicamba has damaged millions of acres of non-dicamba tolerant soybeans as well as other crops, fruit orchards, millions of trees, and gardens in the past four years. The largest peach producer in Missouri lost 30,000 trees to dicamba drift damage. He sued Monsanto, now Bayer, and won a $265 million settlement. One farmer even murdered another over a dicamba drift dispute.

GMO seeds are failing because GMO technology is short-sighted and supports a failing system of agriculture. GMOs still dominate U.S. corn, soybean, and cotton production but I believe their days are numbered. They are going against the trends in agriculture, which are toward regenerative and organic methods.

growing number of farmers are focusing on practices to build soil health such as planting cover crops and diverse crop rotations and grazing livestock. Because of those practices, regenerative farmers find they no longer need the GMO seeds, and they are also able to slash their use of chemical pesticides and fertilizers.(Boldface emphasis added)

“… a failing system of agriculture”: Let those words sink in. And let the other words “the result has been a disaster” sink in too. But wait, there’s more:

The main point is that soil health and regenerative practices are the leading trends in agriculture today, and as farmers journey on the path to soil health, many don’t see the need to plant GMO seeds.

GMO seed technology was designed to work with a system of industrial agriculture whose toxic effects—pesticides that threaten human health, depleted and eroded soils, polluted waterways from fertilizer runoff, greenhouse gases that contribute to climate change, among others—are becoming more apparent and threatening to the world. As more farmers move away from this system toward regenerative and organic practices, the use of ag chemicals and GMOs will fall away.

Biotechnology proponents point to the emergence of gene editing, and say that new gene edited seeds and crops will be developed. They say these crops will increase crop yields, produce more nutritious foods, reduce pesticide use, and help to “feed the world.” Wait, wasn’t that the promise of the “old” GMO seeds? Gene editing supporters say the technology is precise. But a study published in Nature magazine last July found that gene editing of human embryonic cells caused “chromosomal mayhem.” That isn’t precise. Similar genetic mayhem has been seen in gene edited rice and other crops. Gene edited crops will have the same problems as the older GMO crops, and consumers will likely reject them.(Boldface emphasis added)

In other words, human genetic tinkering is creating chaos in agriculture; think of the growing number of stories about adverse reactions to the mRNA covid “vaccines” and transfer that to crops and you get the picture: we are playing with systems which in spite of our vaunted “science” we do not yet completely understand, and in our rush to “play” with them and “improve” them, are creating a mess, possibly one that could threaten the food supply. And in both cases, crops and “vaccines”, the model used is one to maximize profits of a few big corporations. Why sponsor hydroxychloroquine for covid, when it’s so cheap, when profits can be maximized for a “vaccine” which comes with all sorts of health risks. Why sponsor ordinary seeds, when GMO seeds and their associated pesticides are so much more expensive, and can maximize profits?

Similarly, note the response to these models: “organic” crops and “holistic” medicine. In other words, more and more involved in the practice of farming or medicine are turning away from technological and artificial fixes more natural ones. Note that Russia, for example, not only turned very deliberately away from GMOs, but that its vaccine is not an experimental one tinkering with messenger RNA and human genetics.

And also note the response of “Big Agribusiness” (or as we like to call it here, I.G. Farbensanto or Mon[ster]santo) and Big Pharma (or as we like to call it, Muck Pharmaceuticals) to those who’ve opposed their agendas: Mon(ster)santo would sue farmers if one of their plants was spotted on their fields (meaning that Mon[ster]santo was actually spying on people), and Muck Pharmaceuticals? Well, it’s a curious thing that so many holistic doctors were being murdered in the years running up to the covid planscamdemic, and we all saw how apopleptic some doctors and media became at the mere mention of hydroxychloroquine, vitamin d, or zinc.

So yes, perhaps we need a new model of doing things. One that isn’t anti-science, but skeptical of rushed scientism, of rushed promises of “a better world” and “cures” without adequate testing and skepticism. In this, the whole GMO panacea has been a lesson in the dangers of rushed technologies, lack of inter-generational testing, and bought-off and corrupted “corporate science” and media promising the utmost safety of their witches’ brews.

Or to put that lesson more succinctly, no more Mon(ster)santo’s, and no more “Operation Warp Speeds” either. And here’s the good news:

The good news is that a seed industry independent of the big biotech/pesticide companies—Bayer, BASF, Corteva, and Syngenta—is growing stronger, worth an estimated $10 billion. This includes organic seed companies such as Albert Lea Seed, Great Harvest Organics, High Mowing Organic Seeds, and others. There are also seed companies emerging to meet the demand for non-GMO corn including SureFlex Hybrids in Minnesota, Spectrum Non-GMO in Indiana, Hybrid85 in Nebraska, and De Dell Seeds in Canada, to name a few.

Now, hopefully, we’ll see the emergence of doctors’ and physicians’ consortia that will treat their covid patients with things other than questionable “vaccines”. We’ve seen a few individuals questioning the whole narrative, but the whole idea of other points of view should, perhaps, become a business model.

======================

Senate inquiry is bringing evidence about state of Great Barrier Reef to the surface

Senate inquiry is bringing evidence about state of Great Barrier Reef to the surface  By Professor Peter Ridd, an independent scientist, The Australian, 16 September 2020

 

Editor’s note: Professor Ridd was sacked by James Cook University, Queensland, for challenging some university colleagues regarding the accuracy of their reports concerning the Great Barrier Reef.  Ridd challenged this in court and won a resounding victory in which the judge castigated JCU. An appeal by JCU was lost based on some convoluted points.  Ridd is escalating an appeal to the highest Australian court.  Over $760,000 has been collected for Ridd’s appeal in a Go-Fund appeal. Ridd is pushing in particular for a far better level of quality control in science.

The Senate committee inquiry into the regulation of farm practices impacting water quality on the Great Barrier Reef has yielded some remarkable confessions by science institutions about the state of the reef. It has been the first time many of the scientists have been asked difficult questions and publicly challenged by hard evidence. They have been forced out of their bubble.

It was revealed by Paul Hardisty, boss of the Australian Institute of Marine Science, that only 3 per cent of the reef, the “inshore reefs”, is affected by farm pesticides and sediment. He also stated that pesticides, are a “low to negligible risk”, even for that 3 per cent.

The other 97 per cent, the true offshore Great Barrier Reef, mostly 50km to 100km from the coast, is effectively totally unharmed by pesticides and sediment.

This has been evident in the data for decades but it is nice to see an honest appraisal of the situation.

Why has this fact not been brought to the public’s attention in major documents such as the GBR Outlook Report produced by the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority? Why has everybody been deceived about the true extent of the problem?

AIMS was also forthcoming on other important points. Records of coral growth rates show no impact from agriculture. Large corals live centuries, and have annual growth rings like trees. They record their own rate of growth. If farming, which started about 100 years ago on the reef coast, was damaging the it, there should be a slowing of the growth rate. The records show no slowing when agriculture started a century ago, or when large-scale use of fertiliser and pesticides began in the 1950s.

I have written previously that AIMS has been negligent in not updating the GBR-average coral growth data for the past 15 years. We have the scandalous situation that there is data going back centuries – but nothing since 2005. AIMS claimed coral growth rates collapsed between 1990 and 2005, due to climate change; however, there is considerable doubt about this result because AIMS changed the methodology for the data between 1990 and 2005. At the Senate inquiry, under some duress, AIMS agreed it would be a good idea to update this data if the government will fund the project.

Updating the coral growth rate data will be a major step forward. It will prove or disprove the doubtful decline between 1990 and 2005. It will also give the complete record of how the GBR has fared in the past 15 years, a period when scientists have become more strident in their claims that it is on its last legs.

Hardisty, to his credit, has recently implemented red-blue teams within his organisation to help with quality assurance of the work that AIMS produces. A red team is a group of scientists that takes a deliberately antagonist approach to check, test and replicate scientific evidence. A genuine red team is a far more rigorous quality assurance approach than the present system used in science – peer review – which is often little more than a quick read of the work by the scientist’s mates. What AIMS has done internally is similar to what I have been proposing – an Office of Science Quality Assurance that would check, test, and replicate scientific evidence used for public policy.

Unfortunately, Hardisty’s commitment to quality in science was not reflected by many other important witnesses at the Senate inquiry. Many are in denial and resorted to shooting the messengers. An extract from a letter signed by Professor Ian Chubb, a former Australian chief scientist, was read out by Senator Kim Carr.

Disputing the conventional wisdom on the reef was likened to denying that tobacco causes cancer, or that lead in petrol is a health risk. Worse still, the reason sceptics do this, apparently, is “usually money”. Scientists such as Dr Piers Larcombe, the pre-eminent expert on the movement of sediment on the reef, with decades of experience, is thus written off as a corrupt charlatan.

It is scientific “cancel culture”. It is easier than confronting Larcombe’s evidence that farming has very limited impact on the GBR.

It is customary to be very cynical of our politicians, but it was senators Roberts, Rennick, Canavan and McDonald who forced some truth from our generally untrustworthy science institutions. Only our politicians can save us from them.

The evidence about the reef will not be buried forever. All the data indicates agriculture is having a negligible impact on the reef, and recent draconian Queensland legislation against farmers is unwarranted. And this issue will be influential come the Queensland state election on October 31.

(Professor) Peter Ridd is an independent scientist.

======================

We need an inquiry into climate alarmism

 

We need an inquiry into climate alarmism  By Chris Kenny, The Australian, 29 August 2020

I hope you are sitting down; this foray into political and media madness over bushfires and climate change starts with recognising some excellent, forensic journalism by the ABC. Investigating last summer’s devastating Gospers Mountain fire, journalist Philippa McDonald took us to the very tree where the fire is believed to have been started when it was struck by lightning in a thunderstorm.

McDonald used this to give us the brilliantly counterintuitive opening line; “It began not with fire, but ice.” In a series of reports, McDonald and her team retraced the history of the fire over a number of weeks, how it was almost extinguished by rain, how bushwalkers in the wrong place at the wrong time thwarted a backburn that might have stopped it, how another prescribed burn got out of control and destroyed houses, and how a fortuitous wind change stopped it encroaching on suburban Sydney.

We might quibble with some of the alarmist language — repeating the silly new “megafire” term and pretending that when fires meet they join and get bigger when, in fact, this reduces the number of fronts and total length of fire perimeter — but overall the reporting was factual and admirable because it explained the many variables in fire behaviour and the factors that can influence whether a fire can be contained or extinguished before weather conditions turn it into an unstoppable beast. Surprisingly, and refreshingly, the reports did not dwell on climate change.

When it comes to our bushfires climate change is so close to being irrelevant, it should hardly warrant a passing reference — we have always faced disastrous bushfire conditions and always will. If climate change makes the worst conditions either marginally more or less common, it matters not; we still need to do the same things to protect ourselves.

In previous articles I have detailed the leading scientific analysis showing the main precondition for the NSW fires — a long drought — cannot be attributed to climate change. Unless climate activists want to argue Australia could do something to alter the global climate sufficiently to reduce our bushfire threat, they are exposed as cynical campaigners who used the sure bet of bushfires to advance their political scare campaign.

The NSW bushfire inquiry released this week took a dive into the climate science — as it was tasked to do — and found, predictably enough, that climate change “clearly played a role in the conditions” that led up to the fires and helped spread them. But thankfully it did not waste much time on climate in its recommendations, merely suggesting climate trends need to be monitored and factored in.

Apart from exercises in politically correct box ticking — Indigenous training for evacuation centre staff so they are “culturally competent”, wildlife rescue training for firefighters, and signs to promote ABC radio stations — most of the recommendations were practical. Better equipment for firefighters, more water bombers, more communication, public education and most importantly, a range of suggestions on fuel reduction around settled areas and planning controls on building in fire prone areas.

The bottom line has always been obvious: the one fire input we can control is fuel, so where we want to slow blazes or protect properties, we must reduce fuel. Planning is also important to prevent housing in indefensible locations, but one crucial phrase missing from the report was “personal responsibility”.

Houses on wooded hilltops or surrounded by bush cannot be protected and their residents should not expect others to risk their lives trying to do so.

People must be educated to clear extensively around properties, sufficient to withstand not a moderate fire but a firestorm, otherwise they must be prepared to surrender their homes and escape early.

“Hazard reduction is not the complete answer,” said report author Mary O’Kane. “People do need to take responsibility, they need to realise that if they live in certain areas it can be very dangerous, and we try to give a strong message of, if you are in a dangerous area and there is one of these big, bad megafires, the message, is get out.”

O’Kane is right, of course. But it seems a hell of a waste to hold a full inquiry only to be told we should do more fuel reduction, be careful where we build houses, and get the hell out of the way rather than try to fight firestorms. We knew all this.

The push for an inquiry was largely driven by the climate catastrophists. Remember, they wanted to blame the blazes on the axing of the carbon tax, and on Scott Morrison. It was inane and rancid stuff.

They will be at it again, this fire season. They love making political capital out of disasters, although they go as quiet as Tim Flannery when it comes to full dams and widespread snowfalls.

The area of land burned in the Australian summer has now been revised down by 25 per cent, and the claims about wildlife deaths revised downwards too, to factor in the mind-blowing realisation that animals actually escape fire when they can — birds fly, wombats burrow, kangaroos hop and even koalas can climb to the treetops and escape all but a crowning blaze.

Remember we had articles in The Guardian, The New York Times, and on CNN and the BBC, saying the bush might never recover. Take a drive through the Blue Mountains, Kangaroo Island or the Australian Alps and see how their predictions turned out.

The sclerophyll forests of southern Australia are not just adapted to fire, they are reliant on it. Therefore, the wildlife also is reliant on it for the rejuvenation of the vegetation — why does basic ecology escape the climate activists? If it is any comfort, the same madness is now playing out in California. Similar climate, similar history of bushfires, and the same maddening political debate. With fires burning more than a million acres in northern California this month, the state’s Democratic Governor, Gavin Newsom, sent a recorded message to his party’s national convention; “If you are in denial about climate change, come to California.” The trouble is that while these are bad wildfires, they are not unusual in the natural and settled history of that environment.

Like the Australian bush, the redwood forests that US journalists suggest are being destroyed by fire, depend on fire for propagation. Just like here, one of the issues has been the suppression of bushfire by human interference, leading to the unnatural build up of fuel that can explode when a wildfire does get away in bad conditions.

Environmentalist and author of Apocalypse Never; Why Environmental Alarmism Hurts Us All, Michael Shellenberger says the climate is warming but the impact of this on fires is overstated. In an article for Forbes.com he quoted Scott Stevens of the University of California, Berkeley, saying climate change is not a major factor, as well as other experts scoffing of the idea that severe fires are anything new.

“California’s fires should indeed serve as a warning to the public, but not that climate change is causing the apocalypse,” wrote Shellenberger. “Rather, it should serve as a warning that mainstream news reporters and California’s politicians cannot be trusted to tell the truth about climate change and fires.”

Ditto for Oz. I have detailed previously how Fran Kelly told ABC audiences in November that “the fire warning had been increased to catastrophic for the first time ever in this country” — but that was wrong, wildly wrong.

Greens Senator Jordon Steele-John accused his political opponents of being “no better than arsonists” and other Greens and Labor MPs said Australia’s climate policies were exacerbating bushfires. Insane as this might be, it was amplified rather than interrogated by most media.

The thick smoke haze in Sydney was portrayed as something “unprecedented” — if it has not been on Twitter before it must never have happened — but a quick search of newspaper files found similar bushfire-induced shrouds in 1951, when airports were closed, and 1936, when a ship couldn’t find the heads.

Fires in rainforest areas of southern Queensland and northern NSW were not “unprecedented” either, with archived reports noting similar fires in the spring of 1951 and even the winter of 1946.

Despite 200,000 media mentions of “unprecedented” tracked by media monitors across December and January, the facts showed none of this was new. Greater areas were burned in 1851 and 1974-75, and human devastation was either as bad or worse on Black Saturday in 2009, Ash Wednesday in 1983, Black Tuesday in 1967, Black Friday in 1939 and Black Thursday 1851.

Bushland was not destroyed forever, koalas were not rendered extinct and Scott Morrison was not to blame. We should have an inquiry into climate alarmism, political posturing and media reporting — we would learn a lot more from that than we have from relearning age-old fire preparedness from yet another bushfire inquiry.

CHRIS KENNY

 

ASSOCIATE EDITOR (NATIONAL AFFAIRS)

Commentator, author and former political adviser, Chris Kenny hosts The Kenny Report Monday-Friday 5pm, and Kenny on Media, 8.30pm Friday, on Sky News. He takes an unashamedly rationalist approach to national a… Read more

=====================

Alarmism in New Zealand


Alarmism in New Zealand  By Dr Muriel Newman, NZCPR.com, 25 July 2020

Fear is a natural survival instinct and arguably more motivating than logic and reason. It can also be used to great effect to shift the mindset of communities and nations.

While such manipulation is, of course, not uncommon, what is surprising is how blind societies are to recognising when fear is being used as a tool for political persuasion.

We recently saw this in the Government’s response to the Covid-19 pandemic when the Prime Minister used alarmist computer modelling to justify her “Captain’s Call” to lock the country down.

Claiming “tens of thousands of New Zealanders” could die, the PM rejected Ministry of Health advice to stay at Level 2 for 30 days, and imposed what we now know to be the most stringent policy response in the world.

Instead of relying on cost benefit analyses and regulatory impact statements from trusted government agencies to inform her decisions, the PM chose inaccurate computer models that grossly exaggerated the number of deaths.

It has now been revealed that the modelling she relied on did not take into account the contact testing and tracing that was central to the health response being implemented by Dr Ashley Bloomfield, the Director General of Health.

The explosion of predicted deaths that resulted, was then used by the PM to scare the country into accepting her hard-line lockdown.

This is not the first time the Prime Minister has used scaremongering to force her policy agenda onto the country. Her whole response to climate change has been based on fear.

Climate change is, of course, a natural process influenced by a wide range of factors including the sun, clouds, and ocean currents. Throughout history, the Earth’s climate has been far hotter than it is today and far colder. Sea levels have been far higher and far lower. Carbon dioxide – the trace gas used by plants to manufacture food – has existed at far higher atmospheric concentrations and far lower.

But the United Nations’ climate models that are being used to redefine economic policy around the world, only focus on the minuscule proportion of carbon emissions produced by humans. In doing so, they disregard not only the 97 percent of carbon dioxide produced from natural sources, but also the overwhelming influence that other crucial factors such as the sun have on the climate.

These alarmist models, which blame climate change on humans, are being used by politicians – including our Prime Minister – to implement the UN’s socialist agenda: state control of all economic activity through the regulation of carbon emissions.

Fortunately, most scams motivated by scaremongering are eventually exposed – often by the very people who pioneered the movements before they were captured by political extremists.

This week’s NZCPR Guest Commentator Michael Shellenberger is a leading American climate activist, who, having promoted global warming propaganda for almost three decades, has decided to stop the lies:

“On behalf of environmentalists everywhere, I would like to formally apologize for the climate scare we created over the last 30 years. Climate change is happening. It’s just not the end of the world. It’s not even our most serious environmental problem.

“Here are some facts few people know: Humans are not causing a ‘sixth mass extinction’; Climate change is not making natural disasters worse;  Netherlands became rich not poor while adapting to life below sea level; Habitat loss and the direct killing of wild animals are bigger threats to species than climate change; Wood fuel is far worse for people and wildlife than fossil fuels…

“I know that the above facts will sound like ‘climate denialism’ to many people. But that just shows the power of climate alarmism.”

Michael Shellenberger explains how difficult it has been to speak out against the climate scare:

“I was embarrassed. After all, I am as guilty of alarmism as any other environmentalist. For years, I referred to climate change as an ‘existential’ threat to human civilization, and called it a ‘crisis’.

“But mostly I was scared. I remained quiet about the climate disinformation campaign because I was afraid of losing friends and funding. The few times I summoned the courage to defend climate science from those who misrepresent it I suffered harsh consequences. And so I mostly stood by and did next to nothing as my fellow environmentalists terrified the public…

“But then, last year, things spiralled out of control. Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez said ‘The world is going to end in twelve years if we don’t address climate change.’ Britain’s most high-profile environmental group claimed ‘Climate Change Kills Children…

“As a result, half of the people surveyed around the world last year said they thought climate change would make humanity extinct. And in January, one out of five British children told pollsters they were having nightmares about climate change. Whether or not you have children you must see how wrong this is. I admit I may be sensitive because I have a teenage daughter. After we talked about the science she was reassured. But her friends are deeply misinformed and thus, understandably, frightened. I thus decided I had to speak out.”

While Michael Shellenberger deserves credit for speaking out and exposing the misrepresentation, those activists who lie should be held to account – particularly by the media. It is therefore regrettable that so many in the media have decided their interests are better served by aligning with the popularists, rather than adhering to the bedrock values of their profession.

Prime amongst New Zealand’s serial alarmists is the Green Party’s Climate Change Minister James Shaw. Not only does he knowingly describe carbon dioxide – the cornerstone of life on earth – as a “pollutant”, but he also continues to claim that as a result of climate change, adverse weather events are getting worse, which is another alarmist fabrication that is simply untrue.

But as the late Stephen Schneider, a Stanford University Professor who had been a lead author for the UN’s Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change explained, for advocates of climate alarmism the truth is not a priority: “…we need to get some broad based support, to capture the public’s imagination.  That entails getting loads of media coverage. So we have to offer up scary scenarios, make simplified, dramatic statements, and make little mention of any doubts we might have. Each of us has to decide what the right balance is between being effective and being honest.”

Fearmongering, of course, has been an effective tool to manipulate the public throughout history.

The myth that population growth will deplete food and resources, and ultimately destroy the planet, can be traced back to the writing of the Reverend Thomas Malthus in 1798.

These idea gained unprecedented traction following the 1968 release of The Population Bomb by Paul Ehrlich, an entomologist at Stanford University. The book incited such fear of overpopulation that it triggered waves of repression around the world.

The facts, however, tell a different story. Population growth has been slowing for more than three decades. Forty years ago, while the average woman had between five and six children to ensure the survival of the next generation, she now has between two and three. Women are having fewer children because better healthcare means that most babies now live to grow up. As a result, half of the world is already below the long-term replacement level.

Concerns over ‘peak oil’ have also been in and out of vogue over recent decades. Driven by the theory that the world would run out of oil, the reality is that scarcity has been the result of geopolitical disruption rather than resource depletion.

The Club of Rome, an Italian-based think tank established in 1965, investigated resource scarcity in their highly influential book The Limits to Growth. Using computer modelling, they forecast apocalyptic economic and environmental disaster.

Ironically, it has now become clear that, contrary to what they were predicting, the best way to improve humanity and the environment is through more growth, not less. As countries improve their living standards, so too they improve social, economic and environmental wellbeing. It is the resourcefulness of free markets to innovate and maximise the efficient use of resources that results in a progressive improvement in living standards.

What is also bizarre is that while in the 1970s climate computer models predicted that the burning of fossil fuels would trigger another ice age, nowadays they are claiming the exact opposite – that the burning of fossil fuels will cause the planet to dangerously overheat.

This contradiction has not stopped our politicians – with fossil fuels identified as the villain, their policy response of an increasing carbon levy, has effectively imposed socialist state control over all economic activity.

When the Prime Minister and Climate Change Minister introduced their Zero Carbon Act last year, they boasted about imposing the harshest restrictions on carbon emissions of any country in the world. Then last month, they amended the Emissions Trading Scheme to cap carbon emissions, causing the price of carbon to jump from around $25 a tonne to $33.

At $25, New Zealander motorists were paying an ETS levy of around 4c for every litre of petrol they bought. At $33, the levy is now around 7 cents a litre, and at $35, it will be around 9c a litre. Such price hikes will flow right through the economy, increasing the cost of living.

The Climate Change Minister expects carbon prices will go much higher.

Meanwhile the price of carbon has had a major impact on vegetable affordability, especially tomatoes. With hothouses no longer economical in some areas, local growers are being forced to close. As a result, New Zealanders will see an increase in produce imported from countries with no carbon costs.

With the 2015 Paris Agreement on Climate Change specifying that measures introduced to enable countries to meet their carbon targets must not reduce food production, Minister Shaw is clearly breaking the rules.

Governments can only get away with imposing socialist control under the guise of climate change because of their scaremongering. Endlessly claiming that burning fossil fuels is causing dangerous global warming, they promote renewable energy as the only sustainable alternative.

In a controversial new filmPlanet of the Humans, which climate activists have tried to ban, filmmaker Michael Moore provides a devastating indictment of the renewable energy scam, explaining it is not clean, green, nor sustainable, but is more destructive than the energy sources it seeks to replace.

The film shows how wind, solar and biofuel projects destroy wildlife habitats, rare and endangered species, and millions of acres of forests, deserts and grasslands.

It exposes bogus claims about the benefits of renewable energy and explains that electricity for a small city of 50,000 households requires 15 square miles of solar panels, along with wind turbines, and a huge array of batteries – or a coal or gas power plant – for nights and cloudy days.

Paul Driessen, a senior policy analyst for the Committee For A Constructive Tomorrow has reviewed  the film and describes the turbines:  “Each one is comprised of nearly 5,000,000 pounds of concrete, steel, aluminum, copper, plastic, cobalt, rare earths, fiberglass and other materials. Every step in the mining, processing, manufacturing, transportation, installation, maintenance and (20 years later) removal process requires fossil fuels. It bears repeating: wind and sun are renewable and sustainable; harnessing them for energy to benefit mankind absolutely is not.”

While some of the film’s conclusions are questionable, Michael Moore raises concerns about the merits of alternative energy that alarmists have conveniently ignored: “We’re basically being fed a lie.” Maybe we’d be “better off just burning fossil fuels in the first place,” than doing all of this.

Although dissenting voices are not yet dominating the debate about climate alarmism, there is enough concern for political leaders to stop the headlong rush into policy extremism and exercise some common sense judgement.

With New Zealand already struggling to recover from the harsh lockdown, the last thing this country needs is climate policy based on scaremongering to undermine our fragile economic recovery.

========================

Sorry for misleading you, but I cried wolf on climate change

Sorry for misleading you, but I cried wolf on climate change  By Michael Shellenberger, The Australian, 1 July 2020

I have been a climate activist for 20 years but on behalf of environmentalists everywhere, I would like to formally apologise for the climate scare we created.

On behalf of environmentalists everywhere, I would like to formally apologise for the climate scare we created over the past 30 years. Climate change is happening. It’s just not the end of the world. It’s not even our most serious environmental problem.

I may seem like a strange person to be saying all of this. I have been a climate activist for 20 years and an environmentalist for 30.

But as an energy expert asked by the US congress to provide ­objective testimony, and invited by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change to serve as a reviewer of its next assessment report, I feel an obligation to apologise for how badly we environmentalists have misled the public.

Here are some facts few people know: Humans are not causing a “sixth mass extinction”;

The Amazon is not “the lungs of the world”;

Climate change is not making natural disasters worse;

Fires have declined 25 per cent around the world since 2003;

The amount of land we use for meat — humankind’s biggest use of land — has declined by an area nearly as large as Alaska;

The author’s new book.

The build-up of wood fuel and more houses near forests, not climate change, explain why there are more, and more dangerous, fires in Australia and California;

Carbon emissions are declining in most rich nations and have been declining in Britain, Germany and France since the mid-1970s;

The Netherlands became rich, not poor, while adapting to life below sea level;

We produce 25 per cent more food than we need and food surpluses will continue to rise as the world gets hotter;

Habitat loss and the direct killing of wild animals are bigger threats to species than climate change;

Wood fuel is far worse for people and wildlife than fossil fuels;

Preventing future pandemics requires more, not less, “industrial” agriculture.

I know the above facts will sound like “climate denialism” to many people. But that just shows the power of climate alarmism. In reality, the above facts come from the best-available scientific studies, including those ­conducted by or accepted by the IPCC, the Food and Agriculture Organisation of the United Nations, the Inter­national Union for the Conservation of Nature and other leading scientific bodies.

Some people will, when they read this, imagine that I’m some right-wing anti-environmentalist. I’m not. At 17, I lived in Nicaragua to show solidarity with the Sandinista socialist revolution. At 23 I raised money for Guatemalan women’s co-operatives. In my early 20s I lived in the semi-Amazon doing research with small farmers fighting land invasions. At 26 I helped expose poor conditions at Nike factories in Asia.

Green beginnings

I became an environmentalist at 16 when I threw a fundraiser for Rainforest Action Network. At 27 I helped save the last unprotected ancient redwoods in California. In my 30s I advocated renewables and successfully helped persuade the Obama administration to ­invest $US90bn into them. Over the past few years I helped save enough nuclear plants from being replaced by fossil fuels to prevent a sharp increase in emissions.

But until last year, I mostly avoided speaking out against the climate scare. Partly that’s because I was embarrassed. After all, I am as guilty of alarmism as any other environmentalist. For years, I ­referred to climate change as an “existential” threat to human civilisation, and called it a “crisis”.

But mostly I was scared. I remained quiet about the climate disinformation campaign because I was afraid of losing friends and funding. The few times I summoned the courage to defend climate science from those who misrepresent it I suffered harsh consequences. And so I mostly stood by and did next to nothing as my fellow environmentalists terrified the public.

I even stood by as people in the White House and many in the media tried to destroy the reputation and career of an outstanding scientist, good man, and friend of mine, Roger Pielke Jr, a lifelong progressive Democrat and environmentalist who testified in favour of carbon regulations. Why did they do that? Because his ­research proves natural disasters aren’t getting worse. But then, last year, things spiralled out of control. Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez said: “The world is going to end in 12 years if we don’t address climate change.” Britain’s most high-profile environmental group claimed “climate change kills children”.

Turning point

The world’s most influential green journalist, Bill McKibben, called climate change the “greatest challenge humans have ever faced” and said it would “wipe out civilisations”. Mainstream journalists ­reported, repeatedly, that the Amazon was “the lungs of the world”, and that deforestation was like a ­nuclear bomb going off.

As a result, half of the people surveyed around the world last year said they thought climate change would make humanity ­extinct. And in January, one out of five British children told pollsters they were having nightmares about climate change.

Whether or not you have children you must see how wrong this is. I admit I may be sensitive because I have a teenage daughter. After we talked about the science she was reassured. But her friends are deeply misinformed and thus, understandably, frightened.

I thus decided I had to speak out. I knew that writing a few articles wouldn’t be enough. I needed a book to properly lay out all of the evidence. And so my formal ­apology for our fearmongering comes in the form of my new book, Apocalypse Never: Why Environmental Alarmism Hurts Us All.

Carbon emissions are declining in most rich nations and have been declining in Britain, Germany and France since the mid-1970s.

It is based on two decades of research and three decades of environmental activism. At 400 pages, with 100 of them endnotes, Apocalypse Never covers climate change, deforestation, plastic waste, species extinction, industrialisation, meat, nuclear energy, and renewables.

Some highlights from the book:

  • Factories and modern farming are the keys to human liberation and environmental progress.
  • The most important thing for saving the environment is producing more food, particularly meat, on less land.
  • The most important thing for reducing pollution and emissions is moving from wood to coal to petrol to natural gas to uranium.
  • 100 per cent renewables would require increasing the land used for energy from today’s 0.5 per cent to 50 per cent.
  • We should want cities, farms, and power plants to have higher, not lower, power densities.
  • Vegetarianism reduces one’s emissions by less than 4 per cent.
  • Greenpeace didn’t save the whales — switching from whale oil to petroleum and palm oil did.
  • “Free-range” beef would require 20 times more land and produce 300 per cent more emissions.
  • Greenpeace dogmatism worsened forest fragmentation of the Amazon.
  • The colonialist approach to gorilla conservation in the Congo produced a backlash that may have resulted in the killing of 250 elephants.

Why were we all so misled? In the final three chapters of Apocalypse Never I expose the ­financial, political and ideological motivations. Environmental groups have accepted hundreds of millions of dollars from fossil fuel interests. Groups motivated by anti-humanist beliefs forced the World Bank to stop trying to end poverty and instead make poverty “sustainable”. And status anxiety, depression and hostility to modern civilisation are behind much of the alarmism.

The most important thing for reducing pollution and emissions is moving from wood to coal to petrol to natural gas to uranium.

Reality bites

Once you realise just how badly misinformed we have been, often by people with plainly unsavoury motivations, it is hard not to feel duped. Will Apocalypse Never make any difference? There are certainly reasons to doubt it. The news media have been making apocalyptic pronouncements about climate change since the late 1980s, and do not seem disposed to stop. The ideology behind environmental alarmism — Malthusianism — has been repeatedly debunked for 200 years and yet is more powerful than ever.

But there are also reasons to ­believe that environmental alarmism will, if not come to an end, have diminishing cultural power.

A real crisis

The coronavirus pandemic is an actual crisis that puts the climate “crisis” into perspective. Even if you think we have overreacted, COVID-19 has killed nearly 500,000 people [Editor’s note 1: There is compelling evidence this figure is grossly inflated due to dubious practices and methods of measuring] and shattered economies around the globe [Editor’s note 2: It is the related governmental regulations that have ‘shattered economies around the world’, not COVID-19].

Scientific institutions including WHO and IPCC have undermined their credibility through the repeated politicisation of science. Their future existence and relevance depends on new leadership and serious reform. Facts still matter, and social media is allowing for a wider range of new and independent voices to outcompete alarmist environmental journalists at legacy publications.

Nations are reverting openly to self-interest and away from Malthusianism and neoliberalism, which is good for nuclear and bad for renewables.

The evidence is overwhelming that our high-energy civilisation is better for people and nature than the low-energy civilisation that climate alarmists would return us to.

Greenpeace didn’t save the whales — switching from whale oil to petroleum and palm oil did.

The invitations from IPCC and congress are signs of a growing openness to new thinking about climate change and the environment. Another one has been to the response to my book from climate scientists, conservationists and ­environmental scholars. “Apocalypse Never is an extremely ­important book,” writes Richard Rhodes, the Pulitzer-winning ­author of The Making of the Atomic Bomb. “This may be the most important book on the environment ever written,” says one of the fathers of modern climate science, Tom Wigley.

“We environmentalists condemn those with antithetical views of being ignorant of science and susceptible to confirmation bias,” wrote the former head of The Nature Conservancy, Steve McCormick. “But too often we are guilty of the same. Shellenberger offers ‘tough love’: a challenge to entrenched orthodoxies and rigid, self-defeating mindsets. Apocalypse Never serves up occasionally stinging, but always well-crafted, evidence-based points of view that will help develop the ‘mental muscle’ we need to envision and design not only a hopeful, but an attainable, future.”

That is all I hoped for in writing it. If you’ve made it this far, I hope you’ll agree it’s perhaps not as strange as it seems that a lifelong environmentalist and progressive felt the need to speak out against the alarmism. I further hope that you’ll accept my apology.

Michael Shellenberger is president of Environmental Progress, an independent research and policy organisation. He is the author of Apocalypse Never: Why Environmental Alarmism Hurts Us All, published by Harper Collins

=======================

Links to previous articles

    • derailing-the-marrakech-express  By Michael Kile, Quadrant Online, 20 November 2016
    • finally-warmists-find-a-real-threat  By Tony Thomas, Quadrant Online, 15 November 2016
    • cp-editorial-on-agw-distortions-011116 – by Andrew Bolt, Going cold on climate science, 1 November 2016
    • cp-editorial-271016  By Julian Tomlinson, Cairns Post, 27 October 2016
    • bjorn-lomborg-take-those-organic-food-claims-with-a-grain-of-salt  By Bjorn Lomborg, The Australian, 16 October 2016
    • like-all-cults-climate-alarmism-will-fail-when-its-prophecies-dont-materialise  By Peter Campion, 14 September 2016
    • Young Heads Filled With Green Mush  By Tony Thomas, Quadrant Online, 3 August
    • Brexit threatens Climate Gravy train – time for Clexit  By Jo Nova, joannenova.com.au/, 3 August 2016
    • Golden rice, the miracle crop Greenpeace hates  By George Harrison, Spiked Online, 23 July 2016
    • A fantasy green-tech future  By Nick Cater, The Australian, 19 July 2016
    • The positive effects of CO2 – there is no crisis  By Anthony Watts, WattsUpWithThat  website, 23 June 2016
    • The Reef’s Self-Serving Saviours  By Dr Walter Starck, Quadrant Online, 19 June 2016
    • Exaggeration, hyperbole and even lies, by Julian Tomlinson, Cairns Post, 2 June 2016
    • How climate and environmental propaganda works  By Paul Driesson, Townhall, 3 May
    • How Greens kill off industry by stealth  By Alan Oxley, Quadrant Online, 31 March
    • Are Environmentalism and Global Warming Effectively Religious Socialism  By Dr. Tim Ball, 23 February 2016
    • The economic costs of excessive environmental legislation  By Dr Muriel Newman, NZ Centre for Political Research, 18 February 2016
    • Climate change, CSIRO realigns after groupthink fails  By Michael Asten, The Australian, 12 February 2016
    • Climate change science RIP  By Don Aitkin, 7 February 2016
    • Bureau of Meteorology needs to open its records to audit  By Maurice Newman, The Australian, 1 February 2016
    • Chilling climate of UN control  By Maurice Newman, The Australian, 28 December
    • Paris talks – agreeing to dodge democracy – By Ben Pile, Spiked Online, 19 December
    • Ruinous water plan based on environmentalist lies  By Ron Pike, Quadrant Online, 18 October 2015
    • Global warming zealots blamed for deadly diesel fiasco  By Steven Glover, The Daily Mail, 25 September 2015
    • Killing people versus cheating EPA regulations  From Zerohedge, 22 September 2015
    • Oxfam’s real agenda – destroy Australian coal industry  By Henry Thomas, Quadrant Online, 14 September 2015
    • The Green Scare Problem  By Matt Ridley, The Wall Street Journal, 14 August 2015
    • Nobel Prize-Winner dissents on global warming claims 1 July 2015
    • Greens destroy world’s wildlife  By Christopher Booker, The Telegraph, 7 July 2015
    • Greens infiltrate the classroom  By Gary Johns, 1 July 2015
    • Climate science, the settled careerist variety  By Walter Starck
    • Why the Left needs climate change  By Steven Hayward, Forbes, 13 June 2015
    • IPCC is to science is what FIFA is to soccer  By Nick Cater, The Australian, 9 June 2015
    • Terrible news for climate catastrophists  By James Delingpole, 6 June 2015
    • 25 years of dud tipping point predictions  Michael Bastasch, The Daily Caller, 19 May
    • The Greek Orthodox Creed of Warmism  By Michael Kile, Quadrant Online, 5 May
    • Are you now, or have you ever been, a climate contrarian  By Brendan O’Neill, Editor of spiked, 2 May 2015
    • Putting the acid on the Great Barrier Reef doomsayers  By Patrick Moore, The Australian, 13 April 2015
    • Flashback 1971, burning coal will cause ice age  By Michael Bastasch, 7 April 2015
    • UN, depopulate the planet to combat climate change  By Steve Watson, 7 April 2015
    • Time to Put Warmists Under Oath  By Walter Starck, Quadrant Online, 3 April 2015
    • ‘Greens’ plans to return to the Stone Age  By Nick Cater, The Australian, 31 March 2015
    • Global warming consensus claim fraudulent  By Richard Tol, The Australian, 25 March
    • When environmentalism becomes a crime against humanity  By Ivo Vetger, 18 March
    • To be ‘green’ or progressive, you can’t be both  By Tim Black, Spiked, 14 Mar 2015
    • EPA Chief cannot answer climate questions  Editorial, Investors Business Daily, 7 Mar
    • GM, the scientific argument is over  By Matt Ridley, The Times, 5 Mar 2015
    • Montana bill kills UN’s Agenda 21 by KLXF.com, 25 Feb 2015
    • The ‘Green Blob’ is threatening lives in Africa  By Matthew Holehouse, 24 Feb 2015
    • ‘Science’ destroys its own credibility  By Garth Paltridge 17 Feb 2015
    • The biggest science scandal ever  By Christopher Booker, The Telegraph, 7 Feb 2015
    • How to make a pyre of the bush  by Roger Underwood, Quadrant Online, 8 Feb 2015
    • Beware, ‘green’ danger ahead   by Andrew Montford, The Spectator, 6 Feb 2015
  • The left’s gravy train derailing  by Maurice Newman, The Australian

The great ‘reset’. Fiat currencies and economies collapse as do civilisations. Then what?

Key parts of the world’s financial affairs have been hi-jacked by self-serving financial organisations, bureaucracies, country leaders and individuals.   All this and much more are signs of civilisation collapse – at least in the West. The outlook is dire.  

Scroll to end to view previous articles

The great reset of world economies as fiat currencies collapse

Bix Weir – Before The Election The Country Will Be Hit With A Cyber Attack, Good Guys Are In Control (rumble.com) 1 March 2024

X22 report interviews Bix Weir, 38 minutes, about his forecasts of how and when most economies in the world will collapse in parallel with all fiat currencies collapsing.  Within a few months – not years – following a massive cyber attack.

=======================

Gold’s Imminent Return As Money

Gold’s Imminent Return As Money  By Alasdair Macleod, via GoldMoney.com, 19 February 2023

Editor’s note: Click on the link above to view several graphics in this very pertinent article.

The consequences of Russia and her Asian allies embracing gold backing for their currencies are poorly understood in western capital markets. This move could lead to the destruction of the global fiat currency system.

According to evidence which is widely ignored in western capital markets, a move by Russia to put a new trade settlement currency and possibly the rouble as well onto a new gold standard is becoming a certainty. As a weapon of mass fiat currency destruction, the timing is probably bound up in on-the-ground military considerations, which are already showing signs of escalating in Eastern Ukraine.

As well as using gold to undermine the western currency system, a return to a credible gold standard has significant advantages for Russia and for her allies in the Shanghai Cooperation Organisation, the Eurasian Economic Union, BRICS+, and all their commodity suppliers beyond Asia. At the same time, it would destroy the west’s fiat currencies and financial system.

This article explains how one part of the global economy can thrive while the other collapses.

Introduction

Recently, I have written about the signals emanating from Russia that President Putin is minded to re-adopt sound money by returning to some sort of gold standard. We do not yet know the details, but consider what he said at the St Petersburg International Economic Forum in June last year:

“Caught in the inflationary storm, many nations are asking, why bother exchanging goods for dollars and euros when they are losing value right before our eyes? Indeed, the economy of imaginary wealth is being inevitably replaced by the economy of real valuables and hard assets.

“According to the IMF, today’s global foreign currency reserves contain 7.1 trillion dollars and 2.5 trillion euros. And this money is depreciating at an annual rate of about 8%. Moreover, it can be confiscated or stolen at the whim of the US if it disapproves of something in a country’s policy.

I think this has become a very real threat for many countries that keep their gold and foreign exchange reserves in these currencies. According to objective expert analysis, in the coming years a conversion process of global reserves will get under way. Reserves will be converted from weakening currencies into tangible resources like food, energy, commodities, and other raw materials. Clearly, this process will further fuel global dollar inflation.”

This message was delivered to 81 official delegations, and 14,000 delegates from a further 49 countries, including heads of state and government attending unofficially. Putin’s message was that central banks will be dumping dollars and euros and accumulating gold reserves instead — the only “tangible resources” they can own, not stored in western vaults where they can be impounded as has happened to Venezuela. And government agencies will stockpile essential commodities, raw materials, and food instead.

The statement on gold reserves was not so specific, but by disposing of dollars and euros, trade and foreign exchange liquidity is bound to swing in favour of gold. With central banks reported to have accumulated record quantities of bullion last year, they appear to agree with President Putin.

In effect, delegates at the St Petersburg Forum were put on notice that the dollar will be attacked by Putin’s mobilisation of foreign liquidation of currency reserves in favour of tangible commodities and gold. For many central banks, the logic of maintaining official currency reserves will no longer apply, while increasing physical gold holdings under their direct control is the new priority.

The timing of the dollar’s demise will in large part be set by Putin’s geopolitical timing, because he can almost certainly trigger foreign liquidation simply by passing the word.

Separately, Putin’s senior economic adviser, Sergey Glazyev, has been working officially on a new trade settlement currency for use between members of the Eurasia Economic Union (EAEU), with an ambition to extend the settlement facility to all members of the Shanghai Cooperation Organisation (SCO) and BRICS+ (a rapidly expanding club of nations including non-Asian nations) who wish to use it. These groupings represent well over half the world’s population.

From the few statements on his thinking, it has become clear that having considered the options Glazyev now favours a currency solution based on gold alone.

We should also note that the proposal for an expanded Moscow gold exchange is being headed up by Glazyev himself. And in a move which appears to front-run developments, Sber — Russia’s largest bank — announced the introduction of a gold-backed digital financial fund.

On 27 December, the same day that Sber announced its new digital gold fund, in an article entitled “Golden rouble 3.0: How Russia can change foreign trade infrastructure”[i] written for Vedomosti, a Moscow-based Russian business newspaper, Glazyev laid out his latest thoughts. It was co-authored by Dmitry Mityaev, who is Assistant Member of the Board for Integration and Macroeconomics of the Eurasian Economic Commission — so this article is not just Glazyev’s musings, and it can be assumed to carry official weight.

From this article, the EAEU currency commission now appears to have dropped earlier proposals for a new currency entirely, using gold instead as the principal means of settling trade imbalances. It is likely to wrapped up as a digital representation of physical gold. If it copies the Bretton Woods model, perhaps only participating central banks will be permitted to demand physical delivery, but the digital currency would be more widely available as credit for trade settlement.

Presumably, the requirement to be prepared to settle national payment imbalances in gold bullion could be then minimised if one or more national currencies went onto a credible gold standard either by linking their currencies to the new trade settlement currency in an Asian version of Bretton Woods, or by going onto individual gold standards. The implication is that the rouble, and probably China’s yuan might do just that to produce a seamless gold-linked pan-Asian settlement system.

Whatever the detail, this is not a step to be taken lightly. China is highly dependent on exports to America and NATO members. But she appears to be refocusing on Asia and has the personal savings available to back the necessary capital investment, which in some cases will offset her imported energy costs. Both Russia and the Saudis heading up OPEC+ will be fully aware of the impact on the fiat petrodollar regime of switching payments to yuan, roubles, or other Asian national currencies for their primary export product — crude oil. Reserves of western alliance fiat currencies not sold might have to be written off. Consequently, the Saudis and other Gulf energy exporters are sure to have sought assurances about the stability of yuan and possibly roubles relative to the dollar.

Therefore, we have three elements pointing to an emerging gold standard in Asia, and for the nations that are associated with it. Firstly, President Putin made it clear that he sees a transition to sound currency values based on commodities (i.e. represented by gold), away from the dollars and euros which can be weaponised by America and alliance nations in its sphere of influence. Secondly, Putin’s view is being echoed by his senior economic adviser, Sergey Glazyev, who is the central figure formulating trade settlement arrangements. And thirdly, it is impossible to imagine that Middle Eastern energy exporters would accept payment in currencies other than dollars unless they were given sufficient reassurances about their future payment values relative to the petrodollar.

Until last year, the Russian and Chinese long-term policy of doing away with dollars for pricing commodities, settling cross-border trade, and intermediating in virtually all foreign exchange transactions has been defensive, letting America make the geopolitical running. Sanctions against Russia changed all that. Backed into a corner, Putin has no option but to seek to destabilise the western financial system deliberately. He quickly moved to protect the rouble. Now he is taking the initiative, and as part of his effort to remove the American threat from Eastern Europe entirely his strategy is both military and financial.

Pricing Russian commodities

As the world’s largest exporter of energy as well as of a wide range of industrial commodities and raw materials, the Russian economy stands to benefit enormously from a shift in global currencies away from the fiat dollar and associated western currencies to the currencies whose economic backing is commodity related. And when we think of the Russian economy, we think primarily in terms of oil. There is a further relevance to energy because it is a topic Putin thoroughly understands, his post-graduate qualification being in energy economics. He has always had a firm grip on the global energy scene, including gas and nuclear, fully understanding the western alliance’s pressure points. And on the evidence, with his close advisers he also appears to have a better grasp of monetary theory than his opposite numbers in the western alliance.

It is in this context that we should view the price of oil and its history.

The chart above is instructive, particularly with respect to the price of oil in gold. In 1950, WTI benchmark oil was priced at $2.57, and with gold fixed at $35 to the ounce, the gold equivalent was 2.361 grammes to the barrel. The oil price increased to $3.56 (3.06 gold grammes) by the time the Bretton Woods agreement was suspended. Until then, priced in dollars the price had been remarkably stable, and some of that increase in the oil price before the end of the Bretton Woods agreement was understandable, because the dollar’s official value in gold began to be challenged in the markets before Bretton Woods was suspended in 1971.

The price stability between 1950 and 1971 (when Bretton Woods ceased) was remarkable. The expansion of credit, measured by M3 money supply between those dates was substantial, since 1960 more than doubling. According to the monetarists, the purchasing power of the dollar should have approximately halved. The plain fact that it didn’t is evidence that so long as a currency’s link with gold enjoys market credibility, it will not lose purchasing power due to credit expansion. What did give eventually was not prices, but an increasing run agaist US gold reserves which fell from a peak in 1949 of 21,828 tonnes to 9,070 tonnes by 1971.

Gold’s purchasing power enjoys unrivalled stability, which is why it has always been money throughout the ages. All evidence confirms this, illustrated in our next chart, which is of wholesale prices in the UK during the gold standard from 1817—1914.

Following the economic consequences of the Napoleonic Wars and when the new gold standard bedded in, over time price levels stabilised. As banking systems became increasingly refined following the 1844 Bank Charter Act and the Bank of England joining the London Clearing System in 1864, by this measure the general level of prices became increasingly constant.

To confirm gold’s price stability, we can go even further back to the time of Diocletian, who produced his edict of maximum prices in 301AD. The circumstances were that the purchasing power of the denarii coin was falling due to its debasement. From the edict, we find that a gramme of gold was fixed at 216 denarii, giving us a conversion value for goods listed in the edict for comparison with today. From this, we know that in today’s currency pork was about $4 a pound, sea fish about $8 a pound and a dozen eggs $3.32. Vin ordinaire was $2.96 for a 75cl bottle, and good quality wine $11.10 a bottle. Beer was $3 a litre. Clearly, prices for staples which we still consume were similar to today, irrefutable evidence that gold valued as money is stable even over thousands of years.

Following the ending of the Bretton Woods agreement, the price of oil in gold showed the same long-term relative stability at a time when it fluctuated wildly in dollars. Since 1971, measured in dollars WTI oil has been as high as $140 and even went negative due to problems emanating from futures markets in April, 2020. In gold grammes the range has been 4.88 and 0.35. There can be little doubt that price volatility in gold would have been considerably less if American attempts to demonetise gold, suppress its dollar price, and rig markets generally over the decades had not taken place. To see prices being considerably more volatile in dollars than in gold grammes following the end of Bretton Woods confirms the better means of pricing oil, and therefore the whole commodity complex, is in gold.

Bearing in mind that Russian economists were never exposed to Keynesian philosophy before the collapse of the Soviet Union, senior advisers such as Sergey Glazyev are almost certainly aware that gold remains money despite American propaganda that it has been superseded by the US dollar. Putin’s economic advisers had complained that the Bank of Russia’s policy of selling all mined gold into London before trade and financial sanctions were imposed showed that its senior management had been captured by the economic and monetary policies of western central bankers and did not represent their own views.

Putin will know that priced in gold, Russia’s commodity exports should have broadly retained their market value. Both Glazyev and Putin will also know that the gold price of oil today is 1.32 grammes per barrel, down 42% from the 1950 level of 2.36 grammes, and down 51% from 2.67 grammes price when the Bretton Woods agreement was suspended. Russia has lost badly from the west’s fiat currency regime.

There is a further issue in that the only significant sources of oil which require minimal energy to extract are in the Middle East and Siberia. Elsewhere, oil, particularly shale requires substantial energy input, fuelled by oil derivatives. It is in this context that we must view attempts by Russia in partnership with the Saudis and Iran to take command of global oil pricing.

According to British Petroleum’s 2022 statistical review, global crude oil supply in 2021 was 89,877,000 barrels daily, of which Russia and the Middle East combined was 41,985,000. Viewed this way, the strategic importance for both Russia and the Middle East to work together to control pricing becomes clear. Furthermore, with the advanced nations in the west bent on reducing fossil fuel dependency and therefore their own oil production hands further pricing power to Asian suppliers.

If Russia decides to push up global prices while continuing to offer oil at discounted prices to her allies, then the price in gold grammes becomes relevant, given the increasing evidence that gold will return to underpin trade and possibly national currencies in the SCO, the EAEU, and BRICS. As noted above, the gold gramme price when Bretton Woods was suspended was 2.67 grammes per barrel, today it is 1.42 grammes. At today’s gold to dollar exchange rate of $1840, that would be the equivalent of $150 per barrel.

The monetary consequences of Asian gold standards

We can assume that the consequences of the Asian hegemons backing their payment systems with gold will have been carefully considered by them, particularly by the Russians who have been forced into bringing forward a means of protecting their export revenues from weaponised dollars.

Besides bringing stability to export values there are other advantages to reintroducing gold into currency systems. Interest rate stability at lower rates is an obvious benefit. Currently, the Bank of Russia’s key interest rate is 7.5% and price inflation is estimated at 11.8%. The yield on Russia’s 10-year OFZ bond is 11%. If the rouble becomes a credible gold substitute, price inflation, interest rates, and bond yields can be expected to decline towards levels that reflect gold’s long-term stability. And assuming that credit expansion by Russia’s commercial banks is not excessive, there is no reason to expect otherwise than that financial stability for the currency and the Russian economy would continue in the long-term. Coupled with low taxes (Russia’s income tax is a flat 13%) this stability can be expected foster genuine economic progress and the accumulation of personal wealth for the Russian people.

Following the Napoleonic Wars, these are the conditions that led Britain to becoming the most powerful commercial entity in the world by the First World War. They will foster the industrial revolution planned by both Russia and China in partnership with the Eurasian continent’s members of the SCO and EAEU. The stability that gold gives to participating currencies is bound to attract other nations away from the US dollar-based fiat currency system to participate in this success. And as momentum for the new currency regime grows, Russia’s price inflation, interest rates and bond yields are bound to decline to zero, 2%, and 3% or 4% respectively.

However, a move towards gold backing for their currencies by the Asian hegemons can be expected to undermine the purchasing power of western fiat currencies. International capital will leave fiat currencies for commodities, with nations rebuilding stockpiles of energy, metals, and other raw materials. Precious metals, specifically gold, will be sought and its price can be expected to increase.

The consequences for commodity prices being measured in gold grammes or in gold currency substitutes will be to drive commodity prices measured in declining fiat currencies even higher. In the example given earlier in this article, which suggests that in today’s dollars the pre-Bretton Woods oil price would be the equivalent of $150 per barrel, this value is struck with gold at $1840. A rise in the gold price measured in declining fiat currency would easily take this oil price estimate to well over $200.

The consequences for wholesale and consumer prices in the western nations would rapidly become obvious, with central banks forced to revise their expectations for price inflation sharply higher, forced to adjust their interest rate policies accordingly. Bond yields can be expected to rise, undermining all financial and property values. As this negative outlook clarifies, measured against gold fiat currencies will likely enter a substantial relative decline.

The consequences of the emergence of gold backing for currencies in Asia on the currencies and economies of the western alliance are bound to differ in their detail. Briefly, the following difficulties for the major players are likely to emerge:

  • The reliance on inward foreign investment has protected the dollar from continual trade deficits and played a key role in funding US Government debt since the end of Bretton Woods. It has allowed the US Government to run budget deficits more or less continually. The accumulation of foreign capital as the counterpart of trade imbalances now appears to have slowed and will reverse if President Putin follows through on his warning at the St Petersburg Economic Forum, persuading attendees to actively sell dollars. The US Government will face significant funding hurdles against foreign liquidation of Treasuries. Bond yields and funding costs for the government are bound to rise to crisis levels. And the Fed’s own financial condition will become a further source of concern for foreign exchange markets. Furthermore, the commercial banks have balance sheet constraints, restricting their ability to create further credit under Basel III rules.
  • The consequences for the EU and the eurozone would be both politically and economically divisive. If it were not for political constraints, Germany would naturally drift towards cooperation with the sound money regimes emerging to her east, particularly as the finances of the Mediterranean club deteriorate, needing yet more support at the expense of Germany’s wealth. With falling bond prices, the entire euro system comprised of the ECB and its national central banks would need to be recapitalised, being already in negative equity. The eurozone’s global systemically important banks (G-SIBs) are extremely highly leveraged and unlikely to survive the combination of falling asset values and bad debts that would be the certain consequences of the euro’s declining purchasing power. Having been assembled at the behest of a political committee and now managed by a political cabal, the euro is at risk of losing all market credibility.
  • The consequences for the Japanese yen will also be harsh. The Japanese economy is highly dependent on imported commodities and raw materials. Higher prices in yen will feed through to yet higher prices through the value chain. Already, Japanese inflation is recorded at 4%. The CPI includes prices suppressed by government subsidies giving a cosmetic effect. The Bank of Japan has taken a losing bet on the inflation outlook, continuing to assume that it was transient long after other major central banks accepted that inflation was not going to subside so easily as they originally thought. Government bond yields up to two years maturity still have negative yields, illustrating the unreality of the BoJ’s three-wise-monkeys approach to price inflation and interest rate policy. For now, the BoJ is aggressively rigging the bond market to keep yields suppressed by buying enormous quantities of 10-year JGBs to cap their yield at 0.5%. One way or another, the ending of this policy is going to forced upon the BoJ and the shock to government finances will be tremendous. The government debt to GDP ratio stands at over 250%, and a rise in funding costs is likely to be catastrophic for the yen.
  • The consequences for the UK pound will also be significant. In a similar debt trap to that of the US Government, the British have the further disadvantage of an economy suppressed by increasing taxes. Furthermore, with London being the international financial centre built on fiat currencies, the UK will be at the epicentre of a fiat currency crisis. For the size of her economy, the UK has little in the way of gold reserves, hampering any future escape from the fiat currency trap.

Not only will the major governments aligned both economically and intellectually with the fiat dollar as their reserve currency be left with a comparative disadvantage by an Asia moving to sound money standards, but their economies are exposed to highly costly welfare commitments. Politically, it is proving impossible for them to respond to developments in Asia with cuts in public spending. Rising prices, which in reality represent declining purchasing power for fiat currencies, will require significantly higher interest rates to stop foreign selling in favour of strategic commodity and gold reserves.

A moment of fundamental choice is rapidly approaching: will central banks continue to suppress interest rates to save financial markets and support economic activity, or will they act to protect the currency and ignore the financial and economic consequences? The political imperative is clear, not least because of the consequences for government funding costs and liabilities. Furthermore, economists in governments and central banks would be reluctant to abandon their embedded economic and monetary policies by protecting their currencies because it would be an admission of failure.

Already, financial commentators are aware of the approaching dilemma, referring to it as a policy pivot. Conditioned to be inflationists, they are all warning of the dangers of higher interest rates, and owners of financial assets are banking on this so-called pivot taking place. But a pivot only delays the outcome by very little time because the consequences of a rapidly depreciating currency relative to commodity and other cost inputs will soon lead to economic activity being hampered, business plans rapidly becoming obsolete, and unemployment rising catastrophically. The Keynesian response of economic stimulation will simply not be available.

The only salvation will be for western governments to jettison Keynesian macroeconomics entirely and revert to classical economic theories. The false assumptions that have built up over the last hundred years will have to be overturned. Therefore, economists in central banks and government departments will not be intellectually equipped to provide solutions. Re-education against a background of economic crisis driven by collapsing fiat currencies will take some time; time that markets are unlikely to grant.

Crises of this sort nearly always emanate in the foreign exchanges because it is foreign holders of currencies who are the first to recognise a currency’s weakness. Usually, it involves a specific currency. But this time, it will affect all the major currencies in the western alliance. Furthermore, instead of a shift between fiat currencies, much of the crisis will reflect the wholesale selling of fiat currencies for commodities and gold. Additionally, the error the western alliance made in rendering their currencies worthless in Russian hands has tipped off all foreign holders of fiat currencies to their true value.

A sensible course for any non-aligned government would be to swap currency reserves for strategic reserves, the latter being comprised of commodities, raw materials, and foodstuffs. The pressure this switch would bring to bear on markets is not restricted to currencies but is a reversal of the conditions which have underpinned the growth of derivatives. The scramble to cover paper obligations as demand for physical commodities begin to drive prices is sure to result in market dislocations, threatening the solvency of trading banks and speculators.

There is also likely to be an unwinding of positions between fiat currencies. Japan has been a source of capital for America through the carry trade, and to a lesser extent a source of direct investment into European bonds. The shock of higher interest rates in Japan is bound to cause a repatriation of these funds for two reasons: firstly, at times of heightened global uncertainty, investors will liquidate positions in markets foreign to them because their accounting is in their native currency and foreign investment is an additional investment risk; and secondly, losses in domestic investments have to be funded.

It’s not just Japan. It is a problem that afflicts all foreign investors in bear markets caused by rising interest rates. The reversal of investment flows which have accumulated since the last financial crisis thirteen years ago is bound to dominate foreign exchange activity. China and Russia never participated in the trend to export capital, but members of the western alliance did. The reversal of these flows is a trend which is likely to hit the dollar hard, not just in terms of commodity prices, but initially against the euro and the yen in particular.

The impact on gold

Throughout history, money has been gold, and the rest credit. When you detach credit from gold, there are consequences. Pricing goods and services in credit diverges from pricing them in gold. It is really that simple.

In this article, the assumption has been that pricing everything in gold has led to minimal fluctuations in gold’s purchasing power. But fluctuations do occur, and because fiat currencies dominate pricing, they are driven mostly by changes in the status of credit. There was no clearer example of this than the divergence in pricing between gold and fiat which followed the end of the Bretton Woods era, illustrated in our earlier chart comparing oil priced in gold with oil priced in dollars. The chart below puts it directly in a gold versus fiat context.

Since the suspension of Bretton Woods, the dollar has lost 98% of its value relative to real money, which is gold. The other major fiat currencies have been similarly impoverishing, and only now is the final act in their destruction looming.

An acceleration in the rate of collapse of fiat currencies will obviously lead to a significant increase in demand for gold. Therefore, commodities and goods values measured in gold will fall. This would also be reflected in the purchasing power of currencies on a credible gold standard, increasing their divergence from fiat currencies even further.

What we have described is the development of a world split by an acknowledgement that gold is money and that currencies must become credible substitutes for it, and a world hooked both practically and intellectually on fiat currencies. Instead of assuming the world economy is interdependent on the economic policies of all nations, we will discover that that is not the case, and while the fiat world sinks into a currency collapse, nations which embrace sound money are set for a new phase of economic prosperity.

===================

Western Civilization Is In Its Final Years

Western Civilization Is In Its Final Years  By Paul Craig Roberts, 26 September 2022

Insouciance has a cost, and the cost is now coming home to Western civilization.

Perhaps other civilizations have destroyed themselves, but it is certain that the Western world has destroyed itself.  Other civilizations might have underestimated a threat, or made a military blunder, or like Cartage antagonized a more powerful foe.  But the Western world is the first in history that, despite its dominant economic and military power, dismantled itself.

Everywhere one looks in the Western world, governments, intellectual and professional elites, and media have picked apart Western Civilization with relentless demonization beginning in the 1960s. (And yes there are older roots. The “march through the institutions” Frankfort School moved to Columbia University in the 1930s.) White liberals thought that this was the way to reform society, but they were delusional.  It is the way to deconstruct society, and that is what they have achieved.

Education, media, Hollywood, and white liberal politicians are weapons deployed against white society.  They have painted a picture for all generations that came after mine of Western civilization as a racist oppressor of all other peoples — people of color, people who are not heterosexual, people unsure of their gender, and women.  Feminists, minority rights activists, lesbian and homosexual activists, transgender rights activists, together with the neoconservatives who advocate US wars in Israel’s interests, have been the dominating forces in the Western world for 60 years.  The demonization of Western civilization as colonialist, imperialist, and racist is institutionalized in universities, public schools, movies, literature, art, and in the New York Times’ 1619 Project.  Statues and memorials have been destroyed, museum collections removed, and books banned.

As university classes become more diverse in the white countries, the culture, history, and literature of the countries comes under attack as unrepresentative.  Shakespeare, for example, is no longer a requirement for English majors.  Seven years ago the American Council of Trustees and Alumni reported that only 4 of the 52 top American universities  require a knowledge of Shakespeare for an English major. In place of Shakespeare’s central place in the development of English literature, universities provide courses on vampires, cyborgs, and popular movies  and TV shows.  The abandonment of English literature, even by university English departments, has become common. For example, Stirling University in the UK dropped Jane Austin in order to “decolonize the curriculum.”

Each time a piece of the cultural tradition is cast into the Memory Hole, the culture weakens and fades a bit more.  In this way we are being dispossessed of who we are.  To put it simply, year by year Western civilization is being erased.

Narratives are controlled, and censorship is extreme.  Indoctrination of the young with critical race theory and gender theory is emphasized more than reading, writing, and math. That blacks do less well in math than whites is taken as proof that math is a tool of white oppression.  White students, white members of the military, and white employees of corporations and federal, state, and local governments are subjected to “sensitivity training” which inculcates a sense of guilt and teaches white people to be deferential to people of color.  White Americans have become second class citizens who are held back by racial quotas. White Americans are unprotected by prohibitions against hate crimes and have to accept rampages  by backs that loot and burn their businesses, constant insults, and calls for their deaths.  Democrat-controlled cities such as San Francisco have passed a law that permits blacks to steal up to $950 on each occasion from stores without a felony charge.  In other words black crime is being legalized and made a privilege. Consequently, Walgreen and other retailers have closed a large number of stores and reduced open hours in others.  Emboldened by the city’s acceptance of crime, criminal activity has exploded with 45% of the city’s population now victims of theft.

Affirmation of the West is hard to come by and is no longer a part of the educational process.  A corresponding loss of white confidence and a sense of guilt have resulted in many white Americans accepting to their own children’s disadvantage lower educational standards and admission and employment quotas. The merit-based society has disappeared. The majority of people who have come to maturity during these decades  have been affected by concerns for the “oppressed.”  The former oppressed–the working class–has been transformed into oppressors known as “Trump Deplorables.”  The new oppressed are the victims of the white working class that votes for Trump. Today anyone who speaks for the working class is likely to be investigated by the FBI as a  “white supremacist,” or “domestic terrorist.”  The brainwashing has been effective. The latest Rasmussen Poll finds that as many Americans agree as disagree with Biden’s assertion that “Donald Trump and the MAGA Republicans represent an extremism that threatens the very foundations of our republic.”

In the small part of the Earth’s territory in which white people, a small minority of the world population, exist, white people are said to be an oppressive majority and are being shoved aside in their own countries.  In those bye-gone days when a country was a homogenous nation, the nation was based on its race. Germany consisted of Germans. France consisted of French. Britain was British.  Sweden was Swedish.  Today there are no Western nations. The Western countries are merely geographical locations.

Nationalism is the foundation of unity. To prevent immigration from turning the US into a tower of babel, immigrants underwent a process of assimilation, thus forming a nation out of different ethnicities.  But assimilation was abandoned on the grounds that it was against diversity and multiculturalism.  Nationalism was redefined as fascism and white supremacy. But without nationalism there is not a people, and unity disappeared.  For many years the West has had open borders and is being overrun by diverse millions of immigrant-invaders who have acquired the status of “preferred minorities.”

White families are disappearing in corporate advertisements, another indication of the marginalized  status of white people in their own country.  White men are disappearing from cabinet positions.  Scandinavian  governments are essentially female. Liz Truss has put together a diverse government in Britain in which women and people of color are a majority.  Biden’s cabinet is scarce on white gentile men. His Secretary of State is Jewish. His Attorney General is Jewish, his Secretary of Treasury is a Jewish woman, his Secretary of Defense is a black male.  His vice president is a black woman. Of the remaining 18 cabinet members, 15 are either female, black, Hispanic, or homosexual.  Only 3 cabinet members are white heterosexual men. The chief of staff is Jewish.  https://www.whitehouse.gov/administration/cabinet/

We used to hear a great deal about the under-representation of women and blacks. Now it is white men who are underrepresented.  We hear a great deal about “white privilege,” but where is it?  How do we explain the marginalization of white people in white countries? Wilmot Robertson explained it in 1972 in his book, The Dispossessed Majority.  Jean Raspail explained it in 1973 in his book, The Camp of the Saints.  The slow erasure of Western civilization is a multi-decade phenomenon.  In the 21st century the open borders policies of the white countries have accelerated the process.  In Sweden the subordination of white people to immigrant-invaders went so far as to produce a few days ago a political rebellion against Sweden’s long-ruling leftwing Social Democratic Party which was just voted out of power.

In Sweden moderate political parties are called right-wing and extremist, but despite this handicap, what the New York Times calls “the right-wing bloc” unseated the crazed anti-white left-wing Social Democratic Party government that refused to acknowledge the crime rampage by immigrant-invaders.

Over-run by immigrant-invaders, thanks to the Social Democratic Party’s open borders policy, Sweden quickly rose from the lowest rate of fatal shootings in Europe to the highest.  Rape runs rampant. One fourth of Swedish women say they are afraid to leave their homes. Court convictions revealed that in rape cases where the victim did not know the attacker, foreign-born offenders were responsible for 85% of the rapes.  However, far from all the rapes are reported, because the raped Swedish women fear being charged for hate crimes for testifying against a privileged immigrant-invader. The implication is that the Swedish women are racist for accusing an immigrant-invader. Under the Social Democrats, a collection of nut cases as bad as America’s Woke Democrats, rape was becoming a right of immigrant-invaders.

Under the anti-white Social Democrats, the police were not permitted to attribute the crime wave to immigrant-invaders. Finally, a couple of years ago a senior police officer, Peter Springare, had had enough. To quote from the UK Daily Mail, September 18, 2022:

“In an online posting, he wrote of his working week: ‘This is what I’ve handled between Monday and Friday; rape, rape, robbery, aggravated assault, rape-assault and rape, extortion, blackmail, assault, violence against police, threats to police, drug crime, drug crime, felony, attempted murder, rape again, extortion again . . .   Countries representing the crimes this week: Iraq, Iraq, Turkey, Syria, Afghanistan, Somalia, Somalia, Syria again, Somalia . . .’”

The anti-white Social Democrats tried to prosecute Springare for committing a hate crime by telling the truth, but widespread public protests against the silencing of someone who finally told them the truth prevented the Social Democrats from destroying the senior police official.

The immigrant-invaders have sensed the lack of confidence that years of anti-white propaganda has produced in the Swedish people. Immigrant-invader Based Mahmoud recently stated that “Sweden is ours in ten or fifteen years whether they like it or not.”  Demographics support his claim.

In short, it is a safe conclusion that the Social Democrats have destroyed Sweden.  Despite the massive crime wave the Social Democrats unleashed on Sweden, the margin of their defeat was a mere three votes.  The woke media and universities will not be content until they have the party of the immigrant-invaders back in office serving diversity and multiculturalism.  The next great wave of refugees will be white people fleeing from Sweden.

========================

Financialization and its Discontents

Financialization and its Discontents  By Francis Lee for the Saker blog, 25 September 2022

As the textbooks would have define it Capitalism should be understood as being essentially a dynamic force, constantly growing and mutating, and it takes no prisoners moreover. It is a social system in which individuals are free to own the means of production, property, and maximize profits and which resource allocation is determined by the price system. Well, that’s the theory in its pristine form going all the way back to John Locke (1632-1704). However, in the fullness of time the system changed and adapted to the requirements of its new environment. The early logicians of the system were mostly to be found in Europe, particularly England, France, and Germany. The English School of theoretical practitioners, including Adam Smith – who in fact was Scottish – (1723-90), (David Ricardo (1722-1823) who was originally Portuguese, John Stuart Mill (1806-1873), Karl Marx (1818-1883) and his sidekick (Friedrich Engels – both German (1820-1895) Although much of Engels’ work was journalism rather than economic theory – see for example ‘’The Condition of the working class in England 1844.’’

Such was the golden age of political economy.

Political Economy was, however, about to be eclipsed by a new theory, viz., ‘Economics’. Mathematical Economics has now pretty much insinuated its way into the Political Economy of the dominant school, university, and business curricula. The theory is based upon a system of ‘natural’ laws’ (sic!) which are apparently above dispute and rigidly disciplined by a priesthood of clerics sworn to uphold its religious precepts.

So far, however, any attempt to challenge the teachings of this faith and its defenders will find it tough going. Be that as it may a radical movement among its retractors is building up a head of steam in opposition. Nothing stays the same forever and to be subject to a radical reshaping of the way economics and finance are, and have been, studied and taught. What has gone wrong has long historical roots and will doubtless correct – but correct it must. There has been and increasingly more than dissatisfaction with the current Economics paradigm. Its critics are vehement:

‘’Academic economics has become a disaster and a disgrace. In a particular lecture Nobel Laureate Paul Krugman said that much of the past 30 years of macroeconomics was ‘spectacularly useless at best, and positively harmful at worst.’’’ (1)

Krugman was on this occasion correct. ‘’Not only did most academic economists fail to see the Great Implosion (2008) coming, but they were not even looking in the right direction. And having been surprised by its arrival, they had little to say about its implications – the greatest event to have fallen the capitalist system since the Second World War.’’ (2)

Yet, the herd-like response to the 2008 debacle was not unique. It seems like many other blow-outs inbuilt in popular consciousness. Everything seems to be going along as normal and them – wham, everything collapses. And this is not the first time that this has happened. Much the same was true of the collapse of communism in the early 1990s which broke on an unsuspecting academic community that had written virtually nothing about how a society should move from communism to a market system. The situation was and is hardly unique.

‘’Although there are shining exceptions, most academic economists, whilst clinging to the idea that their subject matter is somehow relevant and of interest to a wider world, in fact practice a modern form of scholasticism – of no use or interest to man or beast. The output of this activity consists of articles entombed in ‘scholarly’ journals usually about questions of startling irrelevance, badly thought out and appallingly badly written, littered with jargon, and liberally dosed with mathematics, destined to be read by no-one outside of a narrow coterie, and increasingly not even by them.’’ (3)

But what happens when civilizations disintegrate as they always do? Well, we would have a case-study – or perhaps I should say case-studies, plural – standing squarely in front of us. During the 1980s and 90s the system enjoyed a period of considerable prosperity. This was occasioned by the fall in the oil price and dominance of the yuppie ideology of leveraged wealth and risk taking. There was also the emergence of China – N.B. Russia was still in the convalescent ward at the time having been ravaged by its own extractive yuppie class oligarchs – China, however, powered ahead as a major supplier of cheap goods and the remarkable advances in technology.

The values of modern financial markets, dominated by the devil-may-care worship of greed, are deeply corrosive of the values which held societies together. They are also corrosive of the values that underpin successful business. Businesses once focused primarily on producing goods and services for which they had a competitive advantage, but today they are more likely to place just as much if not more focused on their share price, their dividends regime, their borrowing, and their bets they have made on exchange rates and interest rates.

What also bears examination was the great sell-off of national assets during the heady years of the Blair/Clinton interlude. Monies which were handed out into the greedy grasp of the oligarch class throughout the US and Europe. Michael Hudson explains:

‘’The West’s former left-wing parties have adopted neo-liberal policies relinquishing political control back to the financial and rentier elites that seemed on the brink of losing them when the 20th century tax and regulatory reforms began to be put in place. Tony Blair’s British Labour Party, and Bill Clinton’s US Democratic Party in the 1990s have been followed by the German Social Democrats SPD and French PS Parti Socialiste in this regression. Not to mention the Greek and Spanish socialist parties.’’ (4)

But we have now moved on to the second leg of the great economic and political reset which was in as sense 2008 on steroids.

The Finance Revolution

The best-known understanding of Finance and Financialization can be delineated as follows: financialization is a global system which involves the increasing role of financial motives, financial markets, financial actors, and financial institutions in the operation of domestic and international economies. (5)

Financialization involves a uniquely new order of wealth extraction – not to be confused with wealth creation (production). In addition, the unchecked growth of finance has given rise to the emergence of a new rentier economy and a rentier class similar to the aristocratic strata of yesteryear; a class against whom the 19th and 20th century proponents of a productive economy toiled in vain. Unfortunately, this social/economic formation has become a growth consuming parasite which has positioned itself astride the national and even global/financial borders of sovereign states. This economic and financial coup against the working class as well as productive capitalism has nurtured a political counter-revolution which has so far been impervious to any change of its social and political position. As Michael Hudson notes.

‘’The distinguishing feature of finance-capitalism is not the real economy of production and consumption, industrial profits, and wages, but the financialization of income and wealth. That is what is imposing austerity, as a result of payments to the Finance, Insurance and Real Estate sector, ‘’crowding out’’ personal and corporate income. This phenomenon is a composite of debt deflation and rent deflation.’’ (6)

Michael Hudson: a note on debt deflation. Below.

‘’Every economy needs credit to finance housing, education, (in the United States) and large consumer durables from automobiles to refrigerators. The problem is that the economy-wide volume of debt grows exponentially by compound interest. The financial expansion of debt (and of ‘’savings’’ on the creditors’ side of the economy’s balance sheet) is extractive, deflating the industrial economy’s circulation of production and consumption spending … Hudson.

David Ricardo (see above) ignored the exponential growth of interest- bearing debt. It was left to Karl Marx to elaborate (In Volumes II and III of Capital) that the financial system of credit and debt is external to industrial capitalism. It grows by purely mathematical laws, and these are independent of the economy’s ability to produce and pay-off the debts. As the rising debt overhead diverts income away from the industrial economy, creditors receiving this exponential growth recycle their interest receipts into yet more lending diverting more and more income to banks and bondholders away from the industrial economy. What doubles is not real growth but the financial burden, leaving less income to be spent on goods and services.

The resulting exponential all-devouring path ‘’assimilates all the surplus value with the exception of the share claimed by the state.’’ see Marx. (7)

The State and Sovereignty

During the post 1945 period it was generally understood that the political institutions of state have always been in a sense neutral. Acting in the public interest the state was responsible for key sectors of the economy which included, health, education, key industries like transportation, public utilities – water, electricity, gas, coal, iron, and steel. Moreover, there were cultural utilities such as music, housing, and theatre drama – and in addition, museums, parks, playing-fields, and lidos which have always been funded by the state. There were a number of things like Circuses for example which remained in the private sector.

But the state no longer oversees most of the above. The only real institutions which now matter are the civil service, the police, and the armed forces, and of course – the media.

First to be targeted were the inhabitants of the global south. The IMF and World Bank were given this particular role. This deadly duo of IMF/WB were provided with a brief to impose the dreaded ‘Structural Adjustment Programmes forced on governments in Latin America Asia and Africa by the IMF/WB duo to pursue export led industrialization, cut welfare spending, lower salaries of civil servants and cut their numbers, rush privatization measures, and above all, enforce private property rights … And the upshot of all this was the creation of crony capitalism which enabled well-connected individuals and companies to take control of key sectors and turn themselves into plutocrats through opportunistic networking and clientelism. Carlos Slim emerged from nowhere and became the richest man in the world by acquiring control of Mexico’s telecom sector on privatization. Predictably other nonentities in the global south emerged as billionaires combining political skills with ruthless commercial acumen.

In the Northern hemisphere what was left was the privatization of much of the above. In Russia this took on the most extreme form and led to a collapse in the Russian state, institutions, culture and religion and the rise of the Oligarch class. Russia was literally gutted by the privatizers and their western backers and took years to recover.

This process also took place in ex-post-soviet states and also took years to recover, and had enjoyed a brief renaissance, until a reemergence of the new capitalist order with the usual smorgasbord of structural reforms imposed by the IMF/WB duo was meted out. (8) These destructive policies brought in by a series of privatizations which were a bonanza to the already well-heeled but has become a new burden for the new working class in the West.

(One of the side effects of this global counter-revolution has been the fall in population particularly in the northern hemisphere. The fertility rate for women has been falling and with it the size of the population. I cannot think of one country in the northern hemisphere which manages the minimum 2.1 fertility rate for women. In short, and to the joy of the eugenicists, the world population has been in long-term decline from 1950 onwards.) The Great Game goes on.

This article by Alastair Macleod can be read in full in Goldmoney

Geopolitics: The world is splitting in 2. 18-Aug-2022. By Alasdair Macleod.

While we are being distracted by Ukraine, President Putin has advanced his geopolitical goals materially. Aided and abetted by President Xi, Putin is taking the Asian continent into his control. The mission is well on its way to being achieved. He now awaits the winter months to finally force the EU to reject America’s hegemony. Only then, will the western end of the Eurasian continent be truly free of America.

This brief synopsis explains how he is achieving his strategic goals. It examines the geopolitics of the Asian landmass and the nations tied to it, which are commercially and financially turning their backs on the US-led western alliance.

I look at the politics from President Putin of Russia’s viewpoint, since he is the only national leader who seems to have a clear grasp of this long-term objectives. His active strategy conforms closely with Halford Mackinder’s predictive analysis of nearly 120 years ago. Mackinder is regarded as the founder of geopolitics.

Putin is determined to remove the American threat to his western borders by squeezing the EU to that end. But he is also building political relationships based on control of global fossil fuel supplies – a pathway opened for him by American and European obsessions over climate change. In partnership with China, the consolidation of his power over the Eurasian landmass has progressed rapidly in recent weeks.

For the Western alliance, financially and economically his timing is particularly awkward, coinciding with the end of the 40-year period of declining interest rates, rising consumer price inflation, and a deepening recession driven by contracting bank credit.

It is the continuation of a financial war by other means, and it looks like Putin has an unbeatable hand. He is on course to push our fragile fiat currency based financial system over the edge.

NOTES

(1) ‘The Trouble with Markets’, Roger Bootle – Saving Capitalism from Itself – Chapter 9 – pp.232-33 – P.Krugman

(2) Bootle – page 233 – Ibid.

(3) Bootle – op. cit.

(4) Michael Hudson – The Destiny of Civilization – p.172

(5) Grace Blakely – Stolen: How to Save The World from Financialization. By Grace Blakeley – page 11.

(6) Michael Hudson – The Destiny of Civilization – p.15

(7) K. Marx – Capital Volume 3, page 699

(8) Meanwhile the Washington Institutions gained a new role in the 1990s as the midwives to capitalist development in the numerous ‘transition’ economies of the former Soviet Union and Eastern Europe the hastily established European Bank for Reconstruction and Development. (ERBD). They adopted the structural adjustment strategy to these countries in what was euphemistically called ‘shock therapy’. This had calamitous social and economic consequences for which the international financial institutions advising them to bear a great deal of responsibility.

==============

The Fed Has Never Been Right

The Fed Has Never Been Right  By Peter Schiff, Zerohedge, 30 October 2020

Peter Schiff delivered a key-note speech at the Virtual Investor Day Conference. He walked through the history of the Federal Reserve’s monetary policy over the last several decades and explained the inevitable outcome. Peter’s recap of Fed history leads you to an undeniable conclusion: the Federal Reserve has never been right. And it has set us up for an even bigger crisis.

 

Peter opened his talk saying that he thinks we are entering the final chapter of the book Alan Greenspan started to write.

And I have a feeling he had an understanding of how badly it was going to end. But unfortunately, a lot of people who have been adding pages or chapters to that book since Greenspan resigned really don’t have any idea what’s coming.”

Greenspan started the book by unleashing the loose money policy that blew up the dot-com bubble.

When that bubble popped, instead of admitting his mistakes, Greenspan ignored them and tried to revive the economy by inflating a bigger bubble in the real estate market than the bubble that had just popped in the stock market. And the Fed succeeded in inflating that bubble. But that was not a success. It was a failure.”

Peter reminds us that he warned that the Fed policy was distorting the economy. He knew that it was creating a bubble economy. People were using the inflated value of their homes as ATMs and that drove consumer spending. People were living beyond their means. Nobody was saving.

So, the whole economy was distorted by the malinvestments and bad decisions that were being made as a result of artificially low interest rates.”

When the Fed tried to normalize, the bubble popped, the mortgage market blew up, and that gave us the Great Recession.

In the wake of the 2008 financial crisis, the Federal Reserve repeated the process, dropping interest rates to zero and launching quantitative easing. Ben Bernanke promised QE was just temporary – that the Fed was not monetizing the debt. He promised the Fed would shrink its balance sheet once the crisis passed. At the time, Peter said it was impossible. He said even if the Fed tried to normalize rates and shrink its balance sheet, it would fail.

Everything the Fed said about their ability to normalize rates and shrink the balance sheet was wrong. I said they were wrong as they were saying it. They never were able to normalize interest rates. They never came close to returning the balance sheet to pre-crisis levels.”

In Q4 2018, the Fed abandoned rate hikes at about 2.5% – not even close to normal. They called off quantitative tightening. By 2019, the Fed was back to rate cuts and the launched QE, all the while claiming it wasn’t QE. The Fed told us the pivot back to loose monetary policy was only temporary, calling it a “midcourse correction.”  But Peter said we were going back to zero and that’s exactly what happened.

And here we are today with the central bank running QE infinity and saying rates will stay at zero for years.

We are now the banana republic that Ben Bernanke assured us we would never become.”

Peter said he went through the history of Fed failures to make a point that should be pretty obvious.

The Federal Reserve has never been right. Everything they have said about the efficacy of their policies, what their policies would create, and their ability to reverse them or unwind them, has been wrong. And it’s amazing how consistently wrong they have been.”

And now they are pushing toward the logical conclusion.

We are headed for a US dollar crisis and a sovereign debt crisis. The magnitude of this crisis will be unlike anything we’ve ever experienced. Because this is not just mortgages blowing up. This is the credit of the United States government. This is the risk-free asset becoming the most toxic asset on the planet. And it’s not just US Treasuries that are going to collapse, but it’s the entire US-denominated bond market which is built on top the foundation of US Treasuries. So, Treasuries go — it all goes — corporate bonds, muni bonds, mortgages. Any debt instrument that is denominated in US dollars is going to collapse.”

So where will people run?

Gold.

The world is going to return to gold-backed paper money.”

====================================

Debunking The Establishment’s Desperate Plans To Discredit Gold  By James Richards, via DailyReckoning.com. from Zerohedge, 27 August 2020

Central Banks Are Driving Gold

Gold as an asset class is confusing to most investors. Even sophisticated investors are accustomed to hearing gold ridiculed as a “shiny rock” and hearing serious gold analysts mocked as “gold bugs,” “gold nuts” or worse.

As a gold analyst, I grew used to this a long time ago. But, it’s still disconcerting when one realizes the extent to which gold is simply not taken seriously or is treated as a mere commodity no different than soybeans or wheat.

 

The reasons for this disparaging approach to gold are not difficult to discern. Economic elites and academic economists control the central banks. The central banks control what we now consider “money” (dollars, euros, yen and other major currencies).

Those who control the money supply can indirectly control economies and the destiny of nations simply by deciding when and how much to ease or tighten credit conditions, and when to favor (or disfavor) certain types of lending.

When you ease credit conditions in a difficult environment, you help favored institutions (mainly banks) to survive. If you tighten credit conditions in a difficult environment, you can more or less guarantee that certain companies, banks or even nations will fail.

This power is based on money and the money is controlled by central banks, primarily the Federal Reserve System. However, the money-based power depends on a monopoly on money creation.

As long as investors and institutions are forced into a dollar-based system, then control of the dollar equates to control of those institutions. The minute another form of money competes with the dollar (or euro, etc.) as a store of value and medium of exchange, then the control of the power elites is broken.

This is why the elites disparage and marginalize gold. It’s easy to show why gold is a better form of money, why it’s more reliable than central bank money for preserving wealth, and why it’s a threat to the money-monopoly that the elites depend upon to maintain power.

Not only is gold a superior form of money, it’s also not under the control of any central bank or group of individuals. Yes, miners control new output, but annual output is only about 1.8% of all the above-ground gold in the world.

The value of gold is determined not by new output, but by the above-ground supply, which is 190,000 metric tonnes. Most of that above-ground supply is either owned by central banks and finance ministries (about 34,000 metric tonnes) or is held privately either as jewelry (“wearable wealth”) or bullion (coins and bars).

The floating supply available for day-to-day trading and investment is only a small fraction of the total supply. Gold is valuable and is a powerful form of money, but it’s not under the control of any single institution or group of institutions.

Clearly gold is a threat to the central bank money monopoly. Gold cannot be made to disappear (it’s too valuable), and it would be almost impossible to confiscate (despite persistent rumors to that effect).

If gold is a threat to central bank money and cannot be made to disappear, then it must be discreditedSo it becomes important for central bankers and academic economists to construct a narrative that’s easily absorbed by everyday investors that says gold is not money.

The narrative goes like this:

There’s not enough gold in the world to support trade and commerce. (That’s false: there’s always enough gold, it’s just a question of price. The same amount of gold supports a larger amount of transactions when the price is raised).

Gold supply cannot expand fast enough to keep up with economic growth. (That’s false: It confuses the official supply with the total supply. Central banks can always expand the official supply by printing money and buying gold from private hands. That expands the money supply and supports economic expansion).

Gold causes financial panics and crashes. (That’s false: There were panics and crashes during the gold standard and panics and crashes since the gold standard ended. Panics and crashes are not caused or cured by gold. They are caused by a loss of confidence in banks, paper money or the economy. There is no correlation between gold and financial panic).

Gold caused and prolonged the Great Depression. (That’s false: Even Milton Friedman and Ben Bernanke have written that the Great Depression was caused by the Fed. During the Great Depression, base money supply could be 250% of the market value of official gold. Actual money supply never exceeded 100% of the gold value. In other words, the Fed could have more than doubled the money supply even with a gold standard. It failed to do so. That’s a Fed failure not a gold failure).

You get the point. There’s a clever narrative about why gold is not money. But, the narrative is false. It’s simply the case that everyday citizens believe what the economists say (usually a bad idea) or don’t know enough economic history to refute the economists (and how could you know the history if they stopped teaching it fifty years ago).

The bottom line is that economists know that gold could be a perfectly usable form of money. The reason they don’t want it is because it dilutes their monopoly power over printed money and therefore reduces their political power over people and nations.

To marginalize gold, they created a phony narrative about why gold doesn’t work as money. Most people were too easily impressed by the narrative or simply didn’t know enough to challenge it. Therefore the narrative wins even if it is false.

In fact, central banks went from being net sellers to net buyers of gold in 2010, and that net buying position has persisted ever since. The largest buyers are Russia and China, but significant purchases have also been made by Iran, Turkey, Kazakhstan, Mexico and Vietnam.

Here’s the bottom line:

Central banks have a monopoly on central bank money. Gold is the competitor to central bank money and most central banks would prefer to ignore gold. Yet, central banks in the aggregate are net buyers of gold.

In effect, central banks are signaling through their actions that they are losing confidence in their own money and their money monopoly. They’re getting ready for the day when confidence in central bank money will collapse across the board. In that world, gold will be the only form of money anyone wants.

As confidence in the dollar is eroded due to Fed money printing and congressional super-deficits, investors will gradually look for alternative stores of wealth, including gold.aily recap featuring a curated list of must-read stories.

Top of Form

Bottom of Form

These trends begin slowly and then gather momentum. As the dollar price of gold really begins to soar, investors will take notice. Even more people will invest in gold, driving the price still higher.

Investors like to say that the price of gold is going up. But what is really happening is that the value of the dollar is going down (it takes more dollars to buy the same amount of gold).

This is the real inflation and the real dollar collapse most investors miss at the early stages.

Eventually, confidence in the dollar will be lost completely, central bankers will need to restore confidence, and they’ll turn to some type of gold standard to do so.

We’re a long way from that point right now.

But if central banks are voting with their printing presses in favour of gold, if the super-rich and their advisers are all jumping on the gold bandwagon, what are you waiting for?

Here’s a once in a lifetime opportunity to front run central banks and acquire your own gold at attractive prices before the curtain drops on paper money.

=====================

Lockdowns, Coronavirus, and Banks: Following the Money

 

Lockdowns, Coronavirus, and Banks. Following the Money  By Prof Anthony Hall, American Herald Tribute 16 August 2020

It usually makes sense to follow the money when seeking understanding of almost any major change. The strategy of following the money in our current convergence of crises in late summer of 2020 leads us directly to the lockdowns. The lockdowns were first imposed on people in the Wuhan area of China. Then other populations throughout the world were told to “shelter in place,” all in the name of combating the COVID-19 virus.

Understanding of the enormous impact of the lockdowns is still developing. The lockdowns are proving to pack a far more devastating punch than any other aspect of the strange sequence of events that is making 2020 a year like no other. Even when the issues are narrowed to those of human health, the lockdowns have had, and will continue to have, far more wide-ranging and devastating impacts than the celebrity virus.

The lockdowns have, for starters, been directly responsible for explosive rates of suicide, domestic violence, overdoses, and depression. In the long run, these maladies from the lockdowns will probably kill and harm many more people than COVID-19.

But this comparison does not tell the full story. The nature and length of the lockdowns are causing millions of people to lose their jobs, businesses and financial viability. It seems that the economic descent is still gathering force. The assault of the lockdowns on our economic wellbeing still has much farther to go.

The lockdowns have proven to be a powerful instrument of social control. This attribute is becoming very attractive especially to some politicians. They have discovered they can derive considerable political traction from hyping and exploiting the largely manufactured pandemic panic.

The lockdowns are still a work-in-progress. There are past lockdowns, revolving lockdowns, partial lockdowns, mandatory lockdowns, voluntary lockdowns, severe lockdowns and probably an array of many lockdown types yet to be invented.

The lockdowns extend to disruptions in supply chains, disruptions in money flows, drops in consumption, breakdowns in transport and travelling, increased bankruptcies, losses of finance leading to losses of housing, as well as the inability to pay taxes and debts.

The lockdowns extend beyond personal habitations to prohibitions on large assemblies of people in stadiums, concert halls, churches, and a myriad of places devoted to public recreation and entertainment. On the basis of this way of looking at what is happening, it becomes clear the economic and health effects of the lockdowns are far more pronounced than the damage wrought directly by the new coronavirus.

This approach to following the money leads to the question of whether the spread of COVID-19 was set in motion as a pretext. Was COVID-19 unleashed as an expedient for bringing about the lockdowns with the goal of crashing the existing economy? What rationale could there possibly be for purposely crashing the existing economy?

One possible reason might have been to put in place new structures to create the framework for a new set of economic relationships. With these changes would come accompanying sets of altered social and political relationships.

Among the economic changes being sought are the robotization of almost everything, cashless financial interactions, and elaborate AI impositions. These AI impositions extend to digital alterations of human consciousness and behaviour. The emphasis being placed on vaccines is very much interwoven with plans to extend AI into an altered matrix of human nanobiotechnology.

There are other possibilities to consider. One is that in the autumn of 2019 the economy was already starting to falter. Fortuitously for some, the new virus came along at a moment when it could be exploited as a scapegoat. By placing responsibility for the economic debacle on pathogens rather than people, Wall Street bankers and federal authorities are let off the hook. They can escape any accounting for an economic calamity that they had a hand in helping to instigate.

A presentation in August of 2019 by the Wall Street leviathan, BlackRock Financial Management, provides a telling indicator of foreknowledge. It was well understood by many insiders in 2019 that a sharp economic downturn was imminent.

At a meeting of central bankers in Jackson Hole Wyoming, BlackRock representatives delivered a strategy for dealing with the future downturn. Several months later during the spring of 2020 this strategy was adopted by both the US Treasury and the US Federal Reserve. BlackRock’s plan from August of 2019 set the basis of the federal response to the much-anticipated economic meltdown.

Much of this essay is devoted to considering the background of the controversial agencies now responding to the economic devastation created by the lockdowns. One of these agencies is empowered to bring into existence large quantities of debt-laden money.

The very public role in 2020 of the Federal Reserve of the United States resuscitates many old grievances. When the Federal Reserve was first created in 1913 it was heavily criticized as a giveaway of federal authority.

The critics lamented the giveaway to private bankers whose firms acquired ownership of all twelve of the regional banks that together constitute the Federal Reserve. Of these twelve regional banks, the Federal Reserve Bank of New York is by far the largest and most dominant especially right now.

The Federal Reserve of the United States combined forces with dozens of other privately-owned central banks thoughout the world to form the Bank of International Settlements. Many of the key archetypes for this type of banking were developed in Europe and the City of London where the Rothschild banking family had a large and resilient role, one that persists until this day.

Along with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, BlackRock was deeply involved in helping to administer the bailout in 2008. This bailout resuscitated many failing Wall Street firms together with their counterparties in a number of speculative ventures involving various forms of derivatives.

The bailouts resulted in payments of $29 trillion, much of it going to restore failing financial institutions whose excesses actually caused the giant economic crash. Where the financial sector profited greatly from the bailouts, taxpayers were abused yet again. The burden of an expanded national debt fell ultimately on taxpayers who must pay the interest on the loans for the federal bailout of the “too big to fail” financial institutions.

Unsettling precedents are set by the Wall Street club’s manipulation of the economic crash of 2007-2010 to enrich its own members so extravagantly. This prior experience bodes poorly for the intervention by the same players in this current round of responses to the economic crisis of 2020.

In preparing this essay I have enjoyed the many articles by Pam Martens and Russ Martens in Wall Street on Parade. These hundreds of well-researched articles form a significant primary source on the recent history of the Federal Reserve, including over the last few months.

In this essay I draw a contrast between the privately-owned regional banks of the Federal Reserve and the government-owned Bank of Canada that once issued low-interest loans to build infrastructure projects.

With this arrangement in place, Canada went through a major period of national growth between 1938 and 1974. Canada emerged from this period with a national debt of only $20 billion. Then in 1974 Prime Minister Pierre Trudeau dropped this arrangement to enable Canada to join the Bank of International Settlements. One result is that national debt rose to $700 billion by 2020.

We need to face the current financial crisis by developing new institutions that avoid the pitfalls of old remedies for old problems that no longer prevail. We need to make special efforts to change our approach to the problem of excessive debts and the overconcentration of wealth in fewer and fewer hands.

Locking Down the Viability of Commerce

Of all the facets of the ongoing fiasco generally associated with the coronavirus crisis, none has been so widely catastrophic as the so-called “lockdowns.” The supposed cure of the lockdowns is itself proving to be much more lethal and debilitating than COVID-19’s flu-like impact on human health.

Many questions arise from the immense economic consequences attributed to the initial effort to “flatten the curve” of the hospital treatments for COVID-19. Did the financial crisis occur as a result of the spread of the new coronavirus crisis? Or was the COVID-19 crisis set in motion to help give cover to a long-building economic meltdown that was already well underway in the autumn of 2019?

The lockdowns were first instituted in Wuhan China with the objective of slowing down the spread of the virus so that hospitals would not be overwhelmed. Were the Chinese lockdowns engineered in part to create a model to be followed in Europe, North America, Indochina and other sites of infection like India and Australia? The Chinese lockdowns in Hubei province and then in other parts of China apparently set an example influencing the decision of governments in many jurisdictions. Was this Chinese example for the rest of the world created by design to influence the nature of international responses?

The lockdowns represented a new form of response to a public health crisis. Quarantines have long been used as a means of safeguarding the public from the spread of contagious maladies. Quarantines, however, involve isolating the sick to protect the well. On the other hand the lockdowns are directed at limiting the movement and circulation of almost everyone whether or not they show symptoms of any infections.

Hence lockdowns, or, more euphemistically “sheltering in place,” led to the cancellation of many activities and to the shutdown of institutions. The results extended, for instance, to the closure of schools, sports events, theatrical presentations and business operations. In this way the lockdowns also led to the crippling of many forms of economic interaction. National economies as well as international trade and commerce were severely impacted.

The concept of lockdowns was not universally embraced and applied. For instance, the governments of Sweden and South Korea did not accept the emerging orthodoxy about enforcing compliance with all kinds of restrictions on human interactions. Alternatively, the government of Israel was an early and strident enforcer of very severe lockdown policies.

At first it seemed the lockdown succeeded magnificently in saving Israeli lives. According to Israel Shamir, in other European states the Israeli model was often brought up as an example. In due course, however, the full extent of the assault on the viability of the Israeli economy began to come into focus. Then popular resistance was aroused to reject government attempts to enforce a second wave of lockdowns against a second wave of supposed infections. As Shamir sees it, the result is that “Today Israel is a failed state with a ruined economy and unhappy citizens.”

In many countries the lockdowns began with a few crucial decisions made at the highest level of government. Large and proliferating consequences would flow from the initial determination of what activities, businesses, organizations, institutions and workers were to be designated as “essential.”

The consequences would be severe for those individuals and businesses excluded from the designation identifying what is essential. This deep intervention into the realm of free choice in market relations set a major precedent for much more intervention of a similar nature to come.

The arbitrary division of activities into essential and nonessential categories created a template to be frequently replicated and revised in the name of serving public heath. Suddenly central planning took a great leap forward. The momentum from a generation of neoliberalism was checked even as the antagonistic polarities between rich and poor continued to grow.

To be defined as “nonessential” would soon be equated with job losses and business failures across many fields of enterprise as the first wave of lockdowns outside China unfolded. Indeed, it becomes clearer every day that revolving lockdowns, restrictions and social distancing are being managed in order to help give false justification to a speciously idealized vaccine fix as the only conclusive solution to a manufactured problem.

What must it have meant for breadwinners who fed themselves and their families through wages or self-employment to be declared by government to be “non-essential”? Surely for real providers their jobs, their businesses and their earnings were essential for themselves and their dependents. All jobs and all businesses that people depend on for livelihoods, sustenance and survival are essential in their own way.

Was COVID-19 a Cover for an Anticipated or Planned Financial Crisis?

A major sign of financial distress in the US economy kicked in in mid-September of 2019 when there was a breakdown in the normal operation of the Repo Market. This repurchase market in the United States is important in maintaining liquidity in the financial system.

Those directing entities like large banks, Wall Street traders and hedge funds frequently seek large amounts of cash on a short-term basis. They obtain this cash from, for instance, money market funds by putting up securities, often Treasury Bills, as collateral. Most often the financial instruments go back, say the following night, to their original owners with interest payments attached for the use of the cash.

In mid-September the trust broke down between participants in the Repo Market. The Federal Reserve Bank of New York then entered the picture making trillions of dollars available to keep the system for short-term moving of assets going. This intervention repeated the operation that came in response to the first signs of trouble as Wall Street moved towards the stock market crash of 2008.

One of the major problems on the eve of the bailout of 2008-09, like the problem in the autumn of 2019, had to do with the overwhelming of the real economy by massive speculative activity. The problem then, like a big part of the problem now, involves the disproportionate size of the derivative bets. The making of these bets have become a dangerous addiction that continues to this day to menace the viability of the financial system headquartered on Wall Street.

By March of 2020 it was reported that the Federal Reserve Bank of New York had turned on its money spigot to create $9 trillion in new money with the goal of keeping the failing Repo Market operational. The precise destinations of that money together with the terms of its disbursement, however, remain a secret. As Pam Martens and Russ Martens write,

Since the Fed turned on its latest money spigot to Wall Street [in September of 2019], it has refused to provide the public with the dollar amounts going to any specific banks. This has denied the public the ability to know which financial institutions are in trouble. The Fed, exactly as it did in 2008, has drawn a dark curtain around troubled banks and the public’s right to know, while aiding and abetting a financial coverup of just how bad things are on Wall Street.

Looking back at the prior bailout from their temporal vantage point in January of 2020, the authors noted  “During the 2007 to 2010 financial collapse on Wall Street – the worst financial crisis since the Great Depression, the Fed funnelled a total of $29 trillion in cumulative loans to Wall Street banks, their trading houses and their foreign derivative counterparties.”

The authors compared the rate of the transfer of funds from the New York Federal Reserve Bank to the Wall Street banking establishment in the 2008 crash and in the early stages of the 2020 financial debacle. The authors observed, “at this rate, [the Fed] is going to top the rate of money it threw at the 2008 crisis in no time at all.”

The view that all was well with the economy until the impact of the health crisis began to be felt in early 2020 leads away from the fact that money markets began to falter dangerously in the autumn of 2019. The problems with the Repo Market were part of a litany of indicators pointing to turbulence ahead in troubled economic waters.

For instance, the resignation in 2019 of about 1,500 prominent corporate CEOs can be seen as a suggestion that news was circulating prior to 2020 about the imminence of serious financial problems ahead. Insiders’ awareness of menacing developments threatening the workings of the global economy were probably a factor in the decision of a large number of senior executives to exit the upper echelons of the business world.

Not only did a record number of CEOs resign, but many of them sold off the bulk of their shares in the companies they were leaving.

Pam Marten and Russ Marten who follow Wall Street’s machinations on a daily basis have advanced the case that the Federal Reserve is engaged in fraud by trying to make it seem that “the banking industry came into 2020 in a healthy condition;” that it is only because of “the COVID-19 pandemic” that the financial system is” unravelling,”

The authors argue that this misrepresentation was deployed because the deceivers are apparently “desperate” to prevent Congress from conducting an investigation for the second time in twelve years on why the Fed, “had to engage in trillions of dollars of Wall Street bailouts.” In spite of the Fed’s fear of facing a Congressional investigation after the November 2020 vote, such a timely investigation of the US financial sector would well serve the public interest.

The authors present a number of signs demonstrating that “the Fed knew, or should have known…. that there was a big banking crisis brewing in August of last year. [2019]” The signs of the financial crisis in the making included negative yields on government bonds around the world as well as big drops in the Dow Jones average. The plunge in the price of stocks was led by US banks, but especially Citigroup and JP Morgan Chase.

Another significant indicator that something was deeply wrong in financial markets was a telling inversion in the value of Treasury notes with the two-year rate yielding more than the ten-year rate.

Yet another sign of serious trouble ahead involved repeated contractions in the size of the German economy. Moreover, in September of 2019 news broke that officials of JP Morgan Chase faced criminal charges for RICO-style racketeering. This scandal added to the evidence of converging problems plaguing core economic institutions as more disruptive mayhem gathered on the horizons.

Accordingly, there is ample cause to ask if there are major underlying reasons for the financial crash of 2020 other than the misnamed pandemic and the lockdowns done in its name of “flattening” its spikes of infection. At the same time, there is ample cause to recognize that the lockdowns have been a very significant factor in the depth of the economic debacle that is making 2020 a year like no other.

Some go further. They argue that the financial crash of 2020 was not only anticipated but planned and pushed forward with clear understanding of its instrumental role in the Great Reset sought by self-appointed protagonists of creative destruction. The advocates of this interpretation place significant weight on the importance of the lockdowns as an effective means of obliterating in a single act a host of old economic relationships. For instance Peter Koenig examines the “farce and diabolical agenda of a universal lockdown.”

Koenig writes, “The pandemic was needed as a pretext to halt and collapse the world economy and the underlying social fabric.”

Inflating the Numbers and Traumatizing the Public to Energize the Epidemic of Fear

There have been many pandemics in global history whose effects on human health have been much more pervasive and devastating than the current one said to be generated by a new coronavirus. In spite, however, of its comparatively mild flu-like effects on human health, at least at this point in the summer of 2020, there has never been a contagion whose spread has generated so much global publicity and hype. As in the aftermath of 9/11, this hype extends to audacious levels of media-generated panic. As with the psyop of 9/11, the media-induced panic has been expertly finessed by practitioners skilled in leveraging the currency of fear to realize a host of radical political objectives.

According to Robert E. Wright in an essay published by the American Institute for Economic Research, “closing down the U.S. economy in response to COVID-19 was probably the worst public policy in at least one-hundred years.” As Wright sees it, the decision to lock down the economy was made in ignorant disregard of the deep and devastating impact that such an action would spur. “Economic lockdowns were the fantasies of government officials so out of touch with economic and physical reality that they thought the costs would be fairly low.”

The consequences, Wright predicts, will extend across many domains including the violence done to the rule of law. The lockdowns, he writes, “turned the Constitution into a frail and worthless fabric.” Writing in late April, Wright touched on the comparisons to be made between the economic lockdowns and slavery. He write, “Slaves definitely had it worse than Americans under lockdown do, but already Americans are beginning to protest their confinement and to subtly subvert authorities, just as chattel slaves did.”

The people held captive in confined lockdown settings have had the time and often the inclination to imbibe much of the 24/7 media coverage of the misnamed pandemic. Taken together, all this media sensationalism has come to constitute one of the most concerted psychological operations ever.

The implications have been enormous for the mental health of multitudes of people. This massive alteration of attitudes and behaviours is the outcome of media experiments performed on human subjects without their informed consent. The media’s success in bringing about herd subservience to propagandistic messaging represents a huge incentive for more of the same to come. It turns out that the subject matter of public health offers virtually limitless potential for power-seeking interests and agents to meddle with the privacies, civil liberties and human rights of those they seek to manipulate, control and exploit.

The social, economic and health impacts of the dislocations flowing from the lockdowns are proving to be especially devastating on the poorest, the most deprived and the most vulnerable members of society. This impact will continue to be marked in many ways, including in increased rates of suicide, domestic violence, mental illness, addictions, homelessness, and incarceration far larger than those caused directly by COVID-19. As rates of deprivation through poverty escalate, so too will crime rates soar.

The over-the-top alarmism of the big media cabals has been well financed by the advertising revenue of the pharmaceutical industry. With some few exceptions, major media outlets pushed the public to accept the lockdowns as well as the attending losses in jobs and business activity. In seeking to push the agenda of their sponsors, the big media cartels have been especially unmindful of their journalistic responsibilities. Their tendency has been to avoid or censor forums where even expert practitioners of public health can publicly question and discuss government dictates about vital issues of public policy.

Whether in Germany or the United States or many other countries, front line workers in this health care crisis have nevertheless gathered together with the goal of trying to correct the one-sided prejudices of of discriminatory media coverage. One of the major themes in the presentations by medical practitioners is to confront the chorus of media misrepresentations on the remedial effects of hydroxychloroquine and zinc.

On July 27 a group of doctors gathered on the grounds of the US Supreme Court to try to address the biases of the media and the blind spots of government.

Another aspect in the collateral damage engendered by COVID-19 alarmism is marked in the fatalities arising from the wholesale postponement of many necessary interventions including surgery. How many have died or will die because of the hold put on medical interventions to remedy cancer, heart conditions and many other potentially lethal ailments?

Did the unprecedented lockdowns come about as part of a preconceived plan to inflate the severity of an anticipated financial meltdown? What is to be made of the suspicious intervention of administrators to produce severely padded numbers of reported deaths in almost every jurisdiction? This kind of manipulation of statistics raised the possibility that we are witnessing a purposeful and systemic inflation of the severity of this health care crisis.

Questions about the number of cases arise because of the means of testing for the presence of a supposedly new coronavirus. The PCR system that is presently being widely used does not test for the virus but tests for the existence of antibodies produced in response to many health challenges including the common cold. This problem creates a good deal of uncertainty of what a positive test really means.

The problems with calculating case numbers extend to widespread reports that have described people who were not tested for COVID-19 but who nevertheless received notices from officials counting them as COVID-19 positive. Broadcaster Armstrong Williams addressed the phenomenon on his network of MSM media outlets in late July.

From the mass of responses he received, Williams estimated that those not tested but counted as a positive probably extends probably to hundreds of thousands of individuals. What would drive the effort to exaggerate the size of the afflicted population?

This same pattern of inflation of case numbers was reinforced by the Tricare branch of the US Defense Department’s Military Health System. This branch sent out notices to 600,000 individuals who had not been tested. The notices nevertheless informed the recipients that they had tested positive for COVID 19.

Is the inflation of COVID-19 death rates and cases numbers an expression of the zeal to justify the massive lockdowns? Were the lockdowns in China conceived as part of a scheme to help create the conditions for the public’s acceptance of a plan to remake the world’s political economy? What is to be made of the fact that those most identified with the World Economic Forum (WEF) have led the way in putting a positive spin on the reset arising from the very health crisis the WEF helped introduce and publicize in Oct. of 2019?

As Usual, the Poor Get Poorer

The original Chinese lockdowns in the winter of 2020 caused the breakdowns of import-export supply chains extending across the planet. Lockdowns in the movement of raw materials, parts, finished products, expertise, money and more shut down domestic businesses in China as well as transnational commerce in many countries outside China. The supply chain disruptions were especially severe for businesses that have dispensed with the practice of keeping on hand large inventories of parts and raw material, depending instead on just-in-time deliveries.

As the supply chains broke down domestically and internationally, many enterprises lacked the revenue to pay their expenses. Bankruptcies began to proliferate at rates that will probably continue to be astronomical for some time. All kinds of loans and liabilities were not paid out in full or at all. Many homes are being re-mortgaged or cast into real estate markets as happened during the prelude and course of the bailouts of 2007-2010.

The brunt of the financial onslaught hit small businesses especially hard. Collectively small businesses have been a big creator of jobs. They have picked up some of the slack from the rush of big businesses to downsize their number of full-time employees. Moreover, small businesses and start-ups are often the site of exceptionally agile innovations across broad spectrums of economic activity. The hard financial slam on the small business sector, therefore, is packing a heavy punch on the economic conditions of everyone.

The devastating impact of the economic meltdown on workers and small businesses in Europe and North America extends in especially lethal ways to the massive population of poor people living all over the world. Many of these poor people reside in countries where much of the paid work is irregular and informal.

At the end of April the International Labor Organization (ILO), an entity created along with the League of Nations at the end of the First World War, estimated that there would be 1.6 billion victims of the meltdown in the worldwide “informal economy.” In the first month of the crisis these workers based largely in Africa and Latin America lost 60% of their subsistence level incomes.

As ILO Director-General, Guy Ryder, has asserted,

This pandemic has laid bare in the cruellest way, the extraordinary precariousness and injustices of our world of work. It is the decimation of livelihoods in the informal economy – where six out of ten workers make a living – which has ignited the warnings from our colleagues in the World Food Programme, of the coming pandemic of hunger. It is the gaping holes in the social protection systems of even the richest countries, which have left millions in situations of deprivation. It is the failure to guarantee workplace safety that condemns nearly 3 million to die each year because of the work they do. And it is the unchecked dynamic of growing inequality which means that if, in medical terms, the virus does not discriminate between its victims in its social and economic impact, it discriminates brutally against the poorest and the powerless.

Guy Ryder remembered the optimistic rhetoric in officialdom’s responses to the economic crash of 2007-2009. He compares the expectations currently being aroused by the vaccination fixation with the many optimistic sentiments previously suggesting the imminence of remedies for grotesque levels of global inequality. Ryder reflected,

We’ve heard it before. The mantra which provided the mood music of the crash of 2008-2009 was that once the vaccine to the virus of financial excess had been developed and applied, the global economy would be safer, fairer, more sustainable. But that didn’t happen. The old normal was restored with a vengeance and those on the lower echelons of labour markets found themselves even further behind.

The internationalization of increased unemployment and poverty brought about in the name of combating the corona crisis is having the effect of further widening the polarization between rich and poor on a global scale. Ryder’s metaphor about the false promises concerning a “vaccine” to correct “financial excess” can well be seen as a precautionary comment on the flowery rhetoric currently adorning the calls for a global reset.

Wall Street and 9/11

The world economic crisis of 2020 is creating the context for large-scale repeats of some key aspects of the bailout of 2007-2010. The bailout of 2007-2008 drew, in turn, from many practices developed in the period when the explosive events of 9/11 triggered a worldwide reset of global geopolitics.

While the events of 2008 and 2020 both drew attention to the geopolitical importance of Wall Street, the terrible pummelling of New York’s financial district was the event that ushered in a new era of history, an era that has delivered us to the current financial meltdown/lockdown.

It lies well beyond the scope of this essay to go into detail about the dynamics of what really transpired on 9/11. Nevertheless, some explicit reckoning with this topic is crucial to understanding some of the essential themes addressed in this essay.

Indeed, it would be difficult to overstate the relevance of 9/11 to the background and nature of the current debacle. The execution and spinning of 9/11 were instrumental in creating the repertoire of political trickery presently being adapted in the manufacturing and exploiting of the COVID-19 hysteria. A consistent attribute of the journey from 9/11 to COVID-19 has been the amplification of executive authority through the medium of emergency measures enactments, policies and dictates.

Wall Street is a major site where much of this political trickery was concocted in planning exercises extending to many other sites of power and intrigue. In the case of 9/11, a number of prominent Wall Street firms were involved before, during and after the events of September 11. As is extremely well documented, these events have been misrepresented in ways that helped to further harness the military might of the United States to the expansionistic designs of Israel in the Middle East.

The response of the Federal Reserve to the events of 9/11 helped set in motion a basic approach to disaster management that continues to this day. Almost immediately following the pulverization of Manhattan’s most gigantic and iconographic landmarks, Federal Reserve officials made it their highest priority to inject liquidity into financial markets. Many different kinds of scenario can be advanced behind the cover of infusing liquidity into markets.

For three days in a row the Federal Reserve Bank of New York turned on its money spigots to inject transfusions of $100 billion dollars of newly generated funds into the Wall Street home of the financial system. The declared aim was to keep the flow of capital between financial institutions well lubricated. The Federal Reserve’s infusions of new money into Wall Street took many forms. New habits and appetites were thereby cultivated in ways that continue to influence the behaviour of Wall Street organizations in the financial debacle of 2020.

The revelations concerning the events of 9/11 contained a number of financial surprises. Questions immediately arose, for instance, about whether the destruction of the three World Trade Center skyscrapers had obliterated software and hardware vital to the continuing operations of computerized banking systems. Whatever problems arose along these lines, it turned out that there was sufficient digital information backed up in other locations to keep banking operations viable.

But while much digital data survived the destruction of core installations in the US financial sector, some strategic information was indeed obliterated. For instance, strategic records entailed in federal investigations into many business scandals were lost. Some of the incinerated data touched on, for instance, the machinations of the energy giant, Enron, along with its Wall Street partners, JP Morgan Chase and Citigroup.

The writings of E. P Heidner are prominent in the literature posing theories about the elimination of incriminating documentation as a result of the controlled demolitions of 9/11. What information was eliminated and what was retained in the wake of the devastation? Heidner has published a very ambitious account placing the events of 9/11 at the forefront of a deep and elaborate relationship linking George H. W. Bush to Canada’s Barrick Gold and the emergence of gold derivatives.

The surprises involving 9/11 and Wall Street included evidence concerning trading on the New York Stock Exchange. A few individuals enriched themselves significantly by purchasing a disproportionately high number of put options on shares about to fall precipitously as a result of the anticipated events of 9/11. Investigators, however, chose to ignore this evidence because it did not conform to the prevailing interpretation of who did what to whom on 9/11.

Another suspicious group of transactions conducted right before 9/11 involved some very large purchases of five-year US Treasury notes. These instruments are well known hedges when one has knowledge that a world crisis is imminent. One of these purchases was a $5 billion transaction. The US Treasury Department would have been informed about the identity of the purchaser. Nevertheless the FBI and the Securities Exchange Commission collaborated to point public attention away from these suspect transactions. (p. 199)

On the very day of 9/11 local police arrested Israeli suspects employed in the New York area as Urban Movers. The local investigators were soon pressured to ignore the evidence, however, and go along with the agenda of the White House and the media chorus during the autumn of 2001.

In the hours following the pulverization of the Twin Towers the dominant mantra was raised “Osama bin Laden and al-Qeada did it.” That mantra led in the weeks, months and years that followed to US-led invasions of several Muslim-majority countries. Some have described these military campaigns as wars for Israel.

Soon New York area jails were being filled up with random Muslims picked up for nothing more than visa violations and such. The unrelenting demonization of Muslims collectively can now be seen in retrospect as a dramatic psychological operation meant to poison minds as the pounding of the war drums grew in intensity. In the process a traumatized public were introduced to concepts like “jihad.” At no time has there ever been a credible police investigation into the question of who is responsible for the 9/11 crimes.

Defense Secretary Donald Rumsfeld chose September 10, the day before 9/11, to break the news at a press conference that $2.3 trillion had gone missing from the Pentagon’s budget. Not surprisingly the story of the missing money got buried the next day as reports of the debacle in Manhattan and Washington DC dominated MSM news coverage.

As reported by Forbes Magazine, the size of the amount said to have gone missing in Donald Rumsfeld’s 2001 report of Defense Department spending had mushroomed by 2015 to around $21 trillion. It was Mark Skidmore, an Economics Professor at the University of Michigan, who became the main sleuth responsible for identifying the gargantuan amount of federal funds that the US government can’t account for.

As the agency that created the missing tens of trillions that apparently has disappeared without a trace, wouldn’t the US Federal Reserve be in a position to render some assistance in tracking down the lost funds? Or is the Federal Reserve somehow a participant or a complicit party in the disappearance of the tens of trillions without a paper trail?

The inability or unwillingness of officialdom to explain what happened to the lost $21 trillion, an amount comparable to the size of the entire US national debt prior to the lockdowns, might be viewed in the light of the black budgets of the US Department of Defense (DOD). Black budgets are off-the-books funds devoted to secret research and to secret initiatives in applied research.

In explaining this phenomenon, former Canadian Defense Minister, Paul Hellyer, has observed, “thousands of billions of dollars have been spent on projects about which Congress and the Commander In Chief have deliberately been kept in the dark.” Eric Zuess goes further. As he explains it, the entire Defense Department operates pretty much on the basis of an unusual system well outside the standard rules of accounting applied in other federal agencies.

When news broke about the missing $21 trillion, federal authorities responded by promising that special audits would be conducted to explain the irregularities. The results of those audits, if they took place at all, were never published. The fact that the Defense of Department has developed in a kind of audit free zone has made it a natural magnet for people and interests engaged in all kinds of criminal activities.

Eric Zuess calls attention to the 1,000 military bases around the world that form a natural network conducive to the cultivation of many forms of criminal trafficking. Zuess includes in his reflections commentary on the secret installations in some American embassies but especially in the giant US Embassy in Baghdad Iraq.

The US complex in Baghdad’s Green Zone is the biggest Embassy in the world. Its monumental form on a 104 acre site expresses the expansionary dynamics of US military intervention in the Middle East and Eurasia following 9/11.

The phenomenon of missing tens of trillions calls attention to larger patterns of kleptocratic activity that forms a major subject addressed here. The shifts into new forms of organized crime in the name of “national security” began to come to light in the late 1980s. An important source of disclosures was the series of revelations that accompanied the coming apart of the Saudi-backed Bank of Credit and Commerce International, the BCCI.

The nature of this financial institution, where CIA operatives were prominent among its clients, provides a good window into the political economy of drug dealing, money laundering, weapons smuggling, regime change and many much more criminal acts that took place along the road to 9/11.

The BCCI was a key site of financial transactions that contributed to the end of the Cold War and the inception of many new kinds of conflict. These activities often involved the well-financed activities of mercenaries, proxy armies, and a heavy reliance on private contractors of many sorts.

The Enron scandal was seen to embody some of the same lapses facilitated by fraudulent accounting integral to the BCCI scandal. Given the bubble of secrecy surrounding the Federal Reserve, there are thick barriers blocking deep investigation into whether or not the US Central Bank was involved in the relationship of the US national security establishment and the BCCI.

The kind of dark transactions that the BCCI was designed to facilitate must have been channelled after its demise into other banking institutions probably with Wall Street connections. Since 9/11, however, many emergency measures have been imposed that add extra layers of secrecy protecting the perpetrators of many criminal acts from public exposure and criminal prosecutions.

The events of 9/11 have sometimes been described as the basis of a global coup. To this day there is no genuine consensus about what really transpired to create the illusion of justification for repeated US military invasions of Muslim-majority countries in the Middle East and Eurasia.

The 9/11 debacle and the emergency measures that followed presented Wall Street with an array of new opportunities for profit that came with the elaborate refurbishing and retooling of the military-industrial complex.

The response to 9/11 was expanded and generalized upon to create the basis of a war directed not at a particular enemy, but rather at an ill-defined conception identified as “terrorism.” This alteration was part of a complex of changes adding trillions to the flow of money energizing the axis of interaction linking the Pentagon and Wall Street and the abundance of new companies created to advance the geopolitical objectives emerging from the 9/11 coup.

According to Pam Martens and Russ Martens, the excesses of deregulation helped induce an anything-goes-ethos on Wall Street and at its Federal Reserve regulator in the wake of 9/11. As the authors tell it, the response to 9/11 helped set important precedents for the maintaining flows of credit and capital in financial markets.

Often the destination of the funds generated in the name of pumping liquidity into markets was not identified and reported in transactions classified as financial emergency measures. While the priority was on keeping financial pumps primed, there was much less concern for transparency and accountability among those in positions of power at the Federal Reserve.

The financial sector’s capture of the government instruments meant to regulate the behaviour of Wall Street institutions was much like the deregulation of the US pharmaceutical industry. Both episodes highlight a message that has become especially insistent as the twenty-first century unfolds.

The nature of the response to 9/11 emphasized the mercenary ascent of corporate dominance as the primary force directing governments. Throughout this transformation the message to citizens became increasingly clear. Buyer Beware. We cannot depend on governments to represent our will and interests. We cannot even count on our governments to protect citizens from corporatist attacks especially on human health and whatever financial security we have been able to build up.

Bailouts, Derivatives, and the Federal Reserve Bank of New York

The elimination of the Glass-Steagall Act in 1999 was essential to the process of dramatically cutting back the government’s role as a protector of the public interest on the financial services sector. The Glass-Steagall Act was an essential measure in US President Franklin D. Roosevelt’s New Deal. Some view the New Deal as a strategy for saving capitalism by moderating ts most sharp-edged features. Instituted in 1933 in response to the onset of the Great Depression, the Glass-Steagall Act separated the operations of deposit-accepting banks from the more speculative activity of investment brokers.

The termination of the regulatory framework put in place by the Glass Steagall Act opened much new space for all kinds of experiments in the manipulation of money in financial markets. The changes began with the merger of different sorts of financial institutions including some in the insurance field. Those overseeing the reconstituted entities headquartered on Wall Street took advantage of their widened latitudes of operation. They developed all sorts of ways of elaborating their financial services and presenting them in new packages.

The word, “derivative” is often associated with many applications of the new possibilities in the reconstituted financial services sector. The word, derivative, can be applied to many kinds of transactions involving speculative bets of various sorts. As the word s